Close

Form 40-F PLATINUM GROUP METALS For: Aug 31

November 29, 2016 4:42 PM EST

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_______________________

FORM 40-F

[  ]     Registration statement pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

or

[X]     Annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

Commission File Number 001-33562

_______________________

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

British Columbia 1099 Not Applicable
(Province or Other Jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial Classification (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization) Code Number) Identification No.)

Bentall Tower 5
Suite 788 - 550 Burrard Street
Vancouver, BC
Canada V6C 2B5
(604) 899-5450
(Address and telephone number of registrant’s principal executive offices)

_______________________

DL Services Inc.
Columbia Center, 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 6100
Seattle, WA 98104-7043
(206) 903-8800
(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of agent for service in the United States)

_______________________

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class: Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered:
   
Common Shares, no par value NYSE MKT

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this form:

[X] Annual Information Form [X] Audited Annual Financial Statements

As of August 31, 2016, the Registrant had outstanding 88,857,028 common shares without par value.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. [X] Yes     [  ] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). [  ] Yes      [  ] No


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The annual information form (“AIF”) of Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Registrant” or the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, including the report of the auditors with respect thereto, are incorporated herein by reference (the “Financial Statements”).

The Company’s management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) for the year ended August 31, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

The Company is a Canadian issuer eligible to file its annual report pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act on Form 40-F. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Company’s equity securities are exempt from Sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), 14(f) and 16 of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 3a12-3.

The Company is permitted, under a multi-jurisdictional disclosure system adopted by the United States, to prepare this annual report on Form 40-F in accordance with Canadian disclosure requirements, which are different from those of the United States.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements concerning anticipated developments in the operations of the Company in future periods, planned exploration and development activities, the adequacy of the Company’s financial resources and other events or conditions that may occur in the future. Forward-looking statements are frequently, but not always, identified by words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “estimates,” “potential,” “possible” and similar expressions, or statements that events, conditions or results “will,” “may,” “could” or “should” occur or be achieved. Information concerning the interpretation of drill results and mineral resource or reserve estimates also may be deemed to be forward-looking statements, as such information constitutes a prediction of what mineralization might be found to be present if and when a project is actually developed. Forward-looking statements are statements about the future and are inherently uncertain, and actual achievements of the Company or other future events or conditions may differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements due to a variety of risks, uncertainties and other factors, including, without limitation, those described in the AIF incorporated by reference in this report.

The Company’s forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs, expectations and opinions of management on the date the statements are made and the Company assumes no obligation to update such forward-looking statements in the future. For the reasons set forth above, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Financial Accounting Boards, and they may be subject to Canadian auditing and auditor independence standards. Accordingly, the Financial Statements of the Company incorporated by reference in this report may not be comparable to financial statements of United States companies.

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The information provided under the heading “Disclosure Controls and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” contained in the Company’s MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The information provided under the heading “Disclosure Controls and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” contained in the Company’s MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.


ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM

The information provided under the heading “Disclosure Controls and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting – Exemption from Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act” contained in the Company’s MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The information provided under the heading “Disclosure Controls and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting – Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting” contained in the Company’s MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.

NOTICES PURSUANT TO REGULATION BTR

The Company did not send any notices required by Rule 104 of Regulation BTR during the year ended August 31, 2016 concerning any equity security subject to a blackout period under Rule 101 of Regulation BTR.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The information provided under the heading “Audit Committee – Audit Committee Composition and Background” contained in the Company’s AIF is incorporated by reference herein.

CODE OF ETHICS

The information provided under the heading “Directors and Officers – Code of Ethics” contained in the Company’s AIF is incorporated by reference herein.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information provided under the headings “Audit Committee – External Auditor Service Fees (By Category)” and “Audit Committee – Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” contained in the Company’s AIF is incorporated by reference herein.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The information provided “Discussion of Operations and Financial Condition – Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” contained in the Company’s MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.

TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table discloses as of August 31, 2016 the Company’s known contractual obligations.

(payments by period in thousands of United States dollars  
Contractual Obligations   Total     Less than 1 year     1 – 3 years     3 – 5 years     More than 5 years  
                               
Long-Term Debt Obligations $  102,650     33,377     44,866     24,407     -  
Operating Lease Obligations $  1,866     362     1,504     -     -  
Purchase Obligations $  16,124     16,124     -     -     -  
Total $  120,640     49,863     46,370     24,407     -  


For additional information related to the Company’s contractual obligations and commitments, including certain acquisition payments and break fees, see Note 12, “Contingencies and Commitments”, to the Financial Statements and the information set forth under the heading “Discussion of Operations and Financial Condition – Liquidity and Capital Resources” contained in the MD&A, each incorporated by reference herein.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

The information provided under the heading “Audit Committee – Audit Committee Composition and Background” contained in the Company’s AIF is incorporated by reference herein. The Company has a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

The Company was not the operator, and did not have a subsidiary that was an operator, of a coal or other mine, as defined in Section 3 of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, in the United States during the year ended August 31, 2016.

NYSE MKT CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Company’s common shares are listed for trading on the NYSE MKT LLC (“NYSE MKT”). Section 110 of the NYSE MKT Company Guide permits the NYSE MKT to consider the laws, customs and practices of foreign issuers in relaxing certain NYSE MKT listing criteria, and to grant exemptions from NYSE MKT listing criteria based on these considerations. A company seeking relief under these provisions is required to provide written certification from independent local counsel that the non-complying practice is not prohibited by home country law. A description of the significant ways in which the Company’s governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies pursuant to NYSE MKT standards is provided on the Company’s website at platinumgroupmetals.net.

UNDERTAKINGS

The Company undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises; or to transactions in said securities.

CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS

The Company has previously filed with the Commission a written consent to service of process and power of attorney on Form F-X. Any change to the name or address of the Company’s agent for service shall be communicated promptly to the Commission by amendment to the Form F-X referencing the file number of the Company.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  PLATINUM GROUP METALS LTD.
   
   
   
  /s/ R. Michael Jones
  R. Michael Jones
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Date: November 29, 2016


EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are being filed with the Commission as exhibits to this annual report on Form 40-F.

Exhibit

Description

 

 

99.1

Annual Information Form for the year ended August 31, 2016

 

 

99.2

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, including the report of the auditors with respect thereto

 

 

99.3

Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended August 31, 2016

 

 

99.4

Certification of Chief Executive Officer as Required by Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act

 

 

99.5

Certification of Chief Financial Officer as Required by Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act

 

 

99.6

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

99.7

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

99.8

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

99.9

Consent of Charles J. Muller

 

 

99.10

Consent of Gert Roets

 

 

99.11

Consent of Gordon I. Cunningham

 

 

99.12

Consent of Robert L. Goosen

 

 

99.13

Consent of R. Michael Jones




 
 
 
ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM OF PLATINUM GROUP METALS LTD.
FOR YEAR ENDED: AUGUST 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
Annual Information Form – November 29, 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

      Page
       
ITEM 1 COVER PAGE  
     
ITEM 2 PRELIMINARY NOTES 1
     
ITEM 3 CORPORATE STRUCTURE 6
     
ITEM 4 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS 7
     
ITEM 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS 12
     
  5.1 MINERAL PROPERTY INTERESTS 16
       
  5.2 SOUTH AFRICAN REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 90
       
  5.3 RISK FACTORS 105
       
ITEM 6 DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 128
     
ITEM 7 DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE 129
     
ITEM 8 MARKET FOR SECURITIES 130
     
ITEM 9 ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO CONTRACTUAL RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER 131
     
ITEM 10 DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 131
     
ITEM 11 PROMOTERS 134
     
ITEM 12 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS 134
     
ITEM 13 INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS 134
     
ITEM 14 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS 134
     
ITEM 15 MATERIAL CONTRACTS 134
     
ITEM 16 INTERESTS OF EXPERTS 135
     
ITEM 17 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 136
     
SCHEDULE “A” List of Abbreviations and Glossary of Mining Terms  
     
SCHEDULE “B” Audit Committee Charter  


Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

ITEM 2 PRELIMINARY NOTES

Date of Information

All information in this Annual Information Form (“AIF”) of Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (“Platinum Group” or the “Company”) is as of August 31, 2016 unless otherwise indicated.

List of Abbreviations and Glossary of Mining Terms

Schedule “A” attached hereto is a list of abbreviations and glossary of mining terms used in this AIF.

Financial Information

Reference is made in this AIF to the consolidated audited financial statements of the Company for the year ended August 31, 2016 (the “Financial Statements”), a copy of which may be obtained online at www.sedar.com.

All financial information in this AIF is prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This AIF and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities legislation (collectively, “Forward-Looking Statements”). All statements, other than statements of historical fact, that address activities, events or developments that the Company believes, expects or anticipates will, may, could or might occur in the future are Forward-Looking Statements. The words “expect”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “may”, “could”, “might”, “will”, “would”, “should”, “intend”, “believe”, “target”, “budget”, “plan”, “strategy”, “goals”, “objectives”, “projection” or the negative of any of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify Forward-Looking Statements, although these words may not be present in all Forward-Looking Statements. Forward-Looking Statements included or incorporated by reference in this AIF include, without limitation, statements with respect to:

•  production estimates and assumptions, including production rate, grade per tonne and smelter recovery;
   
•  production timing;
   
•  capital raising activities, compliance with terms of indebtedness and the adequacy of capital;
   
•  revenue, cash flow and cost estimates and assumptions;
   
•  statements with respect to future events or future performance;
   
•  anticipated exploration, development, construction, production, permitting and other activities on the Company’s properties;
   
•  the adequacy of capital, financing needs and the availability of and potential for receiving further commitments;
   
•  project economics;
   
•  future metal prices and exchange rates;
   
•  mineral reserve and mineral resource estimates; and
   
•  potential changes in the ownership structures of the Company’s projects.


- 2 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Forward-Looking Statements reflect the current expectations or beliefs of the Company based on information currently available to the Company. Forward-Looking Statements in respect of capital costs, operating costs, production rate, grade per tonne and concentrator and smelter recovery are based upon the estimates in the technical reports referred to in this AIF and in the documents incorporated by reference herein and ongoing cost estimation work, and the Forward-Looking Statements in respect of metal prices and exchange rates are based upon the three year trailing average prices and the assumptions contained in such technical reports and ongoing estimates.

Forward-Looking Statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that may cause the actual events or results to differ materially from those discussed in the Forward-Looking Statements, and even if events or results discussed in the Forward-Looking Statements are realized or substantially realized, there can be no assurance that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, the Company. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things:

uncertainty of production, development plans and cost estimates for the Maseve platinum and palladium mine (“Maseve Mine”), formerly known as Project 1 (“Project 1”), and Project 3 (“Project 3”) of what was formerly the Western Bushveld Joint Venture (the “WBJV”);

 

additional financing requirements;

 

the Company’s history of losses;

 

the inability of the Company to generate sufficient cash flow to make payment on its indebtedness under the Sprott Facility (defined below) and the LMM Facility (defined below) and the restrictions imposed by such indebtedness;

 

the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility are secured and the Company has pledged its shares of Platinum Group Metals (RSA) Proprietary Limited (“PTM RSA”) to the Sprott Lenders (defined below) and LMM (defined below, and together with the Sprott Lenders, the “Lenders”) under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities (defined below), which potentially could result in the loss of the Company’s interest in Project 1 (defined below), Project 3 (defined below), the Waterberg Project (defined below) and in PTM RSA in the event of a default under either the Sprott Facility or the LMM Facility;

 

the Company’s negative cash flow;

 

the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern;

 

delays in the production ramp-up of Project 1, which could result in a default under the LMM Facility or the Sprott Facility;

 

there can be no assurance that underground development and production ramp-up at Project 1 will meet its production ramp-up timeline or that production at Project 1 will meet the Company’s expectations;

 

delays in, or inability to achieve, planned commercial production;

 

completion of a Definitive Feasibility Study (“DFS”) for the Waterberg Project, which is subject to resource upgrade and economic analysis requirements;

 

discrepancies between actual and estimated mineral reserves and mineral resources, between actual and estimated development and operating costs, between actual and estimated metallurgical recoveries and between estimated and actual production;

 

fluctuations in the relative values of the U.S. Dollar, the Rand and the Canadian Dollar;

 

volatility in metals prices;



- 3 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

the failure of the Company or its joint venture partners to fund their pro rata share of funding obligations for Project 1 or the Waterberg Project;

   

the inability of the Company to find an additional and suitable joint venture partner for Project 1 and Project 3 within such time frame as may be determined by the South African Department of Mineral Resources (”DMR”);

   

any disputes or disagreements with the Company’s joint venture partners;

   

other than at Project 1 and the Waterberg Project, the lack of known mineral reserves on the Company’s properties;

   

the ability of the Company to retain its key management employees and skilled and experienced personnel;

   

contractor performance and delivery of services, changes in contractors or their scope of work or any disputes with contractors;

   

conflicts of interest;

   

any designation of the Company as a “passive foreign investment company” and potential adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for U.S. shareholders;

   

litigation or other legal or administrative proceedings brought against the Company;

   

actual or alleged breaches of governance processes or instances of fraud, bribery or corruption;

   

exploration, development and mining risks and the inherently dangerous nature of the mining industry, including environmental hazards, industrial accidents, unusual or unexpected formations, safety stoppages (whether voluntary or regulatory), pressures, mine collapses, cave ins or flooding and the risk of inadequate insurance or inability to obtain insurance to cover these risks and other risks and uncertainties;

   

property and mineral title risks including defective title to mineral claims or property;

   

changes in national and local government legislation, taxation, controls, regulations and political or economic developments in Canada, South Africa or other countries in which the Company does or may carry out business in the future;

   

equipment shortages and the ability of the Company to acquire the necessary access rights and infrastructure for its mineral properties;

   

environmental regulations and the ability to obtain and maintain necessary permits, including environmental authorizations and water use licences;

   

extreme competition in the mineral exploration industry;

   

delays in obtaining, or a failure to obtain, permits necessary for current or future operations or failures to comply with the terms of such permits;

   

the failure to maintain or increase equity participation by historically disadvantaged South Africans in the Company’s prospecting and mining operations and to otherwise comply with the Amended Broad Based Socio Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining Industry (the "Mining Charter");

   

certain potential adverse Canadian tax consequences for foreign-controlled Canadian companies that acquire common shares of the Company;



- 4 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

risks of doing business in South Africa, including but not limited to, labour, economic and political instability and potential changes to and failures to comply with legislation; and

   
the other risks disclosed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this AIF.

These factors should be considered carefully, and investors should not place undue reliance on the Company’s Forward-Looking Statements. In addition, although the Company has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual actions or results to differ materially from those described in Forward-Looking Statements, there may be other factors that cause actions or results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended.

The mineral resource and mineral reserve figures referred to in this AIF and the documents incorporated herein by reference are estimates and no assurances can be given that the indicated levels of platinum ("Pt"), palladium ("Pd"), rhodium ("Rh") and gold ("Au") will be produced. Such estimates are expressions of judgment based on knowledge, mining experience, analysis of drilling results and industry practices. Valid estimates made at a given time may significantly change when new information becomes available. By their nature, mineral resource and mineral reserve estimates are imprecise and depend, to a certain extent, upon statistical inferences which may ultimately prove unreliable. Any inaccuracy or future reduction in such estimates could have a material adverse impact on the Company.

Any Forward-Looking Statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made and, except as may be required by applicable securities laws, the Company disclaims any intent or obligation to update any Forward-Looking Statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or results or otherwise.

Reserve and Mineral Resource Disclosure

Due to the uncertainty that may be attached to inferred mineral resource estimates, it cannot be assumed that all or any part of an inferred mineral resource estimate will be upgraded to an indicated or measured mineral resource estimate as a result of continued exploration. Confidence in an inferred mineral resource estimate is insufficient to allow meaningful application of the technical and economic parameters to enable an evaluation of economic viability sufficient for public disclosure, except in certain limited circumstances set out in National Instrument 43-101 – Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (“NI 43-101”). Inferred mineral resource estimates are excluded from estimates forming the basis of a feasibility study.

Mineral resources that are not mineral reserves do not have demonstrated economic viability.

Cautionary Note to U.S. Investors

Estimates of mineralization and other technical information included or incorporated by reference herein have been prepared in accordance with NI 43-101. The definitions of proven and probable reserves used in NI 43-101 differ from the definitions in SEC Industry Guide 7 of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Under SEC Industry Guide 7 standards, a “final” or “bankable” feasibility study is required to report reserves, the three-year historical average price is used in any reserve or cash flow analysis to designate reserves and the primary environmental analysis or report must be filed with the appropriate governmental authority. As a result, the reserves reported by the Company in accordance with NI 43-101 may not qualify as “reserves” under SEC standards. In addition, the terms “mineral resource”, “measured mineral resource”, “indicated mineral resource” and “inferred mineral resource” are defined in and required to be disclosed by NI 43-101; however, these terms are not defined terms under SEC Industry Guide 7 and normally are not permitted to be used in reports and registration statements filed with the SEC. Mineral resources that are not mineral reserves do not have demonstrated economic viability. Investors are cautioned not to assume that any part or all of the mineral deposits in these categories will ever be converted into reserves. “Inferred mineral resources” have a great amount of uncertainty as to their existence, and great uncertainty as to their economic and legal feasibility. It cannot be assumed that all or any part of an inferred mineral resource will ever be upgraded to a higher category. Under Canadian securities laws, estimates of inferred mineral resources may not form the basis of feasibility or prefeasibility studies, except in rare cases. See “Reserve and Mineral Resource Disclosure”. Additionally, disclosure of “contained ounces” in a resource is permitted disclosure under Canadian securities laws; however, the SEC normally only permits issuers to report mineralization that does not constitute “reserves” by SEC standards as in place tonnage and grade without reference to unit measurements. Accordingly, information contained in this AIF and the documents incorporated by reference herein containing descriptions of the Company’s mineral deposits may not be comparable to similar information made public by U.S. companies subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of United States federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.


- 5 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Currency Presentation and Exchange Rate Information

On September 1, 2015, the Company changed its presentation currency from the Canadian Dollar to the U.S. Dollar. The change in presentation currency is to better reflect the Company’s business activities and to improve investors’ ability to compare the Company’s financials results with other publicly traded businesses in the mining industry. In making this change to the U.S. Dollar presentation currency, the Company followed the guidance in IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ and has applied the change retrospectively as if the new presentation currency had always been the Company’s presentation currency. Unless stated otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all references to dollar amounts in this AIF are references to U.S. Dollars. All references to “U.S. Dollars” or to “US$” are to United States Dollars. All references to “R” or to “Rand” are to South African Rand. All references to “CDN$” are to Canadian Dollars.

The following table sets forth the rate of exchange for the U.S. Dollar expressed in Canadian Dollars in effect at the end of each of the indicated periods, the average of the exchange rates in effect on the last day of each month during each of the periods indicated, and the high and low exchange rates during each of the periods indicated based on the noon rate of exchange as reported by the Bank of Canada for the conversion of U.S. Dollars into Canadian Dollars.

U.S. Dollar to Canadian Dollars Year Ended August 31
2016 2015 2014
Rate at end of period CDN$1.3124 CDN$1.3223 CDN$1.0858
Average rate for period CDN$1.3265 CDN$1.2102 CDN$1.0776
High for period CDN$1.4589 CDN$1.3303 CDN$1.1251
Low for period CDN$1.2544 CDN$1.0863 CDN$1.0237

The noon rate of exchange on November 29, 2016 as reported by the Bank of Canada for the conversion of U.S. Dollars into Canadian Dollars was $1.00 equals CDN$1.3435.

The following table sets forth the rate of exchange for the South African Rand expressed in Canadian Dollars in effect at the end of each of the indicated periods, the average of the exchange rates in effect on the last day of each month during each of the periods indicated, and the high and low exchange rates during each of the periods indicated based on the noon rate of exchange as reported by the Bank of Canada for the conversion of South African Rand into Canadian Dollars.

South African Rand to Canadian
Dollars
Year Ended August 31
2016 2015 2014
Rate at end of period CDN$0.0893 CDN$0.0998 CDN$0.1019
Average rate for period CDN$0.0902 CDN$0.1026 CDN$0.1026
High for period CDN$0.0993 CDN$0.1102 CDN$0.1067
Low for period CDN$0.0821 CDN$0.0986 CDN$0.0984

The noon rate of exchange on November 29, 2016 as reported by the Bank of Canada for the conversion of South African Rand into Canadian Dollars was R1 equals CDN$0.09670.

Terms used and not defined in this AIF that are defined in National Instrument 51-102 - Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”) shall bear that definition. Other definitions are set out in National Instrument 14-101 - Definitions.


- 6 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Notice Regarding Non-GAAP Measures

This AIF may include certain terms or performance measures commonly used in the mining industry that are not defined under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which is incorporated in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants. We believe that, in addition to conventional measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, certain investors use this information to evaluate our performance. The data presented is intended to provide additional information and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. These non-GAAP measures should be read in conjunction with our financial statements.

Share Consolidation

On January 26, 2016, the Company announced that effective January 28, 2016 its common shares would be consolidated on the basis of one new share for ten old shares (1:10). All information in this AIF regarding the issued and outstanding common shares, options and weighted average number and per share information has been retrospectively restated to reflect the ten to one consolidation.

ITEM 3 CORPORATE STRUCTURE

The Company was amalgamated on February 18, 2002 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“BCBCA”) pursuant to an order of the Supreme Court of British Columbia approving an amalgamation between Platinum Group Metals Ltd. and New Millennium Metals Corporation. On January 25, 2005, the Company was transitioned under the BCBCA.

On February 22, 2005, the Company’s shareholders passed a special resolution to: (a) amend the authorized share capital from 1,000,000,000 common shares without par value to an unlimited number of common shares without par value; (b) remove the Pre-existing Company Provisions; and (c) adopt new articles. On February 27, 2014, the shareholders passed an ordinary resolution approving the advance notice policy of the Company and an alteration to the Company’s Articles to include provisions requiring advance notice of director nominees from shareholders, as described in the Company’s information circular for its annual meeting of shareholders held on February 27, 2014.

The Company’s head office is located at:

788 – 550 Burrard Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V6C 2B5

The Company’s registered office is located at:

Gowling WLG (Canada) LLP
2300 - 550 Burrard Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V6C 2B5

The Company is a platinum-focused exploration and development company conducting work primarily on mineral properties it has staked or acquired by way of option agreements or applications in the Republic of South Africa and in Canada.

Platinum Group Metals Ltd. and its Principal Subsidiaries

The Company’s material subsidiaries are one wholly-owned company, one majority-owned company and a 49.9% holding in a third company, all of which are incorporated under the company laws of the Republic of South Africa.


- 7 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company conducts its South African exploration and development work through its wholly-owned direct subsidiary, PTM RSA. PTM RSA holds the Company’s interests in the Project 1 (also known as the Maseve Mine) and Project 3 platinum mines of what was formerly the Western Bushveld Joint Venture through its 82.9% holdings in Maseve Investments 11 Proprietary Limited (“Maseve”). We esizwe Platinum Ltd. (“Wesizwe”), through its subsidiary Africa Wide Mineral Prospecting and Exploration Proprietary Limited (“Africa Wide”) has a 17.1% ownership interest in Maseve. See “Mineral Property Interests – Projects 1 and 3 of the Western Bushveld Complex” below.

On August 20, 2014, an arbitrator ruled that Africa Wide’s shareholding in Maseve would be reduced to 21.2766% as a result of a failure to fund its US$21.8 million share of a unanimously approved Maseve cash call by the Maseve board of directors. This was the first cash call ever presented to Africa Wide for their share of Maseve development costs. On March 3, 2014, Africa Wide informed the Company that it would not be funding its US$21.52 million share of a second unanimously approved cash call. As a result, Africa Wide’s ownership of Maseve has been further diluted to approximately 17.1% based on the dilution formula in the Maseve Shareholders Agreement among PTM RSA, Africa Wide e and Maseve (the “Maseve Shareholders Agreement), as confirmed by the arbitrator. Likewise, the Company’s ownership in Maseve has increased to approximately 82.9% . See “Africa Wide Dilution” below for more information.

The Company also owns 49.9% of Mnombo Wethu Consultantts (Pty) Limited (“Mnombo”), a black economic empowerment (“BEE”) company, which holds a 26% participating interest in both the Waterberg joint venture project (the “Waterberg JV Project”) and the Waterberg extension project (the “Waterberg Extension Project” and together with the Waterberg JV Project, the “Waterberg Project”).

The Company previously held 100% of the shares of Platinu um Group Metals (Barbados) Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Barbados originally set up to hold and manage potential PGM opportunities. Platinum Group Metals (Barbados) Ltd. was voluntarily wound up and officially deregistered in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act of Barbados effective July 15, 2016.

PTM RSA previously held 100% of the shares of Wesplats Holding (Proprietary) Limited, a holding company incorporated under the laws of South Africa and originally set up to acquire surface rights. Wesplats Holding (Proprietary) Limited was voluntarily wound up and officially deregistered by the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission (“CIPC”) of South Africa on September 16, 2015.

The Company previously held a 37% interest in Wildebeest Platinum (Pty) Limited, a company set up to hold prospecting rights. Wildebeest was voluntarily wound up and officially deregistered by the CIPC on June 30, 2015.

ITEM 4 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

Since its formation in 2002, the Company has been engaged in the acquisition, exploration and development of platinum and palladium properties. The Company currently holds interests in platinum properties in the Western and Northern Limbs of the Bushveld Complex in South Africa and in Canada. The Company’s business is conducted primarily in South Africa, and to a lesser extent, in Ontario, the Northwest Territories and Newfoundland and Labrador in Canada.


- 8 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

At present the Company is focused on the ramp-up of production at Project 1.

The Company is also advancing the exploration and assessment of the Waterberg Project. A pre-feasibility study for the Waterberg Project was published on October 19, 2016. Work in preparation for a planned Definitive Feasibility Study (“DFS”) is now underway, targeting a large, thick PGM resource with the objective to model a large-scale, fully-mechanized mine. A substantial portion of the Waterberg Project’s prospecting area remains unexplored.

Recent Developments

On November 1, 2016 the Company announced the closing of a public offering of common shares (the “November 2016 Offering”). Pursuant to the November 2016 Offering, the Company issued 22,230,000 common shares at a price of US$1.80 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately US$40 million. BMO Capital Markets and RBC Dominion Securities Inc. acted as the underwriters and agreed to buy the shares on a bought deal basis. The net proceeds of the November 2016 Offering will be used for (i) underground development and production ramp-up of the Project 1 Maseve Platinum Mine, (ii) working capital during start-up, (iii) repayment of all or a portion of the US$5.0 million Second Advance (defined below) received by the Company under the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility (defined below), and (iv) general corporate purposes. The November 2016 Offering was made pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement previously filed on October 14, 2016 with the SEC and a corresponding Canadian base shelf prospectus filed with the securities regulatory authority in each of the provinces of Canada, except Quebec. In relation to the offering, a prospectus supplement to the base shelf prospectus was filed on October 25, 2016 with the SEC and with the securities regulatory authority in each of the provinces of Canada, except Quebec.

On October 19, 2016 the Company announced positive results from an independent pre-feasibility study on the Waterberg Project (“WPFS”) contained in a technical report dated October 19, 2016 and filed on SEDAR titled “Independent Technical Report on the Waterberg Project Including Mineral Resource Update and Pre-Feasibility Study” (the “WPFS Technical Report”). Platinum Group is to hold a 58.62% effective interest in the Waterberg Project (including through its minority interest in Mnombo) with the Japan, Oil, Gas and Metals National Corporation (“JOGMEC”) holding a 28.35% interest. Empowerment partner Mnombo holds the balance of the joint venture. Highlights of the WPFS include (i) validation of the 2014 Waterberg Preliminary Economic Assessment (“PEA”) results for a large scale, shallow, decline accessible, mechanized platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold (“4E”) mine, (ii) annual steady state production rate of 744,000 4E ounces in concentrate, (iii) a 3.5 year construction period, (iv) on site life-of-mine average cash cost of US$248 per 4E ounce including byproduct credits and exclusive of smelter discounts, (v) after-tax net present value (“NPV”) of US$320 million, at an 8% discount rate, using three-year trailing average metal prices, (vi) after-tax NPV of US$507 million, at an 8% discount rate, using investment bank consensus average metal prices, (vii) estimated capital to full production of approximately US$1.06 billion including US$67 million in contingencies. Peak project funding estimated at US$914 million, (viii) After-tax Internal Rate of Return (“IRR”) of 13.5% using three-year trailing average price deck, (ix) after-tax IRR of 16.3% at investment bank consensus average metal prices, (x) probable reserves of 12.3 million 4E ounces (2.5 g/t 4E cut-off), (xi) indicated resources updated to 24.9 million 4E ounces (2.5 g/t 4E cut-off) and deposit remains open on strike to the north and below a 1,250 meter arbitrary depth cutoff. See details at “Summary of Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resource Estimates” below. The Company plans to continue drilling the deposit and to advance the project to completion of feasibility study and a construction decision. The Company also plans to file a mining right application, with joint venture approval, based substantially on the results of the WPFS.

On October 12, 2016 the Company announced that Sprott Resource Lending Partnership (“Sprott”), among other lenders (the lenders from time to time, the “Sprott Lenders”) had provided a US $5.0 million second advance (the “Second Advance”) to the Company. The original US$40.0 million credit facility agreement with the Sprott Lenders dated February 13, 2015, as subsequently amended on November 19, 2015, May 3, 2016 and September 19, 2016 (the "Sprott Facility"), pursuant to which US$40 million was advanced to the Company on November 20, 2015, was amended and restated effective October 11, 2016 to reflect the Second Advance and an increase to US$45.0 million (the “Amended and Restated Sprott Facility”). Interest will accrue and become payable to Sprott monthly on any outstanding principal related to the Second Advance at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.5%, the same rate as for the original Sprott Facility. Other terms, conditions and covenants related to the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility are substantially the same as for the original Sprott Facility. See more below in this section.


- 9 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility, Sprott had a right to elect for earlier repayment of the Second Advance the from the proceeds of an equity or debt financing by the Company prior to December 31, 2017. On November 2, 2016 Sprott elected for early repayment of US$2.5 million of the Second Advance from the proceeds of the November 2016 Offering, which the Company has repaid. The remaining US$2.5 million principal balance of the Second Advance is to be repaid in six equal, monthly installments commencing on July 31, 2017; provided, that if the Company or any of its subsidiaries closes one or more equity or debt financing (excluding intercompany financings) on or before December 31, 2017, Sprott may elect to require the proceeds of such financing, net of reasonable financing costs, be paid to the Sprott Lenders in repayment of the remaining outstanding amount of the Second Advance. In consideration of the Second Advance, as a fee, the Company issued 113,963 common shares of the Company at a price of CDN$3.2428 per share, less a ten percent discount.

On September 19, 2016 the Company announced that Sprott and Liberty Metals and Mining Holdings, LLC, a subsidiary of Boston-based Liberty Mutual Insurance ("LMM"), had agreed to amend certain terms to the Sprott Facility and the November 2, 2015 US$40 million credit facility agreement with LMM (the "LMM Facility", and together with the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility, the “Project 1 Working Capital Facilities”). Sprott agreed to defer 12 planned monthly repayments of the original US$40 million Sprott Facility from commencing on January 31, 2017 to commencing on January 31, 2018. LMM agreed to defer 9 planned quarterly repayments of its original US$40 million LMM Facility plus capitalized interest from commencing December 31, 2018 until June 30, 2019. LMM also agreed to defer the quarterly payment of interest due to LMM from commencing December 31, 2016 until December 31, 2017. During the additional twelve-month period interest will continue to be accrued monthly and capitalized to principal. Sprott and LMM both agreed to reset agreed monthly production covenants so that month one of production will be October, 2016. In consideration of the amendments, the Company issued 801,314 common shares of the Company as directed by the Sprott Lenders and 801,314 in common shares of the Company to LMM. The shares were priced at CDN$3.66 per share, less a ten percent discount.

On September 19, 2016 the Company also reported that primary development at the Maseve Mine had accessed mining Block 11, hosting some of the best grade thickness ore at the Maseve Mine. Block 11 is an important part of the next several years of scheduled mining. Block 11 is a large, well-drilled and stable mining block estimated to host more than 545,000 4E Merensky Reef ounces (3,066,512 tonnes at 5.53 grams per tonne 4E Indicated). Production at the Maseve Mine is behind schedule due to challenges related to the ramp up of stoping tonnes. Difficulties and delays were caused in part by poor contractor performance and incomplete underground infrastructure, causing bottlenecks in the movement of waste and ore out of the mine. Completion of the first underground silo top, the addition of a belt loader at this silo and future top and bottom completions at silos two and three are expected to improve production into 2017. Feed to the plant since commissioning has been substantially comprised of low grade development stockpiles and a combination of mined stoping tonnes and development tonnes from primary headings where Merensky Reef is present. Looking forward, Merensky tonnes mined are scheduled to increase as key mining blocks are accessed, developed and stoped. A conveyor from underground has been commissioned that feeds directly to the overland conveyor and into the primary crusher and mill. A final conveyor leg directly to Block 11 is being engineered and planned for construction, which is expected to improve the future ability to move good grade tonnes out of the mine and directly into the mill.

Three-Year History

The following is a summary of the Company’s noteworthy developments over the last three fiscal years.

Fiscal 2014 Developments

Third Independent Mineral Resource Estimate for Waterberg On September 3, 2013, the Company announced an updated independent inferred mineral resource estimate for the Waterberg JV Project.

Africa Wide Dilution - On October 18, 2013, Africa Wide informed the Company that it would not be funding its approximate US$21.8 million share of a project budget and cash call for Project 1 that had been unanimously approved by the Maseve board of directors. As a result of Africa Wide’s failure to fund its share of the initial cash call, the Company entered into arbitration proceedings with Africa Wide to determine the extent of the dilution of Africa Wide’s ownership in Maseve (the “Africa Wide Dilution”), and therefore Project 1 and Project 3, in accordance with the terms of the Maseve Shareholders Agreement. The Company also delayed certain expenditures on Project 1 from October 2013 to January 2014 so that the Company could raise additional equity financing. On August 20, 2014, an arbitrator determined that Africa Wide’s shareholding in Maseve would be reduced to 21.2766% . As a result of Africa Wide’s decision not to fund its US$21.52 million share of a second cash call delivered in February 2014, Africa Wide’s ownership in Maseve was further diluted to approximately 17.1% based on the dilution formula in the Maseve Shareholders Agreement, as confirmed by the arbitration. Likewise, the Company’s ownership in Maseve has therefore increased to approximately 82.9% . The Company expects that it will be required to fund 100% of Maseve’s cash requirements and since 2014 has loaned Maseve such required amounts.


- 10 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Project 1 New Lender Mandate – On November 11, 2013, the Company entered into a new mandate letter with three commercial banking groups to arrange for up to a US$195 million project finance loan to develop the Maseve Mine. The new mandate was to build on work and due diligence conducted up until October 18, 2013 under an earlier mandate. The proposed revised facility agreement would not rely on Wesizwe or Africa Wide to provide any covenants, guarantees or consents. See "Termination of Project 1 New Lender Mandate” in “Fiscal 2015 Developments” below.

CDN$175 Million Public Offering – On December 31, 2013, the Company closed a previously announced public offering of common shares. The Company issued 148.5 million common shares at a price of CDN$1.18 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of CDN$175.23 million. BMO Capital Markets and GMP Securities L.P. led a team of underwriters which included CIBC World Markets Inc., RBC Dominion Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Canada Inc., PI Financial Corp., Raymond James Ltd. and Dundee Securities Ltd. which had agreed to buy the shares on a bought deal basis. The Company intended to use the net proceeds of the offering to partially fund Phase 2 development at the Maseve Mine, to fund the Company’s portion of ongoing exploration and engineering work on the Waterberg JV Project, to fund the Company’s portion of ongoing exploration work on the Waterberg Extension Project and for general working capital purposes. The common shares were offered by way of a short form prospectus filed in all provinces of Canada, except for Quebec, and in the United States by way of a registration statement filed with the SEC.

Waterberg PEA On February 14, 2014, the Company announced positive results from an independent Preliminary Economic Assessment on the Waterberg JV Project. The project was advanced to the pre-feasibility stage. As disclosed in the Company’s press release dated October 21, 2014, the Preliminary Economic Assessment is outdated and no longer valid. Accordingly, the Preliminary Economic Assessment should not be relied upon.

Fourth Independent Mineral Resource Estimate for Waterberg – On June 11, 2014, the Company announced an increase in the estimated inferred mineral resource at the Waterberg JV Project and adjacent Waterberg Extension Project.

Fiscal 2015 Developments

Termination of Project 1 New Lender Mandate - On November 3, 2014, the Company announced the termination of the mandate for a US$195 million term loan facility previously entered into with a syndicate of lenders and announced on November 11, 2013.

Sprott US$40 Million Senior Secured Loan Facility - On December 9, 2014, the Company announced that the Company had entered into a term sheet with Sprott for the Sprott Facility in the amount of US$40 million at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 8.50%, compounded and payable monthly. Later, on February 16, 2015, the Company entered into a credit facility agreement (the “Sprott Credit Agreement”) regarding the Sprott Facility. The Company used the proceeds of the Sprott Facility for the development and operation of the Maseve Mine and for general working capital purposes.

The Company made or will be obligated to make certain payments to Sprott, including (a) a bonus payment made concurrently with execution and delivery of the Sprott Credit Agreement in the amount of US$1,500,000, being 3.75% of the principal amount of the Sprott Facility, payable in 2,830,188 common shares of the Company issued on February 16, 2015 at a deemed price per share equal to US$0.53 per common share of the Company; (b) a draw down payment to Sprott of US$800,000, being equal to 2% of the amount being drawn down under the Sprott Facility, payable in 3,485,839 common shares issued on November 20, 2015 at a deemed price equal to US$0.23 per common share of the Company; (c) a structuring fee comprised of a cash payment in the amount of US$100,000, paid concurrently with the execution and delivery of the term sheet for the Sprott Facility; and (d) a standby fee payable monthly until December 31, 2015 in cash equal to 4% per annum of the un-advanced principal amount of the Facility.


- 11 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

US$113.8 Million Public Offering – On December 31, 2014, the Company announced the closing of a previously announced public offering of common shares. The Company issued 214.8 million common shares at a price of US$0.53 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of US$113.844 million. The common shares issued include 7.2 million common shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an over-allotment option. BMO Capital Markets and GMP Securities L.P. acted as the underwriters and agreed to buy the offered shares on a bought deal basis. The net proceeds of the offering were intended to fund Phase 2 development at the Maseve Mine. The shares were offered by way of a short form prospectus filed in all provinces of Canada, except for Quebec, and were offered in the United States pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Canada/U.S. multi-jurisdictional disclosure system.

Waterberg Unitization – On May 26, 2015, the Company announced that JOGMEC had committed to fund the next US$20 million of joint venture funding at Waterberg. In conjunction with JOGMEC’s firm funding commitment, the Company, JOGMEC and empowerment partner Mnombo agreed to consolidate the Waterberg JV Project and the Waterberg Extension Project into one unitized project area, which is referred to as the Waterberg Project. The resulting new ownership interests in the Waterberg Project on unitization be as follows:

  Platinum Group: 45.65% (1)
  JOGMEC: 28.35%
  Mnombo: 26.00%

  (1)

Platinum Group indirectly owns an additional 12.97% interest in the Waterberg Project through its 49.9% interest in Mnombo, for a total 58.62% interest in the Waterberg Project.

Platinum Group will increase its direct and indirect effective interest in the old Waterberg JV Project area from 49.98% currently to 58.62% . Platinum Group will decrease its effective interest in the old Waterberg Extension Project from 87% to 58.62% . JOGMEC will decrease its interest in the old Waterberg Joint Venture from 37% to 28.35% and increase its interest in the old Waterberg Extension Project from zero to 28.35% . See further details below.

Project 1 Mineral Resources and Reserves Update – On July 15, 2015, the Company announced that mineral resources and mineral reserves for Project 1 had been updated to account for the planned increased use of mechanized mining methods where the deposit is estimated to be thicker and accessible from nearby completed underground development. The updated mineral reserves were calculated using current three-year trailing metal prices and current cost estimates to July 2015, updated detailed surface and underground drilling results and a revised mine plan. See details at “Summary of Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resource Estimates” below.

Fifth Independent Mineral Resource Estimate for Waterberg – On July 22, 2015 the Company reported an updated independent platinum, palladium and gold (collectively referred to as “3E”) resource estimate for the Waterberg Project, effective July 20, 2015.

Fiscal 2016 Developments

US$40 Million Sprott Facility – On November 20, 2015, the Company drew down US$40 million working capital facility pursuant to the Sprott Credit Agreement. The Company issued 348,584 common shares to Sprott in connection with its draw down of the Sprott Facility at a deemed price of CDN$3.045 per share. The Sprott facility bears interest at 8.5% over US Libor. Sprott, in first lien position, agreed to amend its original terms and enter into an inter-creditor agreement to allow for the second lien position for the LMM Facility.

The Sprott Facility was later amended and restated in May and October, 2016. See details above under “Recent Developments” and below under “Fiscal 2016 Developments”.


- 12 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

US$40 Million LMM Facility – On November 20, 2015, the Company also drew down US$40 million from the LMM Facility pursuant to a credit agreement (the “LMM Credit Agreement”) entered into on November 2, 2015 with its largest shareholder, LMM. Pursuant to the terms of the LMM Credit Agreement, the Company issued 348,584 common shares to LMM with its draw down of the LMM Facility at a deemed price of CDN$3.045 per share. The LMM facility bears interest at 9.5% over US Libor. Pursuant to the LMM Credit Agreement the Company entered into a life of mine Production Payment Agreement (“PPA”) with LMM. Under the PPA, the Company agreed to pay to LMM a production payment of 1.5% of net proceeds received on concentrate sales or other minerals from the Maseve Mine (the “Production Payment”).

Events of default under the Sprott Facility are also treated as events of default under the LMM Facility, and vice versa. Under the LMM Facility, the Company has provided a subordinated pledge of 100% of the shares of PTM RSA. The LMM Facility is subordinated to the Sprott Facility and scheduled to be repaid after Sprott. An event of default under the PPA triggers the payment of a termination fee based on a net present value of the Production Payments to be made under the PPA at a 5% discount rate. An event of default under the Sprott Facility or the LMM Facility is also treated as an event of default under the PPA. The Company holds the right to terminate the PPA upon payment of the termination fee.

The PPA is secured with the second lien position of the LMM Facility until it is repaid. The PPA will be acknowledged in any subsequent debt arrangement of the Company. The Company has a right to refinance the Sprott Facility or the LMM Facility, subject to certain rights granted to LMM under the PPA.

The LMM Facility was later amended and restated in May, 2016. See details below under “Fiscal 2016 Developments”.

Maseve Mine Commissioning - On February 9, 2016 the Company reported that operations at the Maseve Mine had successfully completed a 72-hour run test during hot commissioning of its concentrator facility. The mine produced its first concentrate for delivery to the Anglo Platinum Waterval smelter 40 km to the south of the mine. Since commissioning, operations have continued with further underground development and production ramp-up.

Sixth Independent Mineral Resource Estimate for Waterberg – On April 19, 2016 the Company reported an updated independent 3E resource estimate for the Waterberg Project, effective April 18, 2016. LMM Facility and Sprott Facility Amended – On May 5, 2016 the Company announced that the US$40 million LMM Facility and the US$40 million Sprott Facility were each amended effective May 3, 2016. Under the amendments, the provision whereby Maseve must reach and maintain on a three-month rolling average at least 60% of planned production for a three-month period was extended and the provision whereby Maseve must reach and maintain on a three-month rolling average at least 70% of planned production was also extended. In consideration of the amendments the Company issued 131,654 common shares of the Company to Sprott and 131,654 common shares of the Company to LMM priced at CDN$4.18 per share, , less a seven and one-half percent discount.

US$33.0 Million Public Offering – On May 26, 2016 the Company announced the closing of a previously announced public offering of common shares. The Company issued 11,000,000 shares at a price of US$3.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of US$33,000,000. BMO Capital Markets, RBC Dominion Securities Inc. and Macquarie Capital Markets Canada Ltd. acted as the underwriters and agreed to buy the offered shares on a bought deal basis. The net proceeds of the offering were used for underground development and the ramp-up of production at the Maseve Mine. The shares were offered by way of a short form prospectus filed in all provinces of Canada, except for Quebec, and were offered in the United States pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Canada/U.S. multi-jurisdictional disclosure system.

Significant Acquisitions

The Company has not made any significant acquisitions during its most recently completed financial year for which disclosure is required under Part 8 of NI 51-102.


- 13 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

ITEM 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

General

The Company is a platinum-focused exploration, development and operating company conducting work primarily on mineral properties it has staked or acquired by way of option agreements or applications in the Republic of South Africa and in Canada.

Currently, the Company considers the Maseve Mine and the Waterberg Project to be material mineral properties. The Company also holds interests in various early-stage exploration projects located in Canada and in South Africa, including Project 3, which is located adjacent to and to the north of the Maseve Mine. The Company continues to evaluate exploration opportunities both on currently owned properties and on new prospects.

Principal Products

Our principal product once production commences at the Maseve Mine will be a PGM bearing concentrate. The concentrate will contain certain amounts of eight elements payable to the Company’s account comprised of platinum, palladium, rhodium, gold, ruthenium, iridium, copper and nickel. All of the PGM bearing concentrate produced at the Maseve Mine is to be delivered and sold to Anglo American Platinum Limited (”Amplats”) in accordance with the terms of a life-of-mine off-take agreement for the Maseve Mine with Rustenburg Platinum Mines Limited ("RPM"). The off-take agreement followed a competitive tender process and the exercise of a right of first refusal by RPM. The concentrate from the Maseve Mine is planned for delivery to the RPM Waterval smelter, approximately 40 km away by truck.

Specialized Skill and Knowledge

Various aspects of our business require specialized skills and knowledge, including the areas of geology, engineering, operations, drilling, metallurgy, permitting, logistical planning and implementation of exploration programs as well as legal compliance, finance and accounting. We face competition for qualified personnel with these specialized skills and knowledge, which may increase our costs of operations or result in delays.

Due to the requirement for specialized skills and knowledge, the Company has contracted the services of an experienced and professional human resources company, to provide site and office human resources, organization design and planning services to Maseve. The contracted human resources company specializes in the mining industry, and their team of professional engineers, psychologists and human resources practitioners has an intimate understanding of organization design & development, including knowledge of the applied legislation, mining techniques and associated labour practices. They have also assisted the Company in completing a “Local Skills Assessment” in six communities to help identify candidates for leadership and staff positions as per Maseve’s Social and Labour Plan (the “Maseve Social and Labour Plan”) and human resources development obligations. Community members have been hired and more are currently undergoing medical examinations, training and induction.

Social or Environmental Policies

Corporate Social Responsibility

Being a responsible corporate citizen means protecting the natural environment associated with our business activities, providing a safe workplace for our employees and contractors, and investing in infrastructure, economic development, and health and education in the communities where we operate so that we can enhance the lives of those who work and live there beyond the life of such operations. We take a long-term view of our corporate responsibility, which is reflected in the policies that guide our business decisions, and in our corporate culture that fosters safe and ethical behaviour across all levels of Platinum Group. Our goal is to ensure that our engagement with our stakeholders, including our workforce, industry partners, and the communities where we operate, is continued, mutually beneficial and transparent. By building such relationships and conducting ourselves in this manner, we can address specific concerns of our stakeholders and work cooperatively and effectively towards achieving this goal.


- 14 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Social and Labour Plans

The Maseve Social and Labour Plan was compiled pursuant to DMR guidelines for social and labour plans and submitted in accordance with section 46 of the MPRDA (defined below). The objective of a social and labour plan is to align the Company’s social and labour principles with the related requirements established under the Mining Charter. These requirements for Maseve include promoting employment, advancement of the social and economic welfare of all South Africans, contributing toward the transformation of the mining industry and contributing towards the socio-economic development of the communities proximal to the Maseve Mine. Contractors are required to comply with the Maseve Social and Labour Plan and policies, including commitment to employment equity and BEE, proof of competence in terms of regulations, commitment to undertake training programs, compliance with all Maseve policies relating to recruitment, training, health and safety, etc. In terms of human resources training, the Maseve Social and Labour Plan establishes objectives for adult-based education training, learnerships and development of skills required by mining industry, portable skills training for transition into industries other than mining, education bursaries and internships. The Maseve Social and Labour Plan also establishes local economic development objectives for projects such as community centre refurbishment, high school refurbishment, water and reticulation projects, housing development, establishment of recreational parks and various other localized programmes for small scale industry, agriculture, entrepreneurship and health and education.

The Company is in process to develop a social and labour plan for the Waterberg Project (the “Waterberg Social and Labour plan”).

Labour in South Africa

The gold and platinum mining industries in South Africa witnessed significant labour unrest in recent years and demands for higher wages by certain labour groups. Both legal and illegal or “unprotected” strikes have occurred at several mines since the beginning of August 2012. In June 2014, the Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union accepted a negotiated wage settlement to end a five month long strike affecting a significant proportion of the platinum industry. To date, the Company has seen no adverse labour action on its site at the Maseve Mine.

The primary union at the Maseve Mine representing the workers of Maseve’s primary underground mining contractor, JIC Mining Services (“JIC”), is the National Union of Mineworkers (“NUM”). The Company maintains an active dialogue with JIC, NUM and its own employees. JIC recently agreed to terms with NUM for a labour contract at the Maseve Mine for a two-year period ending September 2017. In the future, should higher salaries and wages occur across the industry, the Company will likely be required to comply with higher pay bands, and the resulting increase in the cost of labour. See “Risk Factors”.

Environmental Compliance

The Company’s current and future exploration and development activities, as well as future mining and processing operations, if warranted, are subject to various federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations in the countries in which the Company conducts its activities. These laws and regulations govern the protection of the environment, prospecting, development, production, taxes, labour standards, occupational health, mine safety, hazardous substances and other matters. Company management expects to be able to comply with those laws and does not believe that compliance will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s competitive position. The Company intends to obtain and maintain all licences and permits required by all applicable regulatory agencies in connection with its mining operations and exploration activities. The Company intends to maintain standards of compliance consistent with contemporary industry practice.

Competitive Conditions

The global PGM mining industry has historically been characterised by long-term rising demand from global automotive and fabrication sectors on the one hand and constrained supply sources on the other. South Africa’s PGM mining sector has been the largest and fastest growing sector in the South African mining industry until recently, representing approximately 80% of global supply. Since mid-2012 global economic uncertainty, recycling and slow growth have created a weak market for PGMs. Lower market prices for PGMs combined with labour unrest has caused stoppages and closures of some higher cost platinum mines and shafts in South Africa. Almost all of the South African platinum supply comes from the geographic constraints of the Western, Northern and Eastern Limbs of the Bushveld Complex, resulting in a high degree of competition for mineral rights and projects. South Africa’s PGM mining sector remains beholden to economic developments in the global automotive industry, which currently accounts for approximately 41% of the total global demand for platinum. A prolonged downturn in global automobile and light truck sales, resulting in depressed platinum prices, often results in declining production as unprofitable mines are shut down. Alternatively, strong automobile and light truck sales combined with strong fabrication demand for platinum, most often results in a more robust industry, creating competition for resources, including funding, labour, technical experts, power, water, materials and equipment. The South African industry is dominated by three or four producers, who also control smelting and refining facilities. As a result, there is general competition for access to these facilities on a contract basis. As the Company moves towards production on the Maseve Mine, it will become exposed to many of the risks of competition described herein. See “Risk Factors”.


- 15 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Employees and Contractors

The Company’s current complement of managers, staff and consultants in Canada consists of approximately 9 individuals and the Company’s complement of managers, staff, consultants, security and casual workers in South Africa consists of approximately 311 individuals, inclusive of approximately 18 individuals active at the Waterberg Project.

The Waterberg Project is operated by the Company utilizing its own staff and personnel as described above. Contract drilling, geotechnical and support services are utilized as required.

Maseve is operated by the Company on an “owner managed-contractor” basis. The Company has hired full time local mining specialists in South Africa as part of an operational readiness plan while the Company drives to ramp up production at the Maseve Mine. The Company’s management team has taken over many duties and responsibilities previously assigned to contractors, resulting in improved planning and execution capabilities at Maseve. The safety record at the Maseve Mine has been maintained at levels better than industry average levels through a focus on safety. The Maseve management team has frequent interaction and dialogue with the inspectorate branch of the DMR and follows their guidance carefully.

As at October 31, 2016, the total labour force at the Maseve Mine totalled approximately 2,145 people. The Company had 116 permanent and temporary employees and directly managed 1,012 contractor employees assigned to engineering (343 employees), security (101 employees), mining sub-contractors (427 employees) and support services (141 employees). Underground mining contractor JIC had approximately 834 people, including mining sub-contractors, assigned to working on both the north and south mine areas at the Maseve Mine. As the Maseve Mine ramps up production, Company management is working to streamline and refine contractor engagement for underground mining and development at the Maseve Mine to improve operational efficiencies and rates of production.

In December 2012, DRA Mineral Projects (Pty) Ltd. (“DRA”) was formally engaged as the EPCM contractor for commencement of surface infrastructure, including mill and flotation circuit construction. At October 31, 2016 DRA and all its subcontractors had demobilised from site post the completion of the EPCM works.

During December 2015, Tailing Technology (Pty) Limited (“TTL”) was engaged to provide concentrator management, operating and maintenance services for the Maseve mill. TTL personnel were inducted to site and completed training and the establishment of operating procedures and protocols in December 2015 and January 2016. During February 2016 TTL commissioned the Maseve Mine mill with assistance of the DRA commissioning team. At October 31, 2016 TTL had approximately 114 employees on site plus approximately 69 sub-contractor personnel.

The Company has worked closely for several years with local communities and a human resource specialist company to create a database of local persons interested in work at Maseve, including their skill and experience details. The Company has set a target of 30% local employment for the mine, including persons under the employ of contractors. As at October 31, 2016, approximately 13% of the onsite Maseve workforce was comprised of local persons from surrounding communities. Management will, as production build up and increased labour requirement allow, address the shortfall in this target.


- 16 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Foreign Operations

The Company conducts the majority of its business in South Africa. South Africa has a large and well-developed mining industry, particularly in the area where the Maseve Mine is located. This, among other factors, means the infrastructure in the area is well-established, with well-maintained roads and highways as well as electricity distribution networks, water supply and telephone and communication systems. Electrical generating capacity has been strained by demand in recent years in South Africa, but additional capacity is currently underway. Additional water infrastructure will also be required. See “Risk Factors”.

There is also access to materials and skilled labour in the region due to the existence of many platinum and chrome mines in the immediate vicinity. Smelter complexes and refining facilities are also located in the area. South Africa has an established government, police force and judiciary as well as financial, health care and social institutions, although such institutions underwent significant change following the fall of apartheid and free elections in 1994, and are continuing to be developed. The system of mineral tenure was overhauled by new legislation in 2002, which came into force in 2004. Since 1994, South Africa has been considered an emerging democracy. See “Risk Factors”.

5.1 - Mineral Property Interests

Under IFRS, the Company defers all acquisition, exploration and development costs related to mineral properties. The recoverability of these amounts is dependent upon the existence of economically recoverable mineral reserves, the ability of the Company to obtain the necessary financing to complete the development of the property, and any future profitable production; or alternatively upon the Company’s ability to dispose of its interests on an advantageous basis.

The Company’s key development project and exploration targets are located in the Bushveld Complex in South Africa. The Bushveld Complex is comprised of a series of distinct layers or reefs, three of which contain the majority of the economic concentrations of platinum group metals (together, “PGMs”, and the subset of 4E PGMs consisting of platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold, or the subset of 3E PGMs consisting of platinum, palladium and gold) within the Bushveld Complex: (i) the Merensky Reef (“Merensky” or “MR”), which occurs around the Western Limb of the Bushveld Complex, (ii) the Upper Group 2 Layer or Reef (“UG2”), which occurs around the Eastern Limb of the Bushveld Complex and (iii) the Platreef (“Platreef”), found within the Northern Limb. These reefs exhibit extensive geological continuity and predictability and have an established history of economic PGM production. The Merensky, UG2 and Platreef have been producing PGMs since the 1920s, 1970s and 1990s, respectively.


- 17 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Overview of the Bushveld Complex
(Map not drawn to scale)

Notes:

  1

Anglo American Platinum Limited owns a 33% stake.

  2

Comprised of Bathopele, Siphumelele and Thembelani mines.

Projects 1 and 3 of the Western Bushveld Complex

The Maseve Mine and Project 3 are located adjacent to each other on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Complex, 110 km west northwest of Pretoria and 120 km from Johannesburg. The approximately 47 km2 of mining rights comprising the Maseve Mine and Project 3 are owned by project operating company Maseve, of which the Company owns an 82.9% interest and Wesizwe, through its subsidiary Africa Wide, owns 17.1% .

To date, the majority of the Company’s exploration and development activities have been focused on the Maseve Mine in order to advance it into production. On July 7, 2008, the Company announced the results of a feasibility study on the Maseve Mine. On November 25, 2009, the Company published an updated feasibility study for the Maseve Mine. On April 4, 2012, Maseve was issued a letter of grant for the Mining Right by the DMR. The Mining Right was notarially executed on the commencement date of May 15, 2012 and registered on August 3, 2012.

During 2012 and into early 2013, the Company completed Phase 1 development at the Maseve Mine. Phase 1 included surface infrastructure, lay down areas, electrical and water connections, twin decline development and some lateral development.

Phase 2 development at the Maseve Mine commenced in early January 2013. Phase 2 included the completion of an additional twin decline access into the deposit, a milling, concentrating and tailings facility and extensive underground development. Plant and facility construction was substantially complete by February, 2016 and commissioning occurred in February/March 2016. First production occurred during February, 2016. Full commercial production is estimated to occur after a two-year ramp-up period after commissioning of the plant. To date, production ramp up is behind plan, as described above.


- 18 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Technical Reports – Maseve Mine

Readers are encouraged to read the following technical reports, from which certain of the disclosure regarding the Maseve Mine and Project 3 in this AIF has been derived:

1.

“Technical Report on Project 3 Resource Cut Estimation of the Western Bushveld Joint Venture (WBJV) Located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa,” dated August 31, 2010 (the “Project 3 Report”), prepared by Charles J. Muller; and

   
2.

“An Independent Technical Report on the Maseve Project (WBJV Project areas 1 and 1A) located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa” (the “Project 1 Report”) dated August 28, 2015 with an effective date of July 15, 2015 for the estimate of mineral resources and reserves, prepared by Charles J. Muller (B. Sc. (Hons) Geology) Pri. Sci. Nat., of CJM Consulting (Pty) Ltd.; Gert Roets (B. Eng. Mining), Pr. Eng. (ECSA), of DRA Projects; and Gordon Cunningham, B. Eng. (Chemical), Pr. Eng. (ECSA) of Turnberry Projects (Pty) Ltd.

(collectively, the “WBC Reports”).

Although adjacent and on strike to the north of the Maseve Mine, Project 3 is not material to the Company at this time and the discussion below details only the Maseve Mine.

The following summary is qualified in its entirety with reference to the full text of the Project 1 Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

The Project 1 Report complies with disclosure and reporting requirements set forth in the Toronto Stock Exchange Manual, NI 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects, Companion Policy 43-101CP to NI 43-101, and Form 43-101F1 of NI 43-101. The report reviews the geology, exploration and development activities at the Maseve Mine and states the most recent mineral reserve and resource estimates with an effective date of July 15, 2015.

The WBC Reports are subject to certain assumptions, qualifications and procedures described therein. Readers are encouraged to review the full text of the WBC Reports, available for review under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on the SEC’s EDGAR website at www.sec.gov, for additional information.

Project 1 Summary (Excerpted from the Project 1 Report)

Introduction

Since the update on the Feasibility Study in 2009, changes to the mining methodology and method of access, on and off reef development have been reviewed. In the 2009 Updated Feasibility Study, access development was to be via 3 decline systems with trackless development and ore transport, with raise development, ledging, equipping and stoping being conventional hand held mining methodology.

Reason for Updated NI 43-101 Report

The Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves for the Maseve Mine have been updated to account for the planned increased use of mechanized mining methods where the deposit is estimated to be thicker and accessible from nearby completed underground development. The updated Mineral Reserves have been calculated using current three year trailing metal prices and current cost estimates, updated detailed surface and underground drilling results and a revised mine plan.

Exclusive of smelter discount, on site costs are estimated to be US$526 (12R/US$) per 4E ounce for the life of mine on the Merensky Reef including copper, nickel and other minor elements as a credit and US$774 per 4E ounce on the UG2 (12R/US$). The planned increased use of mechanized mining methods in areas near current development, and a slightly weaker Rand has resulted in similar cost guidance to earlier estimates despite increased labour and other cost escalation in Rand terms.


- 19 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Ownership

The Maseve Mine property is located in the western limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex (“BIC”), 110 km West-NorthWest of Pretoria and 120 km from Johannesburg. The WBJV is owned by Maseve Investments 11 (Pty.) Ltd. 82.9% owned by Platinum Group Metals (RSA) (Pty) Ltd a wholly-owned subsidiary of Platinum Group Metals Ltd Canada, the issuer. The resources of the Maseve Mine and Project 1A are located approximately 1 km from the active MR mining face at the operating Bafokeng Rasimone Platinum Mine (“BRPM”) along strike. BRPM completed opencast mining on the UG2 Reef within 100m of the WBJV property boundary.

The government of South Africa has custodianship of all of the country's mineral and petroleum resources under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No. 28 of 2002 (“MPRDA”). Maseve holds a mining right issued by the State under the MPRDA.

Geology

The WBJV property is partly situated in a layered igneous complex known as the BIC and its surrounding sedimentary footwall rocks. The BIC is unique and well known for its layering and continuity of economic horizons mined for platinum, palladium and other platinum group elements (PGE’s), chrome and vanadium.

The area is structurally complex with numerous phases of faulting as well as soft-crystalline deformation within the MR and UG2 layers.

Major structures, which occur within the WBJV area, include the Caldera and Elands Faults, Chaneng dyke and a major North-South trending feature, which can be observed across the entire Pilanesberg Complex. These East-West trending structures dip steeply (between 80° and 90°). The magnetics indicate that the Chaneng Dyke dips steeply to the North. This is consistent with similar structures intersected underground on the neighbouring BRPM, which all dip steeply Northward.

Mineralisation

The potential economic horizons in the WBJV Maseve Project area are the MR and UG2 situated in the Critical Zone of the Rustenburg Layered Suite (“RLS”) of the BIC. These horizons are known for their continuity. The MR and UG2 are mined at the BRPM adjoining the WBJV property as well as on other contiguous platinum mine properties. In general, the layered package dips at less than 20° and local variations in the reef attitude have been modelled. The MR and UG2, in the Project Area, generally dip between 4° and 42°, averaging 22°.

The precious metals occur in a variety of forms. One or more of the metals may be present in combination with sulphur, arsenic, selenium or tellurium metallic particles of PGE’s or of PGE’s alloyed with base metals are also found. Additional PGE’s are found in solid solution in base metal sulphide particles.

Project Status

The database for the Maseve Project available for mineral resource estimation comprises a total of 669 drill holes (comprising of original parent holes only, excluding deflections). The MR Mineral Resource estimate is based on 366 intercepts and the UG2 mineral resource estimate is based on 415 intercepts. An additional 213 drillholes were included in the resource estimate Update which comprise new holes drilled by PTM in the time elapsed since the previous resource estimate of 2009.

At the stage of this resource estimate, the Project was in construction and mine building with reconnaissance underground development continuing and plant development in progress.


- 20 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Resources

Mineral resource estimation was conducted using Datamine Studio™ and Minesoft’s geostatistical package ‘RES’ adopting an ordinary kriging method of resource estimation. In keeping with industry best practice in mineral resource estimation, allowance is made for known and expected geological losses. From drill data and other known information areas with no reef have been delineated and excluded from mineral resource estimation. These areas comprise 35% of the project area. Within expected reef areas, further geological losses of up to 14% for the MR and 13% for the UG2 were applied to the area to accommodate for areas of potentially un-mineable structural and geological conditions, and this was considered in the Mineral Resource estimate. This geological loss considers losses for faults, dykes, potholes and areas of iron replacement pegmatite. Structural loss estimates are based on drilling, field mapping and remote sense data, which include a high resolution aeromagnetic survey.

Total measured and Indicated mineral resources amount to 6.63 million ounces (“Moz”) of 4E (platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold) for Maseve Project area. The mineral resource estimate for the Maseve Project area is shown in the following tables.

Table 1-1: Mineral Resource Estimate for the Maseve Project

Merensky - Mining Cut 100% Project Basis
Resource
Category
Cut-off Tonnage Grade Metal Reef
Width
4E   Pt Pd Rh Au 4E   4E  
  cmg/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t kg Moz cm
Measured 300 9.266 3.35 1.41 0.21 0.26 5.23 48,461 1.558  152
Indicated 300 12.552 3.65 1.54 0.23 0.29 5.71 71,672 2.304  141
Total 300 21.818 3.53 1.49 0.21 0.28 5.51 120,133 3.862 146
                     
Inferred 300 0.196 2.32 0.98 0.14 0.18 3.62          710 0.023  118

UG2 - Mining Cut 100% Project Basis
Resource
Category
Cut-off Tonnage Grade Metal Reef
Width
4E   Pt Pd Rh Au 4E   4E  
  cmg/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t kg Moz cm
Measured 300 8.496 2.29 0.94 0.36 0.04 3.63 30,841 0.992 140
Indicated 300 14.183 2.46 1.01 0.39 0.04 3.90 55,314 1.778 136
Total 300 22.679 2.39 0.99 0.38 0.04 3.80 86,155 2.770 137
                     
Inferred 300 0 0 0 0 0 0              0 0 0


- 21 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Mineral Reserves

The mineral reserves are fully included within the measured and indicated mineral resources, and are not in addition to them.

The mineral reserve statement for the WBJV project 1 and 1A (Maseve) is based on the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral resource and Mineral reserves (SAMREC code). There is no material difference between the SAMREC and CIM code for mineral reserve estimation in this case.

The SAMREC code definition of a Mineral Reserve is:

“A ‘Mineral Reserve’ is the economically mineable material derived from a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource or both. It includes diluting and contaminating materials and allows for losses that are expected to occur when the material is mined. Appropriate assessments to a minimum of a Pre-Feasibility Study for a project and a Life of Mine Plan for an operation must have been completed, including consideration of, and modification by, realistically assumed mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors (the modifying factors). Such modifying factors must be disclosed.”

Mineral reserves are reported as inclusive of diluting and contaminating uneconomic and waste material delivered for treatment or dispatched from the mine without treatment.

The CIM code definition for a Mineral Reserve:

“A Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured and/or Indicated Mineral Resource. It includes diluting materials and allowances for losses, which may occur when the material is mined or extracted and is defined by studies at Pre-Feasibility or Feasibility level as appropriate that include application of Modifying Factors. Such studies demonstrate that, at the time of reporting, extraction could reasonably be justified.

 

The reference point at which mineral reserves are defined, usually the point where the ore is delivered to the processing plant, must be stated. It is important that, in all situations where the reference point is different, such as for a saleable product, a clarifying statement is included to ensure that the reader is fully informed as to what is being reported.”

For this technical report, the CIM mineral reserves for the WBJV project 1 and 1A has been stated under the SAMREC Code. The point of reference is ore delivery to the Run of Mine (“RoM”) silo at the processing plant.

Mineral reserves are sub-divided in order of increasing confidence into probable mineral reserves and proven mineral reserves. A probable mineral reserve has a lower level of confidence than a proven mineral reserve.

A probable reserve is the economically mineable part of an indicated resource, and in some circumstances a measured resource. This is demonstrated by at least a pre-feasibility study including adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, economic and other factors that demonstrate, at the time of reporting, the economic extraction can be justified.

A proven reserve is the economically mineable part of a measured resource demonstrated by the same level and factors as above. A proven mineral reserve implies that there is a high degree of confidence. All mining and permit approvals need not be in place for the declaration of reserves.


- 22 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The conversion to mineral reserves was undertaken at 2.5g/t stope cut-off grade for both MR and UG2 reefs. From the mineral resource as estimated in this report, each stope has been fully diluted, comprising of a planned dilution and additional dilution for all aspects of the mining process. There are no inferred mineral resources included in the Reserves. The Qualified Person for the Statement of Reserves is Mr. G. Roets, DRA.

The conversion of the 2015 Updated Mineral Resource Estimate to Reserves differs from the 2009 Updated Feasibility Study Reserve calculation in the following aspects:

  A lower planning face cut-off grade of 2.5g/t (vs 3.5g/t from 2009 Updated Feasibility Study (“FS”)) was used,
     
  The software used for reserve valuation is Datamine. Studio5 was used for mine design and EPS for production scheduling.

The Mineral Reserve statement has been calculated based on the outcome of the updated reserve calculation and economic evaluation and is detailed in Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: Mineral Reserve 4E Statement

Estimated Total Reserve 100% Project Basis
Reserve
tonnes -
Mt
Pt

g/t
Pd

g/t
Rh

g/t
Auu

g/t
Reserve
4E
Grade - g/t
Reserve
4E
Content –
t
Reserve
4E
Content –
Moz
MR Proven and Probable 17.525 2.94 1.24 0.18 0.23 4.59 80.401 2.585


- 23 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Estimated Total Reserve 100% Project Basis
Reserve
tonnes -
Mt
Pt

g/t
Pd

g/t
Rh

g/t
Au

g/t
Reserve
4E
Grade - g/t
Reserve
4E
Content –
t
Reserve
4E
Content –
Moz
UG2 Proven and
Probable
14.914 2.01 0.83 0.32 0.03 3.19 47.649 1.532
Total 32.439 2.51 1.05 0.25 0.14 3.95 128.050 4.117

Prill splits are calculated using the individual metal grades reported as a percentage of the total 4E grade.

Table 1-3: MR and UG2 Prill Split

Merensky Reserve
Reserve
tonnes -
Mt
Pt

g/t
Pd

g/t
Rh

g/t
Au

g/t
Reserve 4E
Grade - g/t
Reserve 4E
Content -
t
Reserve
4E
Content -
Moz
Proven 7.082 2.89 1.22 0.18 0.22 4.51 31.905 1.025
Probable 10.443 2.98 1.26 0.18 0.23 4.65 48.496 1.560
Total 17.525 2.94 1.24 0.18 0.23 4.59 80.401 2.585

UG2 Reserve
Reserve
tonnes -
Mt
Pt

g/t
Pd

g/t
Rh

g/t
Au

g/t
Reserve 4E
Grade - g/t
Reserve 4E
Content -
t
Reserve
4E
Content -
Moz
Proven 5.452 1.95 0.80 0.31 0.03 3.09 16.821 0.540
Probable 9.462 2.05 0.85 0.33 0.03 3.26 30.828 0.992
Total 14.914 2.01 0.83 0.32 0.03 3.19 47.649 1.532


- 24 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Graph 1-1: MR Prill Split

Graph 1-2: UG2 Prill Split

Mining Operations

GeotechnicalFactors

The main findings in the geological and rock engineering investigations that influenced on-reef mine design are discussed below:

  The MR has an average dip of 15.31° and an average stoping width of 142cm at a cut-off grade of 2.5g/t,


- 25 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

 

The UG2 reef has an average dip of 16° and an average stoping width of the mine is 129cm at a cut-off grade of 2.5g/t,

     
 

Certain mining blocks have the potential for increased mechanization, while other blocks have a greater potential for mining methods more suitable to narrow, steep dipping ore bodies. Currently predicted dip, structure and width can further be confirmed by additional drilling, either from surface or from underground with stope definition drilling,

     
 

A complex geological structure with faults and dykes intersecting the ore body subdivides the deposit into a number of discrete mining blocks, each of which requires access development on different mining elevations. The resultant blocks of ground left un-mined add to the regional stability of the mine.

After application of appropriate pay limits, the MR reserve contains 40% more recoverable metal than the UG2 and is therefore the primary target. The parting between the MR and the UG2 reserve varies in thickness from contact in the West to 70m in the East and deeper part of the deposit. Mining of both reefs generally only occurs when the parting is greater than 20m as prescribed by the rock engineer.

Mining Methods Selected

The geological and structural models, in conjunction with geotechnical considerations, formed the basis of the mining methods that were selected to provide the best practical outcome under the given conditions. The selected methods had to be versatile and easily interchangeable with the lowest impact on production during transition between mining methods. The mining methods would also have to be able to integrate with the trackless environment that would supply access and service all of the mining areas.

Final Chosen Mining Methods:

  Bord and Pillar

 

Bord and pillar mining was considered in flatter dipping areas with a maximum dip of 15º and where the actual seam height of the reef was conducive to the increased mining heights required for the bord and pillar equipment.


  Conventional Mining

 

The conventional mining method was considered in the steepest dipping areas. Raises can be developed at a maximum dip (or apparent dip) of 34º, thus giving the best and most practical outcome under high variability conditions with the lowest replacement rates.


  Hybrid Mining

 

The hybrid mining method was considered in the moderate to steeper dipping areas where the bord and pillar method is not eligible. This method took precedence over the conventional method where applicable, due to the on-reef access which allows a quicker reef access and a faster production build-up. The method also requires a more favourable development replacement rate.

Mine Design

The updated Life of Mine (“LoM”) design, as illustrated in Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3, makes use of the twin decline system to access the underground workings. Initially during the development phase, men, material and rock will be transported by trackless mobile machinery. At steady state production, men and rock will be transported by chairlift and conveyor systems respectively (Refer to Section 18 of this report).

Mining methods have been adapted from the Updated Feasibility Study to include geological, geotechnical, engineering and timing modifications. Maseve will be operated as a trackless development (access development is off-reef and production development is on-reef) and a partially conventional, hybrid, and bord and pillar mechanised mine using diesel mobile mining equipment. The overall on-reef / hand held methods applied in the conventional and hybrid mining methods have not changed significantly from the conventional methods described in the previous study. The thicker reef (partially due to the lower cut-off grade and additional drilling information) and a deliberate drive towards a higher degree of mechanization, allows for a bord and pillar mining method to be applied in the deeper, shallower dipping areas of the mine.


- 26 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The mine design is focused on reducing waste footwall development by replacing most of the previously footwall located off-reef production development in the earlier design with on-reef production development. This accommodates the trackless mining method approach and delivers a faster RoM production build-up. The approach also allows for a reduced overall mining cost but it does however result in a moderately higher dilution percentage.


- 27 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

This report documents the modifying factors including updated geological model, optimized mining plan and updated financial and economic models in support of the updated mineral reserves. The cost analysis and accuracy estimates have been updated to reflect changes in capital and operating costs associated with adjustments in the mine plan and current prices.

This document provides details of the mine plan modifications and associated layouts related to the updated mineral reserves. These changes include:

 

Two decline systems at North Shaft and South Shaft to access the ore body (the 2009 Updated Feasibility Study included a three decline system),

     
  Mining blocks have changed in geometry, position and strike,
     
  Dimensions and cross sectional areas of ends for the material decline, material ramp decline and strike drives.

Realised development rates have been higher than estimated in the 2009 Updated Feasibility Study. Updated rates have a positive effect on the LoM scheduling. Realised development rates average:

  Material decline 100m per month,
     
  Material ramp decline 80m per month,
     
  Strike ramps 60m per month,
     
  Increase size of diesel equipment fleet from 52kW/ktpm to over 65kW/ktpm.


- 28 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Ventilation requirements for the modified layout consider:

  Intake airway capacity with two declines is less than with three declines,
     
  Raise Bore Hole (“RBH”) size and location,
     
  Main fan(s) operating point, location and phase-in.

Ventilation

Subsequent to the updated mine designs completed in March 2012, changes were made to mine design to improve the viability of the Maseve Project. Some of the proposed changes have impacted on the original ventilation designs and specifications. The ventilation section assesses the impact of the significant changes on ventilation designs and associated costs.

The ventilation strategy considers safety and health in accordance with the Mine Health and Safety Act (“MHSA, Act 29 of 1996”) and complies with Maseve health and safety requirements. The primary ventilation quantity for Maseve is 1 100m³/s; dictated by the need to dilute diesel emissions, remove heat and dilute blasting fumes (during re-entry period). The primary ventilation quantity satisfies the mine heat load without the need for refrigeration. It must be noted however that, wet-bulb temperatures will exceed 27.5°C and approach 29.0°C and heat tolerance screening of the underground work force will be required. Interactive computer simulation of heat and air flow was used to determine ventilation requirements over the LoM for maximum depth and strike.

The mining plan is based on steady state production of 160 000 reef tonnes per month. During the first phase of the project, the primary ore body will be MR and accordingly discussion in this report focusses on access of the MR. Later UG2 will provide replacement tonnes and will be ventilated utilising the ‘existing’ MR infrastructure by extending established intake and returns to UG2 as required (e.g. step raise bore holes (RBH’s), drop raises, horizontal intake and return airways). The strategy will mine UG2 within a specific mining block only after the ‘overlying’ MR block has mined out, i.e., the two reefs will not be mined simultaneously from the same area.

In general, each mining block will be ventilated as a separate district while at the same time utilising as much common infrastructure as practically achievable. Fresh air will be introduced to mining blocks through a combination of the main North and South access decline systems and strategically located fresh air RBH’s. Air returns through return RBH’s equipped with fans. Generally returns will serve more than one block, but in some cases a blocks will require a dedicated return to surface. It should be noted that RBH’s were phased in to meet the production requirements as provided.

Metallurgical Testwork and Recovery

Three sets of testwork have been conducted on the WBJV Elandsfontein deposit by SGS Lakefield for a pre-feasibility study and Mintek for the 2009 Updated Feasibility Study. SGS Lakefield completed metallurgical testwork on UG2 and MR (December 2006 and January 2007 respectively) reefs to characterise the ores and evaluate metallurgical performance. From comminution testwork, the UG2 ore was classified as being of medium to hard hardness. The ore could be treated using a standard MF2 circuit and the predicted recoveries were 82% (4E) with a grade of 150g/t. The predicted PGM recovery and grade for MR were 94% and 179g/t (4E) respectively. Copper and Nickel recoveries achieved were 89% and 59.5% respectively at grades of 2.4% and 3.6% . The testwork was conducted at a fine grind of 90% passing 75µm. The testwork was conducted with limited samples (four cores samples).

The Mintek 2009 Updated Feasibility Study metallurgical testwork was conducted on MR and UG2 samples collected across the target mining area. The mineralogy, grade and ore occurrence exhibited marked variability. The MR grade varied from 1.9g/t to 8.5g/t (4E) with an average of 5.3g/t. The testwork was conducted with a location composite with a grade of 2.5g/t. Both MF1 and MF2 circuit configurations were tested. The overall MR MF1 recovery and grade were 86% (4E) and 61g/t respectively. It was also demonstrated during the rougher rate tests that for MF1, recovery increased with grinds being 88.9%, 90.1% and 94% for grinds of 40%, 60% and 90% passing 75µm respectively. The overall copper and nickel recoveries were 86% and 57%. Respective grades for copper and nickel were 1.6% and 2.1% . For MF2 overall 4E recovery and grade were 91% and 85g/t respectively. Overall copper and nickel recoveries were 84% and 58% respectively at grades of 2% and 2.8% .


- 29 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The UG2 testwork gave overall recovery of 86% at a grade of 102g/t with chromite grade less than 4%.

Mintek conducted confirmatory testwork in 2012 from nine MR drill core samples collected across the mining area. The testwork demonstrated that the ore was not significantly different to the other ores tested previously. The samples also demonstrated marked variability with 4E grade varying between 1.6g/t and 6.6g/t. Copper and nickel grades were 0.14% and 0.17% . Comminution testwork classified the ore as being hard. Rougher rates for MF2 and MF1 were 94% and 91% respectively. The cleaner efficiency was 95%, giving predicted recoveries of 89.3% and 86.5% for MF2 and MF1 respectively. The testwork also demonstrated an increase in recovery for the MF1 configuration for increase in fineness from 40%, 60% and 80% passing 75µm, with the extended time recoveries for the 60% and 80% being close to each other. From the MF2 locked cycle testwork overall 4E recovery and grade were 87.1% and 135g/t respectively at a mass pull of 3.3% . Copper and nickel recoveries were 88% and 64% at grades of 1.9% and 3.5% respectively.

Tailings thickening tests conducted yielded a flux of 0.7m²/hr tonne.

Feasibility study metallurgical testwork for UG2 was conducted, with seven drill core samples at an overall grind of 80% passing 75µm applying an MF2 configuration. Metallurgical characterisation confirmed that the response was variable but similar to ores tested previously. Overall 4E recovery and grade were 79% and 109g/t respectively. The chromite grade in concentrate was 3.7% .

Process Plant Design

The process plant design utilises a standard mill-float-mill-float (MF2) circuit configuration that is applied to treat PGM ores of the BIC. The plant has been designed to treat ore at a rate of 165 000tpm. The design offers flexibility to treat a blend of MR and UG2 at a predetermined ratio. The MR is the target of initial mining. The mining ramp-up to steady state production of 165 000tpm is over a three-year period. Construction of the concentrator is in two phases, initially with an MF1 circuit during the ramp-up period. The completion of the MF2 circuit will only be decided after reviewing the mining production ramp-up in 2017.

The MF1 circuit offers lower start-up costs, early revenue and good ore stockpile management. Only equipment required for the MF1 circuit will be installed with all services (power, water and air) completed during this phase. Main equipment installed in phase 1 includes the primary mill, secondary flotation bank (redeployed to primary rougher flotation in this phase), tailings thickener and disposal system and concentrate thickener and filter. The concentrate filter was sized for the full plant capacity (60m2), but only enough plates (48m2) to handle the phase 1 throughput were installed. Sufficient civil work will be completed in phase 1 to minimise interrupting production and allow for safe construction during completion of the MF2 plant.

The MF1 circuit will treat between 80 000 and 115 000tpm at a grind of just over 60% passing 75µm. The MF1 testwork shows that for this grind MF1 recoveries are between 1% and 3% lower than MF2 for extended residence time. The secondary rougher installed in the initial phase offers long residence time. The MF1 recovery has been discounted by 1.5% for the initial phase.

Any confirmatory testwork required for the UG2 ore will be determined at a later stage.

Infrastructure

The PTM Maseve site is divided into four secure areas, the operational site is primarily focussed East of the R565 Provincial road namely North Shaft, Plant and South Shaft. The training and induction centre functions are primarily focused West of the R565 at the Training Centre. Each shaft and the plant is equipped with its own offices, change house, control room, maintenance, storage and general management facilities. Senior management offices are located near the concentrator, central to all operational areas.


- 30 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The main Eskom supply is located close to North Shaft and the generator station, bulk fuel storage and Power Factor Correction (“PFC”) equipment is strategically located close to the main consumer substation. The mine is not completely self-sufficient on generator power, however, is able to supply 13% of it planned maximum demand with the two generators currently on site.

All critical infrastructure from electrical to bulk materials handling has been designed to accommodate full production out of a single shaft, which provides for any variation in production scheduling that might occur between North Shaft and South Shaft over the LoM.

Other important facilities to note on site are:

  Medical clinic facilities,
     
  Potable water and waste water management facilities,
     
  Sewerage treatment works,
     
  Tailing Storage Facility (“TSF”),
     
  Security buildings,
     
  Visitors centre,
     
  Shaft head explosive delivery facilities,
     
  Fire water pump stations.


- 31 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Environmental Studies, Permitting and Social or Community Impact

Baseline studies have been undertaken within the Maseve Mine area in support of an Environmental Impact Assessment (“EIA”) and Environmental Management Plan (“EMP”), which is part of the mining right application. These studies were conducted to comply with local legislation as well as international requirements and consisted of the following:

  Soils, land use and land capability study,
     
  Fauna and flora Report,
     
  Hydrological study,
     
  Groundwater specialist report,
     
  Air quality impact assessment,
     
  Ground vibration and air blast,
     
  Visual impact,
     
  Archaeological assessment,
     
  Traffic assessment.

The EIA summarises relevant results of the environmental and social baseline of the the Maseve Mine area.

Maseve holds the following governmental authorizations:

The Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan (EIA and EMP) was approved by the Department of Mineral Resources in terms of the MPRDA on the 15 May 2012.

   

The Department of Economic Development, Environmental, Conservation and Tourism (“DEDECT”) granted to Maseve an environmental authorisation in terms of the NEMA to commence with the construction of infrastructure and facilities on 13 September 2013, ref: 30/5/1/2/3/2/1/528EM.

   

Environmental authorization NWP/EIA/135/2010 issued by the Rural, Environmental and Agricultural Department of the North West Provincial Government and correction thereto dated 4 March 2015;

   

Waste management license 12/9/11/L628/7 (WML) issued by the Department of Environmental Affairs in terms of the National Environmental Management: Waste Act No. 59 of 2008 (NEMWA) for a treatment plant to be utilized during Phase 2 of the Maseve Mine.

   

Water Use License 03/A22F/ABCGIJ/2596 (WUL) issued by the Department of Water and Sanitation in terms of Chapter 4 of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998) for various water uses on the Mining Right Area on 16 July 2015.

Maseve has a programme of work in place to comply with the necessary environmental, social and community requirements. Key work includes:

 

EIA / EMP in accordance with the MPRDA, the National Environmental Management Act (“NEMA”) as well as the Equator Principles (“EP”).

   
  Stakeholder Engagement Process in accordance with the NEMA principles.
     
  Specialist investigations in support of the EIA / EMP.
     
Integrated Water Use License Application (“IWULA”) in compliance with the National Water Act (“NWA”).


- 32 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

  Integrated Waste Management License in compliance with the National Environmental Management Waste Act (“NEMWA”).

Maseve posted an environmental rehabilitation guarantee of R 58.5 million as a requirement of the mining right application.

There are several communities within the proposed project area who are affected by the Maseve Mine.

Production Schedule

The Maseve LoM for both the MR as well as the UG2 is just over 21 years (21.03), of which MR is 11.62 years and UG2 10.94 years. See Graph 1-3 below.

The production profile follows a phased approach to the planned 160 000tpm at steady state. In the initial phase to October 2017, the MR production builds up to 115 000tpm. Production then builds up to 160 000tpm and reaches steady state in September 2018 where it remains for the LoM.

The tail of the production schedule for the MR starts in January 2025 and final reef tonnes for the MR is scheduled for May 2026. In order to keep the mill fed at 160 000tpm, the UG2 reef starts production in November 2024, where it builds up steadily to the required 160 000 tonnes of reef in May 2026, supplementing the tail of MR. Steady state of the UG2 reef lasts up to May 2032 from where the tail of the UG2 reef decreases to final reef tonnes schedule in July 2035.

The production for each of the individual mining methods selected for the Maseve Mine is as shown in Graph 1-4 below.


- 33 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form


The average mining height (on both reef horizons) for conventional mining is 142cm, 146cm for Hybrid mining and 190cm for bord and pillar.

Operating Costs

Table 1-4 below sets out key operating cost details of the technical report.

Table 1-4: Key Operating Cost Details

ZAR:USD = 12.00


ZAR per tonne
milled
USD per tonne
milled
On Mine Operating Cost 896 75
By- & Co-Product Credits (106) (9)
Total Net Mine Site Cash Cost 791 66


ZAR per 4E oz in
concentrate
USD per 4E oz in
concentrate
On Mine Operating Cost 8 392 699
By- & Co-Product Credits (989) (82)
Total Net Mine Site Cash Cost 7 403 617

  On-mine operating costs include all mining costs, milling costs, support services and on-mine overheads,


- 34 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

  By-& co-product credits consist of the revenue derrived from Ru, Ir, Ni and Cu.

Capital Costs

The project capital cost is anticipated to be ZAR5 070m to the e start of production. An approximate additional ZAR708m will be spent on capital to achieve peak production of 165 000tpm by mid-2018. LoM Capital expenditure including sustaining capex is estimated at ZAR6 4188m.

Table 1-5: Capital Cost Summary

  ZAR ‘million
Sunk to July 2015 4,505
Capital Expenditure to Production 265
Capitalised Operating Cost to Production 300
Total Capital Expenditure to Production 5,070
Remaining LoM Capital Excl. Sustaining Capital 860
Sustaining Capital LoM 487
Total LoM Capital Expenditure 6418

Figure 1-5: Capital Expenditure Profile

Project peak funding is estimated at R5 625 million.


- 35 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Economic Analysis

The production schedule is as shown above in Graph 1-3 and Graph 1-4. This schedule has been based on the mining plan as developed by the project team and metallurgical results as determined by test work. The capital and operating costs as determined by the project team are included. The toll refining contract has been ratified and the numbers have been incorporated into the financial model.

The following prices, based on a 3-year trailing average in accordance with SEC guidance, was used for the assessment of resources and reserves.

Table 1-6: Average 3 year Trailing Metal Prices used in Financial Model

Metal Price Unit
Platinum 1408 USD/oz
Palladium 744 USD/oz
Rhodium 1126 USD/oz
Gold 1374 USD/oz
Copper 3.18 USD/lb
Nickel 7.11 USD/lb
Iridium 731 USD/oz
Ruthenium 73 USD/oz

The exchange rate between the ZAR and the USD is fixed at ZAR12.00:USD1.00 in the financial model throughout the LoM. The pricing and exchange rates above results in the estimated basket prices shown in Table 1-7 below.

Table 1-7: Basket Prices

Basket Prices per 4E ZAR/4E Oz ZAR/4E kg USD/4E Oz USD/4E Kg
Merensky Reef 14 590 469 093 1216 39 091
UG Reef 14 487 465 776 1207 38 815
Combined in LoM 14 553 467 902 1213 38 992

The economic evaluation is summarised in Table 1-8 below.

Table 1-8: Economic Evaluation Summary

  NPV @ 5% NPV @ 10%  
Economic Evaluation Summary ZAR
million
USD
million
ZAR
million
USD
million
IRR
Cash flow since start of project 1 597 133 (368) (31) 8.8%
Cash flow from July 2015 6 340 528 4 226 352 49.8%


- 36 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

  NPV @ 5% NPV @ 10%  
Economic Evaluation Summary ZAR
million
USD
million
ZAR
million
USD
million
IRR
(reporting date)          

The IRR of the project is based on estimated cash flows from July 2015 onwards is 49.8% .

Conclusion and Recommendations

The Project Area represents measured and Indicated mineral resources. The definitions of the mineral resource classification are in accordance with the definitions stated in the SAMREC Code and the CIM Mineral Resource Classifications and comply with disclosure standards of NI 43-101.

The updated geological model has increased confidence in the western areas where iron replacement bodies within the ore body have been delineated out of the mineral resource more accurately, based on known and interpreted localities of such bodies. Based on data spatial localities, the mineral resource estimate was computed from relatively large blocks, i.e. 100m X 100m blocks.

Rolls in the mineralized reefs, mainly along the marginal zone on the western portion of the deposit have been modelled to detail and the mine plan adjusted accordingly to optimize underground layout and haulage.

The Maseve Mine and Project 1A areas are at development level and thus have had sufficient exploration completed that any material exploration activities and engineering studies have been concluded for these areas. The site infrastructure and processing plant completed to date is appropriate for the mine plan ahead. The project completed and the investment to date allows the project to have an attractive profile, at 3-year average trailing metal prices and reserves, in the current environment.

Waterberg Project

The Waterberg Project is comprised of the Waterberg JV Project, a contiguous granted prospecting right area of approximately 255 km2 and the Waterberg Extension Project, an area of granted and applied-for prospecting rights with a combined area of approximately 864 km2 located adjacent and to the north of the Waterberg JV Project, both located on the Northern Limb of the Bushveld Complex, approximately 85 km north of the town of Mokopane (formerly Potgietersrus).

The Waterberg Project is located on a newly-discovered extension of the Northern Limb of the Bushveld Complex. Amplats' Mogalakwena mine is a Platreef asset also located on the Northern Limb. The Waterberg Project is the subject of an ongoing pre-feasibility study being completed by mine building and engineering firm DRA. The pre-feasibility study for the Waterberg Project will target a large, thick PGM resource. The objective of the pre-feasibility study will be to model a large-scale, fully-mechanized mine. A substantial portion of the Waterberg Project prospecting area remain unexplored.

The Waterberg Project is derived from a group of exploration projects that came from a regional target initiative by the Company conceived in 2007 and 2008. The projects target a previously unknown extension to the Northern Limb of the Bushveld Complex in South Africa. The Company selected this target from a list of new ideas provided by a team of South African geoscientists. Detailed geophysical and other work indicated potential for a package of Bushveld Complex rocks under the sedimentary Waterberg formation cover rocks. Previous mineral exploration activities in the area were limited due to the extensive sedimentary cover. Exploration by the Company therefore progressed through preliminary exploration activities to delineate initial drill targets to primarily drilling focused work now that a deposit has been discovered.

The Waterberg Project is managed and explored according to a joint technical committee and are currently planned for development according with the objective of achieving a “best outcome” scenario for shareholders and stakeholders.


- 37 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Technical Report - Waterberg

Technical information in this AIF regarding the Waterberg Project is derived from the NI 43-101 technical report entitled “Independent Technical Report on the Waterberg Project Including Mineral Resource Update and Pre-Feasibility Study” dated October 19, 2016 with an effective date of October 17, 2016 for the estimate of mineral resources and resources (the “October 2016 Waterberg Report”), prepared by (i) Independent Engineering Qualified Person Mr. Robert L Goosen (B.Eng. (Mining Engineering)) Pr. Eng. (ECSA), Advisian/WorleyParsons Group, (ii) Independent Geological Qualified Person Mr. Charles J Muller (B.Sc. (Hons) Geology) Pri. Sci. Nat., CJM Consulting (Pty) Ltd., and (iii) Independent Engineering Qualified Person Mr. Gordon I. Cunningham, B. Eng. (Chemical), Pr. Eng. (ECSA), Professional association to FSAIMM, Turnberry Projects (Pty) Ltd. The following summary is qualified in its entirety with reference to the full text of the October 2016 Waterberg Report, which is incorporated by reference herein. Readers are directed to review the full text of the report, available for review under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on the SEC’s EDGAR website at www.sec.gov, for additional information.

The October 2016 Waterberg Report has been evaluated and prepared in accordance with NI 43-101 to comply with the requirements for a pre-feasibility study. The October 2016 Waterberg Report complies with disclosure and reporting requirements set forth in the Toronto Stock Exchange Manual, NI 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects, Companion Policy 43-101CP to NI 43-101, and Form 43-101F1 of NI 43-101. The October 2016 Waterberg Report includes updated Inferred and Indicated Resources. Only Indicated resources have been incorporated into the mine plan and financial model. The mineable Reserve represents the portion of the Indicated resource that can be economically mined as delivered to the mill, and as demonstrated in the WPFS. The reader is cautioned to note that the mineral Reserves are included within the Indicated Mineral Resources, and are not in addition to them.

Waterberg Project Summary (Excerpted from the October 2016 Waterberg Report)

Introduction

This report was prepared in compliance with National Instrument 43–101, Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (NI 43–101), and documents the results of ongoing exploration and project work.

The project is the development of large greenfield platinum mine and concentrator plant north of the town of Mokopane in the Province of Limpopo.

A Preliminary Economic Assessment (PEA) on the original Waterberg JV was completed and announced in February 2014.

The resource estimate includes the T Zone, F South, F Central, F Boundary and F North with the shallowest edge of the known deposit on the T-Zone at approximately 140m below surface. The resource estimate has been cut off at an arbitrary depth of 1,250m vertical. Drill intercepts well below 1,250m vertical indicate the deposit continues and is open down dip from this depth. The deposit is 13 km long and remains open along strike to the north.

The key features of the WPFS include:

  Development of a large, mechanized, underground mine that is planned at a 7.2 Mtpa throughput scenario;
     
 

Planned steady state annual production rate of 744 koz of platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold (4E) in concentrate;

     
 

Estimated Capital to full production requirement of approximately ZAR15,906 billion (US$1,060 million), including ZAR999 million (US$67 million) in contingencies;

     
  Peak funding ZAR13,694 million (US$914 million);


- 38 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

 

After-tax NPV of ZAR4,805 million (US$320 million), at an 8% discount rate (three year trailing average price desk 31 July 2016 US$1,212/oz Pt, US$710/oz Pd, US$984/oz Rh, US$1,229/oz Au, US$/ZAR 15);

     
 

After-tax NPV of ZAR7,610 million (US$507 million), at an 8% discount rate (Investment Bank Consensus Price US$1,213/oz Pt, US$800/oz Pd, US$1,000/oz Rh, US$1,300/oz Au, US$/ZAR 15;

     
  After-tax Internal Rate of Return (IRR) of 13.5% (three year trailing average price deck); and
     
  Internal Rate of Return (IRR) of 16.3% After-tax (Investment Bank Consensus Price).

Figure 1-1: Total Ounces Produced

Mine production is shown in Figure 1-2 and the after-tax cash flow is shown in Figure 1-3.

Figure 1-2: Total Mine Production


- 39 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-3: Annual Cashflow after Tax

Ownership

The ownership structure consists of:

  Platinum Group Metals (RSA) (Pty) Ltd, abbreviated to PTM (45.65% directly)
     
  JOGMEC (28.35%)
     
  BEE partner Mnombo Wethu Consultants (26%).

Because of PTM’s 49.90% ownership in Mnombo, the Company has a direct and indirect 58.62% overall interest in the project. Platinum Group Metals is the operator.

The size and scale of the Waterberg Project represents a significant alternative to narrow width, conventional, Merensky and UG2 mining on the Western and Eastern Limbs of the Bushveld Complex.

The government of South Africa holds the mineral rights to the project properties under the MPRDA. The mineral rights are held through a mining right under the MPRDA.

Location and Access

The Waterberg Mineral Project is located approximately 85 km north of the town of Mokopane in the Province of Limpopo, South Africa as shown in Figure 1-4.

Platinum Group Metals has been granted prospecting rights covering the Waterberg and Waterberg Extension Project of 111,882 ha. The prospecting rights are approximately 40 km north south and 40 km east west centered at 23°22’01” south latitude and 28°49’42” east longitude. The project is accessible by paved and dirt roads by vehicle.


- 40 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-4: Location of Waterberg Project within the Bushveld Complex in the Republic of South Africa Geological Setting, Deposit Type and Mineralisation


- 41 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Bushveld and Molopo Complexes in the Kaapvaal Craton are two of the most well-known mafic/ultramafic layered intrusions in the world. The Bushveld complex was intruded about 2,060 million years ago into rocks of the Transvaal Supergroup, largely along an unconformity between the Magaliesberg quartzite of the Pretoria Group and the overlying Rooiberg felsites. It is estimated to exceed 66,000km2 in extent, of which about 55% is covered by younger formations. The Bushveld Complex hosts several layers rich in Platinum Group Metals (PGM), chromium and vanadium, and constitutes the world's largest known resource of these metals.

The Waterberg Project is situated off the northern end of the previously known Northern Limb, where the mafic rocks have a different sequence to those of the Eastern and Western Limbs.

PGM mineralization within the Bushveld package underlying the Waterberg Project is hosted in two main layers: the T-Zone and the F-Zone.

The T-Zone occurs within the Main Zone just beneath the contact of the overlaying Upper Zone. Although the T-Zone consists of numerous mineralized layers, three potential economical layers were identified, T1, T2HW and T2 layers. They are composed mainly of anorthosite, pegmatoidal gabbros, pyroxenite, troctolite, harzburgite, gabbronorite and norite.

The F-Zone is hosted in a cyclic unit of olivine rich lithologies towards the base of the Main Zone towards the bottom of the Bushveld Complex. This zone consists of alternating units of harzburgite, troctolite and pyroxenites.

The F-Zone was divided into the FH and FP layers. The FH layer has significantly higher volumes of olivine in contrast with the lower lying FP layer, which is predominately pyroxenite. The FH layer is further subdivided into six cyclic units chemically identified by their geochemical signature, especially chrome. The base of these units can also be lithologically identified by a pyroxenite layer.

Geology

The Waterberg Project is located along the strike extension of the Northern Limb of the Bushveld Complex. The geology consists predominantly of the Bushveld Main Zone gabbros, gabbronorites, norites, pyroxenites and anorthositic rock types with more mafic rock material such as harzburgite and troctolites that partially grade into dunites towards the base of the package. In the southern part of the project area, Bushveld Upper Zone lithologies such as magnetite gabbros and gabbronorites do occur as intersected in drill hole WB001 and WB002. The Lower Magnetite Layer of the Upper Zone was intersected on the south of the project property (Disseldorp) where drill hole WB001 was drilled and intersected a 2.5m thick magnetite band.

On the property, the Bushveld package strikes south-west to northeast with a general dip of34º-38º towards the west is observed from drill hole core for the layered units intersected on Waterberg property within the Bushveld Package (Figure 1-5). However, some structural blocks may be tilted at different angles depending on structural and /or tectonic controls.

The Bushveld Upper Zone is overlain by a 120m to 760m thick Waterberg Group, which is a sedimentary package predominantly, made up of sandstones, and within the project area that sedimentary formations known as the Setlaole and Makgabeng Formations constitute the Waterberg Group. The Waterberg package is flat lying with dip angles ranging from to 2º to 5º. Figure 1-5 gives an overview of interpreted geology for the Waterberg Project.


- 42 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-5: Regional Geology

Exploration Status

The Waterberg Project is at an advanced project that has undergone prelim minary economic evaluations, which have warranted further work. Drilling to date has given the confidence to classify Mineral Resources as Inferred and Indicated.

Sample Preparation

The sampling methodology concurs with PTM protocol based on industry best practice. The quality of the sampling is monitored and supervised by a qualified geologist. The sampling is done in a manner that includes the entire potentially economic unit, with sufficient shoulder sampling to ensure the entire economic zones are assayed.

Analysis

For the present database, field samples have been analyzed d by three diifferent laboratories. The primary laboratory is currently Set Point laboratories (South Africa). Genalysis (Australia) is used for referee test work to confirm the accuracy of the primary laboratory. Analysis was also completed at Bureau Vertitas in Rustenberg.

Samples are received, sorted, verified and checked for moisture and dried if necessary. Each sample is weighed and the results are recorded. Rocks, rock chips or lumps are crushed using a jaw crusher to less than 10mm. The samples are then milled for 5 min to achieve a fineness of 90% less than 106μm, which is the minimum requirement to ensure the best accuracy and precision during analysis.

Samples are analyzed for Pt (ppm), Pd (ppm) Rh (ppm) and Au u (ppm) by standard 25g lead fire-assay using a silver collector. Rh (ppm) is assayed using the same method but with a palladium collector and only for selected samples. After pre-concentration by fire assay, the resulting solutions are analyzed using ICP-OES (Inductively Coupled Plasma–Optical Emission Spectrometry).

The base metals (copper, nickel, cobalt and chromium) are analyzed using ICP-OES (Inductively Coupled Plasma – Optical Emission Spectrometry) after a multi-acid digestion.

This technique results in “almost” total digestion. The drilling, sampling and analytical aspects of the project are considered to have been undertaken to industry standards. The data is considered reliable and suitable for mineral resource estimation.


- 43 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The company completes a Quality Control and Assurance review on all of the laboratory samples including a review of the lab quality control samples and the company inserted standards. Issues that are detected beyond acceptable levels are requested for re-analysis.

Drilling

The data from which the structure of the mineralized horizons was modelled and grade

Values estimated were derived from 298 538m of diamond drilling. This report updates the mineral resource estimate using this dataset. The initial database for this mineral resource estimate was received on July 7, 2016. The raw database consists of 303 drill holes with 483 deflections totaling 300,875 m.

The management of the drilling programmes, logging and sampling has been undertaken from two facilities: one at the town of Marken in Limpopo Province, South Africa and the other on the farm Goedetrouw 366LR within the prospecting right area.

Drilled core is cleaned, de-greased and packed into metal core boxes by the drilling company. The core is collected from the drilling site on a daily basis by PTM personnel and transported to the core yard. Before the core is taken off the drilling site, core recovery and the depths are checked. Core logging is done by hand on a pro-forma sheet by qualified geologists under supervision of the Project Geologist.

Quality Control and Quality Assurance

PTM have instituted a complete QA/QC programme including the insertion of blanks and certified reference materials as well as referee analyses. The programme is being followed and is considered to be to industry standard. The data is as a result, considered reliable in the opinion of the Qualified Person.

Mineral Resource Estimate

This report documents the mineral resource estimate - Effective Date: 17 October 2016. The Mineral Resources are reported in the table below. Infill drilling over portions of the project area and new estimation methodology has made it possible to estimate a new mineral resource estimate and upgrade portions of the mineral resource to the Indicated category. The Mineral Resource Statement is summarized below:

Table 1-1: T-Zone Mineral Resource at 2.5g/t 4E Cut-off

T-Zone 2.5g/t Cut-off
Resource
Category
Cut-
off
Ton-
nage
Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 31.540 1.13 1.90 0.81 0.04 3.88 0.16 0.08 122,375 3.934
Inferred 2.5 19.917 1.10 1.86 0.80 0.03 3.79 0.16 0.08 75,485 2.427


- 44 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-2: F-Zone Mineral Resource at 2.5g/t 4E Cut-off

F-Zone 2.5g/t Cut-off 
Resource
Category
Cut
-off
Ton-
nage
Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 186.725 1.05 2.23 0.17 0.04 3.49 0.07 0.16 651,670 20.952
Inferred 2.5 77.295 1.01 2.16 0.17 0.03 3.37 0.04 0.12 260,484 8.375

4E = platinum Group Elements (Pd+Pt+Rh) and Au The cut-offs for Mineral Resources have been established by a qualified person after a review of potential operating costs and other factors. The Mineral Resources stated above are shown on a 100% basis, that is, for the Waterberg Project as a whole entity. Conversion Factor used – kg to oz = 32.15076. Numbers may not add due to rounding. Resources do not have demonstrated economic viability. A 5% and 7% geological loss have been applied to the indicated and inferred categories respectively. Effective Date Oct 17, 2016. Metal prices used in the reserve estimate are as follows based on a 3-year trailing average (as at July 31/2016) in accordance with SEC guidance was used for the assessment of Resources; US$1,212/oz Pt, US$710/oz Pd, US$1229/oz Au, Rh, US$984/oz, US$6.10/lb Ni, US$2.56/lb Cu, US$/ZAR15.


- 45 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The combined Mineral Resource Statement is summarized below:

Table 1-3: Total Mineral Resource at 2.5g/t 4E Cut-off

Waterberg Total 2.5g/t Cut-off 
Resource
Category
Cut-
off
Ton-
nage
Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 218.265 1.06 2.18 0.26 0.04 3.55 0.08 0.15 774 045 24.886
Inferred 2.5 97.212 1.03 2.10 0.30 0.03 3.46 0.06 0.11 335 969 10.802

Mineral Resources at Waterberg on a 100% project basis have decreased to an estimated 10.8 million ounces 4E in the Inferred category but increased to 24.9 million ounces 4E in the Indicated category, from 23.9 million ounces 4E Indicated in April 2016:

1.

The Mineral Resources are classified in accordance with the SAMREC standards. There are certain differences with the "CIM Standards on Mineral Resources and Reserves"; however, in this case the QP believes the differences are not material and the standards may be considered the same. Mineral Resources that are not mineral reserves do not have demonstrated economic viability and Inferred resources have a high degree of uncertainty.

   
2.

The Mineral Resources and are provided on a 100% project basis and Inferred and Indicated categories are separate and the estimates have an effective date of 17 October 2016.

   
3.

A cut-off grade of 2.5g/t 4E for both the T and the F Zones is applied to the selected base case Mineral Resources. Previously a 2g/t 4E cut-off was applied to the resources.

   
4.

Cut off for the T and the F Zones considered costs, smelter discounts, concentrator recoveries from previous engineering work completed on the property by the Company. The Resource model was cut-off at an arbitrary depth of 1250m, although intercepts of the deposit do occur below this depth.

   
5.

Mineral Resources were completed by Charles Muller of CJM Consulting.

   
6.

Mineral Resources were estimated using Kriging methods for geological domains created in Datamine from 303 original holes and 483 deflections. A process of geological modelling and creation of grade shells using indicating kriging was completed in the estimation process.

   
7.

The estimation of Mineral Resources has taken into account environmental, permitting and legal, title, and taxation, socio-economic, marketing and political factors.

   
8.

The Mineral Resources may be materially affected by metals prices, exchange rates, labor costs, electricity supply issues or many other factors detailed in the Company's Annual Information Form.

The data that formed the basis of the estimate are the drill holes drilled by PTM, which consist of geological logs, the drill hole collars, the downhole surveys and the assay data. The area where each layer was present was delineated after examination of the intersections in the various drill holes.

There is no guarantee that all or any part of the Mineral Resource not included in the current reserves will be upgraded and converted to a Mineral Reserve.

Mineral Reserves Estimates

The effective date for the mineral Reserve estimate contained in this report is 17 October 2016.

On review by the Qualified Person for Reserves, Robert L Goosen (QP) has not identified any risk including legal, political, or environmental that would materially affect potential Mineral Reserves. The final access to the minerals will require permits from the DMR, acquisition of surface rights, water use license, securing of power and a social license to operate as established in a Social and Labor Plan.


- 46 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The QPs are not aware of unique characteristics related to this Project that would prevent the granting of such permits and satisfied with progress towards the timing of submission of these applications where applicable. The mineral rights are held under Prospecting Permits with the exclusive right to apply for a Mining Right.

The Mineral Reserve statement for the Waterberg project is based on the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserves (SAMREC code). There is no material difference between the SAMREC and CIM 2014 code for Mineral Reserve estimation in this case.

Figure 1-6 sets out the framework for classifying tonnage and grade estimates to reflect different levels of geoscientific confidence and the different degrees of technical and economic evaluation. Mineral Resources can be estimated based on geoscientific information with input from relevant disciplines.

Mineral Reserves, which are a modified sub-set of the Indicated and Measured Mineral Resources in order of increasing confidence, are converted into Probable Mineral Reserves and Proven Mineral Reserves (shown within the dashed outline in Figure 1-6), require consideration of factors affecting extraction, including mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors (‘modifying factors’), and should in most instances be estimated with input from a range of disciplines.

A Probable Mineral Reserve has a lower level of confidence than a Proven Mineral Reserve, which is the economically mineable part of an Indicated Resource, and in some circumstances a Measured Resource. This is demonstrated by at least a pre-feasibility study including adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, and economic and other factors that demonstrate, at the time of reporting, the economic extraction can be justified.

A Proven Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Resource demonstrated by the same factors as above. A Proven Mineral Reserve implies that there is a high degree of confidence. Not all mining and permit approvals need be in place for the declaration of Reserves.

Abridged definitions are given below in Section 2.5.

The SAMREC code definition of a Mineral Reserve is:

“A ‘Mineral Reserve’ is the economically mineable material derived from a Measured, or Indicated Mineral, resource or both. It includes diluting and contaminating materials and allows for losses that are expected to occur when the material is mined. Appropriate assessments to a minimum of a Pre-Feasibility Study for a project and a Life of Mine Plan for an operation must have been completed, including consideration of, and modification by, realistically assumed mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors (the modifying factors). Such modifying factors must be disclosed.”

Mineral Reserves are reported as inclusive of diluting and contaminating uneconomic and waste material delivered for treatment or dispatched from the mine without treatment.

The CIM 2014 code definition for a Mineral Reserve:

“A Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured and/or Indicated Mineral Resource. It includes diluting materials and allowances for losses, which may occur when the material is mined or extracted and is defined by studies at Pre-Feasibility or Feasibility level as appropriate that include application of Modifying Factors. Such studies demonstrate that, at the time of reporting, extraction could reasonably be justified.

The reference point at which Mineral Reserves are defined, usually the point where the ore is delivered to the processing plant, must be stated. It is important that, in all situations where the reference point is different, such as for a saleable product, a clarifying statement is included to ensure that the reader is fully informed as to what is being reported.”

For this technical report, the Mineral Reserves for the Waterberg project have been stated under the SAMREC Code with no material difference to the CIM 2014 standards. The point of reference is ore delivery to the RoM silo at the processing plant.


- 47 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-6: Relationship between Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves


- 48 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The conversion to Mineral Reserves was undertaken initially at 3.0g/t and the 2.5 g/t 4E stope cut-off grade for both for the T and the F-Zones, which considered costs, smelter discounts, concentrator recoveries from the previous and ongoing engineering work completed on the property by the Company and its independent engineers. Spot and three-year trailing average prices and exchange rates are considered for the cut-off considerations. Initial mine plans were developed based on a 3 g/t 4E cut-off. At the end of the mine life material that was available at a 2.5 g/t 4E cut-off was considered in the full life of mine.

From the Mineral Resource as estimated in this report, each stope has been fully diluted, comprising of a planned dilution and additional dilution for all aspects of the mining process. There are no inferred Mineral Resources included in the Reserves.

The Qualified Person for the Statement of Reserves is Mr. RL Goosen (WorleyParsons RSA (Pty) Ltd Trading as Advisian).

Table 1-4 shows the Prill splits which are calculated using the individual metal grades reported as a percentage of the total 4E grade.

Table 1-4: Prill Splits

Prill Split Grade
Zone Pt Pd Au Rh Cu Ni
% % % % % %
T-Zone 29 49 21 1 0.16 0.08
F-Zone 30 64 5 1 0.07 0.16

Table 1-5 and Table 1-6 show the total diluted and recovered Probable Mineral Reserve for the Waterberg project.

Table 1-5: Probable Mineral Reserve at 2.5g/t 4E Cut-off – Tonnage and Grades

Waterberg Probable Mineral Reserve – Tonnage and Grades
Zone Mt Cut-off
grade
(g/t)
Pt
(g/t)
Pd
(g/t)
Au
(g/t)
Rh
(g/t)
4E
(g/t)
Cu (%) Ni (%)
T-Zone 16.5 2.5 1.14 1.93 0.83 0.04 3.94 0.16 0.08
F-Zone 86.2 2.5 1.11 2.36 0.18 0.04 3.69 0.07 0.16
Total 102.7 2.5 1.11 2.29 0.29 0.04 3.73 0.08 0.15


- 49 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-6: Probable Mineral Reserve at 2.5g/t 4E Cut-off – Contained Metal

Waterberg Probable Mineral Reserve – Contained Metal
Zone Mt Pt
(Moz)
Pd
(Moz)
Au
(Moz)
Rh
(Moz)
4E
(Moz)
4E
Content
(kg)
Cu
(Mlb)
Ni
(Mlb
T-Zone 16.5 0.61 1.03 0.44 0.02 2.09 65 097 58.21 29.10
F-Zone 86.2 3.07 6.54 0.51 0.10 10.22 318 007 132.97 303.94
Total 102.7 3.67 7.57 0.95 0.12 12.32 383 103 191.18 333.04

Reasonable prospects of economic extraction were determined with the following assumptions: Metal prices used in the reserve estimate are as follows based on a 3-year trailing average (as at July 31/2016) in accordance with SEC guidance was used for the assessment of Resources and Reserves; US$1,212/oz Pt, US$710/oz Pd, US$1229/oz Au, US$984/oz Rh, US$6.10/lb Ni, US$2.56/lb Cu, US$/ZAR15. Smelter payability of 85% was estimated for 4E and 73% for Cu and 68% for Ni. The effective date is October 17, 2016. A 2.5 g/t Cut-off was used and checked against a pay-limit calculation. Independent Qualified Person for the Statement of Reserves is Mr. RL Goosen (WorleyParsons RSA (Pty) Ltd Trading as Advisian). The mineral reserves may be materially affected by changes in metals prices, exchange rates, labor costs, electricity supply issues or many other factors. See Risk Factors in 43-101 report on www.sedar.com and the Company’s Annual Information Form. The reserves are estimated under SAMREC with no material difference to the CIM 2014 definitions in this case.

Geotechnical Investigations

Ground Conditions

The site is covered by five identified soil profiles (Kalahari sand, ferruginised Kalahari sand, colluvium, alluvium and strongly cemented calcrete) across the proposed site.

The DCP test results confirm that the transported material layer found from 0.5m below ground level has an allowable bearing capacity of at least 50kPa.

The permanent water table was not encountered during this investigation.

The transported Aeolian material encountered on the site is generally suitable for use in engineered layer work applications. Further testing would be necessary if proposed for use.

Soft to medium hard rock sandstone and strongly cemented calcrete pan can be expected at shallow depth below ground level. Some variation can be expected over the site. Blasting may be required to maintain the lines and levels of services and foundations depending on the design depths.

The sidewalls of the trial pits were relatively stable during the investigations.

Foundations

According to the trial pits/rotary core drilling investigation and the laboratory test results, the site is classified as a “H1/S2/C2/R” site in the NHBRC Classification, with an expected range of total soil movements more than 20mm. The assumed differential movement is 50%.


- 50 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Light Structures* (100 – 150kPa)

Remove the soil to a depth of 1.6m below surface or up to the bedrock. The excavation must then be back filled with G6 materials in in 0.200m thick layers; compacted to 93% mod ASHTO, wetted at -1 to +2% optimal moisture content. Conventional pad foundations can then be placed at minimal depth (min of 1m deep) with bearing pressures limited to 150kPa.

Medium Structures* (150 – 250kPa)

Remove the soil to a depth of 3m below surface or up to the bedrock. The excavation must then be back filled with G6 materials in in 0.200m thick layers; compacted to 93% mod ASHTO, wetted at -1 to +2% optimal moisture content. Conventional pad foundations can then be placed at minimal depth (min of 1m deep) with bearing pressures limited to 250kPa.

Heavy Structures* (250 - 500kPa)

Remove the soil to a depth of 4m below surface or up to the bedrock. The excavation must then be backfilled with G5 materials in in 0.200m thick layers; compacted to 93% mod ASHTO, wetted at -1 to +2% optimal moisture content. Conventional pad foundations can then be placed at minimal depth (min of 1m deep) with bearing pressures limited to 500kPa.

Notes*: Soil raft foundation with good site drainage is recommended. Ninety-three percent compaction is a reasonable expectation. Anything above that might not be achievable during construction. Soil mattresses will have to be found on dense sand (>100kPa) as a minimum.

Primary and Secondary Surface Crushers

Spread foundations founded on the bedrock are considered feasible. Allowable bearing capacity of at least 5MPa, which is generally suitable for a crusher structure, was confirmed with the point load test results. The recommended founding level was identified at 4.21m depth below natural ground level in the borehole WB130. Good founding material (medium hard rock sandstone) will have to be validated by a competent person during construction.

Mine Plan

Geotechnical Factors

Prior to the commencement of the WPFS, additional geotechnical data was obtained through core logging of recently drilled boreholes. The revised geotechnical, database, which includes laboratory strength test results, was used to determine rock properties and classify the rock mass. This information was used together with available geological information to construct a 3-dimensional geotechnical rock mass model. The geotechnical rock mass model together with other pertinent information informed aspects of mine design. Input parameters derived from this work were used in idealized numerical models to evaluate various mining configurations and mine sequencing and to augment the empirical evaluations that were conducted.

Some elementary geological interpretations were made to help inform mine design.

The potential for surface displacement resulting from underground mining was assessed with elementary numerical models and it was found that the likelihood of surface subsidence is very low.

The potential for raisebore instability was assessed based on a few boreholes not necessarily near any proposed ventilation raise bore location. There could be challenges, however better informed assessments can only be made based on dedicated geotechnical boreholes at each location.

The two mining methods proposed, BLR and SLOS were assessed and are substantially feasible as long as control is exercised diligently.


- 51 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Critical hydraulic radii were calculated for open span designs and pillar dimensions were determined based on empirical methods and numerical modelling. In an attempt to optimize extraction, the designs for Waterberg are in a “transition” zone between indefinite stability on the one hand and definite caving on the other.

Based on the rock mass classification and using the Q-system, guidelines for ground support in main access excavations, main and secondary on reef roadways and on reef drifts have been developed.

All the work contributed to the development of a set of rock mechanics parameters for mine design.

Current risks and opportunities to the project associated with mine design have been identified and listed and a set of recommendations for the way forward have been compiled.

Mining Methods selected

The wireframes resulting from the MSO runs were used to create artificial footwall and hanging wall contact zones from which the mine design could be digitized.

Three mining methods Blind Longitudinal Retreat, “BLR” Transverse Sub-level open stoping “TSLOS” and Longitudinal Sub-level open stoping “LSLOS”) were selected for the project as they satisfy the following design criteria:

Minimize the schedule required to achieve full production with stope sequencing;

Required production volumes;

Opex/Capex cost;

Optimize recovery and minimize dilution;

Maximize flexibility and adaptability based on size, shape, and distribution of target mining areas; and

Prevent surface subsidence from underground mining.

The criteria for each of these methods are detailed below, but can be resumed by the following table:

Table 1-7: Mining Method Criteria

Mining Method Dip Vertical Thickness
BLR ≤ 35° 3 - 15m
LSLOS > 35° 3 - 15m
TSLOS > 15m

The MSO wireframes provided the boundaries to which each mining method is applied. These boundaries along with the artificial contact zones were used in Studio 5D Planner to create the detailed mined design.

The design maximized the recovery of material identified from MSO while keeping to geotechnical guidelines proposed by rock engineering, thus all geotechnical losses were designed for and would not require additional factors.


- 52 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

To obtain initial tonnage and grades, the mine design was evaluated against the block model and the results were exported to EPS for scheduling and reporting.

From the Mineable Shape Optimizer model, ore bodies were delineated by resource characteristics and potential mining methods were selected and derived for each defined mining area through a process of option identification and ranking, and adapted to the rock conditions, including:

Geometry of orebody;

Geological complexities;

Geotechnical properties of the country rock and orebody; and

Depth below surface of extraction.

The mine is designed to initially develop the high-grade zones to minimize pre-production development capital and maximize early revenues. Further optimization for grade is an opportunity with more detailed mine designs in the DFS stage. Final resource to Reserve reconciliations checks was completed. The QP is satisfied with the Reserve data and has verified the data for the Reserve estimate.

Mine Design Access

The top of mining zones in the current Waterberg mine plan occur at depths ranging from 170m to approximately 350m below surface.

The majority of development is done by mechanized equipment on the ore horizon due to the orebody and various mining methods.

Access to the mine will be via three decline shafts, to service the various zones namely:

T-Zone : Portal Position - South;
   
F Central: Portal Position – Central;

F Boundary and F North : Portal Position – North.

The design philosophy applied to the Waterberg project followed an approach of proven designs and results of various trade-off studies and was designed to accommodate a mine plan, which ramps up to 7.2 Mtpa.

Practical consideration of the real estate purchases and protection of heritage resources were considered in the selection of surface infrastructure.

The study has concluded that the dual decline option has lower capital cost and lower long-term operating costs and provides a more flexible and easily expandable solution for initial mine access and production ramp-up, as well as an opportunity to achieve higher production rates in the event that resource growth is confirmed.

Other key access design objectives met are:

To access the workings in a way this minimizes capital development; and

To facilitate an aggressive production build up, targeting the high-grade areas as quickly as possible.

Various ventilation holes from surface will also be required to provide a ventilation egress point.


- 53 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Portal and Declines

Initial access into the mine would be via portals that service the twin declines.

The dimensions of the main access declines are 6.0m (W) x 6.0 m (H), while the main conveyor declines have dimensions of 5.5 m (W) x 5.5 m (H). The declines will dip at -9°, generally in an easterly direction. Figure 1-7 shows the position of the portals in relation to the surface infrastructure. The dimensions have been based on the conveyor design, ventilation intake requirements and sizes of equipment.

Positioning the portal as shown, will facilitate quick access to the shallower parts of the ore body, which will reduce the time to ‘first ore’. In addition, the portal position allows quick access to the higher-grade areas of the Waterberg mining area.

Portal designs were created based on professional experience in similar ground environment and geotechnical information gathered from the inspection of four boreholes drilled near the proposed portals location.

Laboratory tests were conducted to confirm the on-site investigation and establish preliminary engineering parameters for the soils and rocks.

The suggested preliminary portals designs will have to be supported and approved with the finite element and limit equilibrium methods during the DFS to reach an acceptable Factor of Safety (FoS) determined for the project.

The proposed portals designs were conducted in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the geotechnical profession practicing under similar conditions in the locality of the project.

  Portals T-Zone and F Central
     
 

The box cut will consist of a bottom sidewall with an inclination of 51° into rock and a top sidewall of 37° inclination into soil material. The high wall is 20m high from the footwall position. The overall slope angles are 41° and 50° for the sidewalls and highwall respectively in the preliminary portal design. The top two benches have a height of 4m. The remaining benches are 6m high. The catch berms have a width of 3m across the highwall and sidewalls.

     
  Portal F North Zone
     
 

The box cut will consist of a bottom sidewall with an inclination of 51° into rock and a top sidewall of 36° inclination into soil material. The high wall is 35m high from the footwall position. The overall slope angles are 38° and 44° for the sidewalls and highwall respectively in the preliminary portal design. The first bench has a height of 5m. The remaining benches are 6m high. The catch berms have a width of 3m across the highwall and sidewalls.

     
 

Each mining method requires a different underground infrastructure, such as access development to sub-levels, loading points, ventilation shafts and silos. Together, they form intricate network of openings, drifts, ramps, shafts and slot raises, each with its designated function.

Mining Rates

The PTM Waterberg Project requires significant underground development in order to optimally access the ore body. Access to the high-grade areas of the mine is required as soon as reasonably possible in order to attain a maximized potential project value.

A mining cycle scheduling operation, derived from first principles, for cleaning, supporting, drilling and blasting was completed for various mining systems and face arrangements. This was done to test the theoretical possibility of attaining the required 100m per month system advance, which has been planned, whilst not conservative, is a consistently achievable target from both a theoretical and actual benchmarked operations perspective.


- 54 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

There is significant opportunity to increase the planned system advance rate in areas should it be possible to achieve multi-blast conditions during the course of the mine development. This would entail establishing an independent ventilation district that solely ventilates the development and is removed from stoping operations.

Figure 1.7 gives an overview of the portal positions and extent of strike and dip of the orebody.


- 55 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-7: Portal and Underground Layouts


- 56 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Production Summary and Schedule

The key average annual production results over the 18-year mine life are shown in Table 1.8.

Table 1-8: Production Summary

Item Units Total
Mined and Processed Mtpa 7.20
Platinum g/t 1.11
Palladium g/t 2.29
Gold g/t 0.29
Rhodium g/t 0.04
4E g/t 3.73
Copper % 0.08
Nickel % 0.15
Recoveries
Platinum % 82.5%
Palladium % 83.2%
Gold % 75.3%
Rhodium % 59.4%
4E % 82.1%
Copper % 87.9%
Nickel % 48.8%
Concentrate Produced
Concentrate ktpa 285
Platinum g/t 24.2
Palladium g/t 51.5
Gold g/t 4.9
Rhodium g/t 0.6
4E g/t 81
Copper % 1.9
Nickel % 1.8
Recovered Metal in Concentrate
Platinum kozpa 222
Palladium kozpa 472
Gold kozpa 45
Rhodium kozpa 6
4E kozpa 744
Copper Mlbpa 11
Nickel Mlbpa 12

Year 4 bases the mine plan on a multiple ramp access underground mining operation ramping up to 600ktpm where it remains for the majority of the LoM until the lower grade end period.


- 57 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The current status of Life of Mine (LOM) throughput is based on an initial 3g/t 4E cut-off; thereafter, 2.5 g/t 4E will be applied in the final years of the mine life.

The tail of the production schedule for the Waterberg production starts in 2035 and final reef tonnes are scheduled for 2038.

The recommended throughput option for the Waterberg process plant is two modules of 300ktpm each. This configuration is sufficiently flexible to cater for the portal development scenarios and further provides flexibility to cater for both large and small mining operations if selected in future.


- 58 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Total Mine production with the average grade is shown in Figure 1.8.

Figure 1-8: Mining Method Total Mine Production


- 59 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Ventilation

The ventilation and cooling systems consider safety and health requirements in accordance with the Mine Health and Safety Act [MHSA, Act 29 of 1996].

Ventilation and cooling system designs are based on the production and development tonnage profiles and diesel fleet provided by the mine design team. The mining plan is based on steady state production of 600 000 reef tons per month, ventilation and cooling requirements for each mining area is phased-in accordingly over LoM.

Diesel equipment will be a significant heat source accounting for almost 40% of mine heat, in comparison heat flow from rock will account for less than 10% [maximum Virgin Rock Temperature VRT 46.0°C] . The balance will come from auto-compression and other sources including electrical. In mechanized mines, to a depth of approximately 700 mbs this heat can usually be removed by ventilation used to dilute exhaust gasses. However, beyond this depth, heat flowing into the mine from rock and other sources combined with heat from the diesel equipment means that generally, air alone cannot adequately cool the mine and additional mechanical cooling is required. It is confirmed that at depth T-Zone, F1 South, F2 Central, F4 Boundary North and F5 North additional cooling will be required

Metallurgical Test Work and Recovery

Various metallurgical test work campaigns have been conducted throughout the course of 2013 to 2016 to determine the optimum flowsheet for treatment of the various Waterberg ore lithologies. Metallurgical test work focused on maximizing recovery of PGEs and base metals, mainly copper and nickel, while producing an concentrate product of an acceptable grade for further processing and/or sale to a third party.

In 2013, preliminary metallurgical test work was undertaken at SGS (Booysens, South Africa) using two samples, F-Central and T-zone, taken from the Waterberg deposit as part of the Preliminary Economic Assessment. The results indicated that a potentially saleable concentrate could be produced. The results from the PEA test work program is summarized in the previous PEA technical report, filed in February 2014.

Further investigative test work was performed on an F-Central composite sample, under the management of JOGMEC during the course of 2013 to 2014. The results indicated that a concentrate product in excess of 100 g/t 4E could be produced at acceptable recoveries with the inclusion of Oxalic acid and Thiourea in the reagent suite.

As part of the WPFS, extensive metallurgical test work was conducted at MINTEK, which focused on characterizing the various Waterberg lithologies in terms of mineralogical composition, comminution parameters, and flotation response.

Comminution tests have classified the Waterberg ores as hard to very hard and not suitable for Semi-Autogenous Grinding (SAG) milling.

Two flotation flowsheets were tested on each Waterberg lithology, a MF1 circuit utilizing Oxalic acid and Thiourea as part of the reagent suite and a MF2 circuit utilizing typical Southern African PGM reagents, such as SIBX as a collector. Batch open circuit flotation test work as well as locked cycle flotation test work was conducted. Encouraging results were obtained from both flowsheets. Test work results have demonstrated that some of the ore types respond better to a particular configuration. However, superior recoveries were obtained for the mine blend samples using the MF2 configuration, leading to the selection of the MF2 circuit for the process design.

It was noted that extensive scavenging and cleaning was required in the MF2 circuit to maximize recoveries, while lower mass pulls in the high grade and low grade circuits where essential to ensure acceptable concentrate grades were achieved and the product grade specification were met. Flotation work indicated that the optimum final grind for the F-zone ores are 80% passing 75μm; whilst there are evidence that the T-zone material could achieve higher recoveries at finer grinds of 85-90% passing 75μm. Further test work to investigate the optimization of the T-zone final grind is recommended.

The flotation test work indicated that the Waterberg ores are amenable to treatment by conventional flotation without the need for re-grinding. A standard flotation concentrator can be used to produce a saleable concentrate, at a 4E grade of no less than 80 g/t, with no deleterious products. 4E recoveries in excess of 80% are expected at the proposed mill feed grades.


- 60 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Process Plant Design

The process design for the Waterberg Concentrator Plant has been developed based on the extensive metallurgical test work results, as well as other desktop level studies completed by the project team. A trade off study was conducted to determine the optimal production ramp up and steady state production. Based on the outcome of the study the plant steady state capacity of 7.2 Mtpa will be achieved by the construction of the plant in two phases. Each phase consisting of a 3.6 Mtpa concentrator module,

The Phase 1 3.6 Mtpa concentrator module and associated infrastructure, is planned to start production in month 36. Phase 2 includes the construction of the second 3.6 Mtpa module to take the total production to 7.2 Mtpa in month 53. The second concentrator module is designed as a copy of the first module, with minor exceptions with regards to shared infrastructure.

Each of these modules comprises a three-stage crushing circuit, feeding crushed material to the primary milling circuits. Primary milling is achieved in a ball mill with closed-circuit classification followed by a primary rougher flotation bank. The primary rougher concentrate is further upgraded in the primary cleaning/re-cleaning circuit to produce a high grade concentrate product. The primary rougher tailings is further liberated in the secondary milling circuit which consist of a ball mill with closed-circuit classification, before reporting to the secondary rougher and scavenger flotation circuit. The secondary rougher concentrate product reports to the secondary cleaning/re-cleaning stages to produce a medium grade concentrate, whilst the scavenger flotation concentrate is upgraded in the scavenger cleaning circuit to produce a low grade concentrate product. Each of the concentrate products are combined in the concentrate thickener for dewatering, followed by filtration. The flotation tailings products are thickened prior to beings disposed to the residue storage facility.

Refer to Figure 1-9 for an illustration of the above.


- 61 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-9: Waterberg Concentrator Block Flow Diagram


- 62 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Infrastructure

The design philosophy applied to the Waterberg project followed an approach of proven designs and results of various trade-off studies.

The infrastructure was designed to accommodate a mine plan, which ramps up to 7.2 million tonnes per annum (“Mpta”). Locations and sizing of infrastructures were significantly influenced by the geographical area. Real estate associated with cost, social, and cultural heritage considerations allowed little leeway for selection of locations. A site layout plan covering site facilities is shown in Figure 1-10.

The key infrastructure includes regional infrastructure, local infrastructure, central shared services, portal infrastructure as well as mine ventilation and refrigeration surface infrastructure as described in the “Mine Operations” section above.


- 63 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-10: General Site Layout


- 64 -

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Bulk Water Supply

South Africa is a country of relatively low rainfall and, in particular, the Limpopo province will require significant additional water capacity to meet the growing demand from the mining, agricultural, and domestic sectors. The Government has committed to addressing this shortage in the interest of developing the region. However, there are major planning, infrastructural design, and funding challenges that need to be addressed in order to ensure that sufficient bulk water supply is achieved.

The Olifants River Water Resource Development Project (ORWRDP) has been designed to deliver water to the Eastern Limb and Northern Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex (BIC) of South Africa. The ORWRDP consists of the new De Hoop Dam, the raising of the wall of the Flag Boshielo Dam, and related pipeline infrastructure, which will ultimately deliver water via Pruissen to Sekuruwe, located some 30 km to the north of Mokopane and 60 km south of PTM Waterberg Project. Fro om this point, PTM Waterberg will need to develop their own pipeline project to take water to their site.

Implementation of the Flag Boshielo Pruizen pipeline has been put on hold because of funding issues and withdrawal of commitments from some mines due to low commodity prices. The PTM Waterberg project is located on the northern extremity of the ORWRDP area, the delay in implementation will result in PTM Waterberg not meeting their development schedule, and other options would need to be considered.

During the Pre-Feasibility Study, other bulk water supply options were considered. Other options considered were Glen Alpine Dam, transfer of water from Lephalala River, groundwater and effluent from various Waste Water Treatment Works (WWTW) including Louis Trichard dt / Makhado and Seshego. The present water balance model simulations showed that the average bulk water supply requirement over the life of the mine would be 10.6 Ml/d.

Of all the water supply options considered a combination of sewage effluent and groundwater is considered the most viable and least risk solution to meet the proposed mining schedule. Wellfields with mainly poor water quality will be targeted so as not to compete with domestic water uses in the area.

From existing borehole information and limited exploration, drilling done to date about 0.5Ml/ day of potable water or more could be developed around the mine site. Poor quality groundwater developed within 35 km east of the mine towards Bochum (about 5,5Ml/day) and to the south of the mine, some 4.3Ml/da y is thought to be available. Non-potable groundwater resources up to 35 km from the mine could yield up to 9.9Ml/day.

Ground Water

The PTM Waterberg Project site and surrounding area is underlain by the Waterberg Group, Bushveld Igneous Complex and the Archaean Granite/Gneiss rocks. The Waterberg Group overlies the Bushveld Igneous Complex and comprise predominantly of sandstones. The base of the Bushveld Main Zone is characterized by the presence of a transitional zone that constitutes a mixed zone of Bushveld and altered sediments/quartzites before intersecting the Archaean granite basement. The Waterberg Sedimentary package has been intersected by numerous crisscrossing dolerite or granodiorite sills or dykes and act as preferential flow path for groundwater.

Groundwater abstraction in the area is mainly used for domestic consumption at the villages. Water levels in the area vary between artesian and 52m below ground level (mbgl). The groundwater quality does not always comply with the drinking water standards due mainly to the high salt content. Borehole yields vary considerably over the area with yields of up to 10l/s found along major structures in the Waterberg sediments and in the highly weathered and fractured Gneisses. However, due to the low rainfall, recharge to the aquifers is low with the average annual recharge estimated to be only about 12mm per annum.

Inflow into the proposed mine workings has been estimated to be between 3.6Ml/ day and 9.4 Ml/day depending on hydraulic conductivity of the deeper fault zones and the number of faults intersected. A conservative figure of 3.3Ml/day has been used in the water balance. These inflows will result in an impact zone around the mining lease area of about 6 km. Production boreholes serving communities within this zone could be affected.


- 65 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

From information available at this stage local groundwater around the mine could yield up to 0.5 Ml/day of potable water or more. Non-potable groundwater resources up to 35 km from the mine could yield up to 9.9Ml/day.

Bulk Power Supply

The bulk electricity supply for the project is being planned to cater for mining and plant production rates of up to 600ktpm, which correspond to an electrical load of up to 160MVA. A temporary electrical supply is being planned for the construction stage.

Existing 66kV and 132kV networks approach to within 25 km from the project site, however, it has been determined that the capacities of these networks are inadequate to supply the project load. The updated electricity supply plan compiled by Eskom therefore provides for the establishment of new 132kV overhead lines from the Eskom Burotho 400/132kV main transmission substation, which is located approximately 77 km south of the project site. Eskom has confirmed in principle the availability of capacity from this system to supply the mine.

The proposed bulk electricity supply infrastructure comprises the following:

Two 77 km long 132kV overhead lines from Burotho transmission substation;

Two 132kV line feeder bays for these new lines at Burotho transmission substation; and

A 132kV switching substation and step-down substation located on the project site.

The development of the abovementioned infrastructure is being done in conjunction with Eskom on a Self-Build basis in terms of which Waterberg JV Resources is responsible for most of the development work.

This work is already in an advanced stage; with line route planning and environmental impact assessment work having progressed well (refer Figure 1-11, which shows some of the 132kV overhead line route options).


- 66 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-11: Proposed Overhead Line Route


- 67 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Process Plant

Further to the equipment described in Section 1.16, the following permanent installations are also included to support the processing plant:

  Return water columns from the residue storage facility to the processing plant
     
  Plant services, i.e. compressed air and raw water
     
  Plant potable water storage and reticulation
     
  Plant electrical supply and reticulation, from the plant consumer substation.
     
  Plant offices
     
  Plant store
     
  Plant workshop
     
  Plant weighbridge

The plant infrastructure includes storm water berms and drains to divert rainwater from the plant and to collection rainwater falling in the plant in a pollution control dam, this water will be captured for use in the process plant and not intended to be discharged to the environment.

Residue Storage Facility

A Pre-Feasibility Design (PFD) of the Residue Disposal Facility (RDF) and its associated infrastructure was undertaken. The design of the RDF comprising:

A Residue Storage Facility (RDF) that accommodates 140 000 000 dry tonnes over a 20 year Life of Mine (LoM);
   
A Return Water Dam (RWD) and/or Storm Water Dam (SWD associated with the RDF;
   

The associated infrastructure for the RDF (i.e. perimeter slurry deposition pipeline, storm water diversion trenches, perimeter access road, etc.);

   

Estimation of the capital costs to an accuracy of ±25%, operating costs associated with these facilities to an accuracy of ±25% and closure costs to an accuracy of ±35%; and

   
Estimation of the costs over the life of the facility.

Site Selection

A site selection study was undertaken to find the most favorable site. The study found that Ketting farm was the most favorable.

Depositional Trade-off Study

A trade-off study was undertaken to determine a suitable depositional methodology as well as to highlight the advantages and disadvantages of each methodology. The following methodologies were investigated:

  Conventional/thickened tailings;
     
  Cycloned tailings;
     
  Paste tailings; and


- 68 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

  Dry-filtered tailings.

The following conclusions were drawn from the study:

Paste disposal is untested in the platinum industry and would pose a significant risk and require an extensive testing regime to consider implementing;

     

Dry stacking is a possible option and the potential water recoveries could make this option feasible, however the high capital and operational costs associated with dry stacking could make this potion infeasible compared to a conventional tailings dam;

     

Cycloned tailings may provide a cost saving due to the higher rates of rise achievable, however test work is required prior to recommending this option;

     

Conventional/thickened tailings are the safest option, well understood in the platinum industry, and have been regarded as the preferred option for Waterberg.

Economic Depositional Methodology Trade-off Assessment

Further to this, an Economic Assessment of the various depositional methodologies was undertaken to determine which methodology would provide a cost effective solution given that the scarcity of water at the site. The purpose of this assessment was to determine which option would result in the most cost effective solution in terms of water cost; therefore, the costs were only taken to a conceptual level. The results show that filtered tailings will only be feasible if the water cost exceeds R60/m3.

Therefore, conventional/thickened tailings were taken forward as the preferred option for Waterberg.

  Key Design Features:

The key design features of the RDF in Figure 1-12 are as follows:

  - The RDF will be constructed as an upstream, spigotting facility;
     
  - A compacted earth fill starter wall at elevation 1000m.a.m.s.l.;
     
  - A penstock system will be used to decant water from the RDF;
     
  - A RWD with sufficient capacity for the 1 in 50 year storm event (340 000m3);
     
  - The RDF has a total footprint area of 297Ha, a maximum height of 55m and a final rate of rise of <3m/year;
     
  - A concrete lined solution trench to convey seepage water to the RWD;
     
  - Lined toe paddocks to collect contaminated run-off water from the RDF side slopes; and
     
  - A slurry spigot pipeline along the crest of the RDF.


- 69 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-12: RDF Layout

Access Roads

The Waterberg Project is located some 85 km north of the town of Mokopane (formerly Potgietersrus) in Seshego and Mokerong, districts of the Limpopo Province. Although the bulk of the roads surrounding the site are provincial roads under the jurisdiction of the Roads Agency Limpopo (RAL), some of the minor roads are the responsibility of either the Capricorn District Municipality or the three relevant Local Municipalities.

The Waterberg Project is situated some 56 km from the N11 national road that links Mokopane with the Groblers Bridge border post to Botswana. Access to the project area from Mokopane in Figure 1-13 (112km), and Polokwane in Figure 1.14 (94km) includes about 32 km of unpaved roads.

It has been assumed in this study that this portion of the access route will remain unsurfaced but provision has been made for re-profiling and adequate drainage run-off along the route and a maintenance contract to maintain the road to an acceptable standard for the life of mine.

The balance of the route will have to be assessed to determine additional costs that may be incurred to upgrade and repair. The transport of the concentrate has been assumed to be done by contract haul and a rate per tonne component has been included in the financial model.


- 70 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-13: Access Route from Mokopane (112km)

Figure 1-14: Access Route from Polokwane (94km)


- 71 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Market Studies and Contracts

Either the Waterberg project will produce a flotation concentrate from the processing plant, which is assumed to be sold, or toll treated into the local South African market.

Production of up to 285 000 tonnes of concentrate per annum will be available at peak production. The concentrate will contain approximately 80g/t 4E’s plus copper at between 1% and 9.2% and nickel at between 1.1% and 5%.The concentrate does not contain any penalty elements such as chrome and is rich in Sulphur, thus making it a desirable concentrate to blend with other high chrome concentrates.

No formal marketing studies have been conducted for this study nor have the local smelter and refinery operators been formally contacted to understand the appetite in the local industry to treat the concentrate to be produced from the project. Informal indications from smelters are that the concentrate is attractive.

Based upon industry data, it is expected that the payability for the concentrate sold to a local smelter operator will be up to 85% for the PGE’s, 73% for contained copper and 68% for contained nickel. It is expected that the metal will be available from the refinery after 16 weeks. Opportunity exists to have payment terms with “pipeline’ finance facilities and these have been included in the study for the life of the mine.

Metal Prices

The Waterberg Project level financial model begins on 1 July 2016. It is presented in 2016 constant dollars, cash flows are assumed to occur evenly during each year and a mid-year discounting approach is taken.

The base case real discount factor applied to the analyses is 8%. No allowance for inflation has been made in the analyses.

The following prices, based on a 3-year trailing average in accordance with SEC guidance, was used for the assessment of resources and Reserves.

The exchange rate between the ZAR and the USD is fixed at ZAR15.00:USD1.00 in the financial model throughout the LoM. The pricing and exchange rates above results in the estimated basket prices shown in Table 1-9 below.


- 72 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-9: Average Three Year Trailing Metal Prices used in Financial Model

Parameter Unit Financial Analysis
Assumptions
3 Year Trailing Average Price (Date: 31 July 2016) 
Platinum
Palladium
Gold
Rhodium
Nickel
Copper
US$/oz.
US$/oz.
US$/oz.
US$/oz.
US$/lb
US$/lb
1 212
710
1 229
984
6.10
2.56
Base Metals Refining Charge
Copper Refining Charge
Nickel Refining Charge
% Gross Sales pay
% Gross Sales pay
% Gross Sales pay
85%
73%
68%
Investment Bank Consensus Price (Date: 16 September 2016)
Platinum
Palladium
Gold
Rhodium
Nickel
Copper
US$/oz.
US$/oz.
US$/oz.
US$/oz.
US$/lb
US$/lb
1 213
800
1 300
1 000
7.50
2.9

Investment Bank Consensus Sept, 2016 PGMs for base metals.

Environmental and Impact Assessment Studies

Preliminary environmental baseline studies has been completed for the Waterberg Project and measures have been incorporated in the development of the layouts, designs and operational practices to mitigate potential environmental risks.

The baseline studies included the following:

  Ground Water.
     
  Air Quality.
     
  Noise.
     
  Bio-Diversity.
     
  Soil.


- 73 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

  Visual Impact.
     
  Heritage Impact.
     
  Surface Water.
     
  Traffic.
     
  Blasting.

Prior to construction and operation of an underground mine, the following local legislative authorizations would be required:

In support of a Mining Right Application (MRA), authorization in terms of Section 22 of the MPRDA by the DMR is required.

     

Environmental Authorization as per the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998) (NEMA) and the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulations (GNR. 543, 544 and 545 of 18 June 2010) from the Limpopo Department of Economic Development, Environment and Tourism (LEDET).

     

A water use license in terms of Section 21 of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998) from the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS).

     

A Waste Management License for categorized waste activities in terms of the National Environmental Management Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008) (NEMWA) from the National Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA).

There have been discussions with the local communities and stakeholders regarding the environmental protection measures proposed to be undertaken.

The communities that are located within a 5 km radius from the proposed project site are:

  Ga-Ngwepe.
     
  Setlaole.
     
  Ga-Masekwa.
     
  Ga-Raweshe.
     
  Ketting.

Consultations have also been held with the Regulatory Departments on various aspects of the Project and detailed discussions will continue throughout the permitting process and project execution.

A project risk assessment was carried out as part of the Pre-Feasibility Study to identify environmental sensitivities. The key risks potentially affecting the achievement of the project objectives were identified, together with their root causes and potential consequences. Primary mitigating strategies currently in place to address the risks were documented and where the current risk rating was considered unacceptably high, additional action items agreed to reduce it to an acceptable level.

Community Social Impact Assessment Studies

A social impact assessment is being conducted with the local communities to establish the social understanding within the area of the Waterberg mining operations. The project has maintained a positive open working relationship with the small communities in the area of the project including regular well documented meetings.


- 74 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The communities that are located within a 5 km radius from the proposed prospecting site are Ga-Ngwepe, Setlaole, Ga-Masekwa, Ga-Raweshe, and Ketting.

Capital and Operating Costs

Capital Costs

Project capital costs total ZAR 27,374M, consisting of the following:

Initial Capital Costs – includes all costs to develop the property to a sustainable production of 600ktpm. Initial capital costs total ZAR 15,906M and are expended over a 72 month period from January 2017 to Dec 2022 including the pre-production construction and commissioning period; and

     

Sustaining Capital Costs – includes all costs over the 16-year mine life related to expansion of production from the initial 300ktpm to 600ktpm and the acquisition, replacement, or major overhaul of assets required to sustain operations. Sustaining capital costs total ZAR 11,468 M and are expended in operating years from Jan 2023 to Jul 2038.

     
  The peak funding required for the project is estimated at ZAR13,694M (US$914M) in year 2022.

The costs are presented in ZAR 2016 and U.S. Dollars (USD) market terms. It is presented in real money terms and no escalation was added. The base date for the Capital Estimate shall be 31 July 2016 and will be used to qualify the estimate in terms of governing laws, duties, taxes and tariffs.

The exchange rate between the ZAR and the USD will be fixed at ZAR15.00:USD1.00 in the Financial Model throughout the LoM.

The expected order of accuracy of the final estimate is in the range of ±25%

A 12% contingency allowance has been based on an assessment of the risk around the accuracy of the design information, quantities and rates applied using a Monte Carlo statistic process.

The estimate is presented in such a way that it is seamlessly incorporated into the financial model as an input, expressed in monthly cash flows for each WBS Level 1 facility code. Table 1-10 presents the PTM Waterberg capital at Level 1 WBS facility code.


- 75 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-10: Total CAPEX

Facility
Code
Facility Description To Full
Production
ZAR (M)
Sustaining
Capital ZAR
(M)
To Full
Production
USD (M)
Sustaining
Capital USD
(M)
2000 Underground Mining 6,092 9,766 406 651
3000 Concentrator 2,850 159 190 11
4000 Shared Services & Infrastructure 1,063 43 71 3
5000 Regional Infrastructure 2,566 - 171 -
6000 Site Support Services 691 67 46 4
7000 Project Delivery Management 1,399 147 93 10
8000 Other Capitalised Costs 246 83 16 6
9000 Contingency 999 1,202 67 80
Total Capital 15,906 11,468 1,060 765

The facility level summary of the capital as well as the capital expenditure for LOM is depicted in Figure 1-15.

Figure 1-15: Total CAPEX Cashflow

Operating Costs

For the study, OPEX has been defined as:

  All on-reef development as soon as first stoping tonnes are achieved,


- 76 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Off-reef development associated with ongoing access and Reserve generation within, when first stoping tonnes are achieved. (These include sub-level off reef, lateral ventilation and other access development),

     
  All ongoing production related activities after first stoping ore is mined,
     
  Operating costs associated with the mobile mining equipment and fixed engineering equipment,
     
  Maintenance of mobile mining equipment and fixed engineering equipment.

Initially the mine will be contractor operated and once first stoping ore is mined for a particular mining zone, it will become owner operated. This excludes some contracted services over LoM such as raise bore, ventilation raises, silo and vertical dams, main access, primary conveyor decline and material decline development. The RDF facility will also be contracted out. The owner-mined operation per zone will coincide with when operating costs starts being incurred. All costs not associated to a particular mining zone will be reported under shared services and will include general, administration, and processing cost.

The operating cost model was developed by following the typical steps and processes prescribed by the Advisian RSA OPEX Estimation standards and methodologies. Methodologies utilized includes first principle costing for the labor, lifecycle costing for all equipment, infrastructure and fleet, zero-based costing for mining consumables and fixed/variable costing for the remainder of operating cost items.

The estimate methodology is aligned to preliminary engineering designs and budgetary quotations for major equipment and consumable cost and conforms to the +-25% accuracy level of a Pre-Feasibility Study. The operating cost estimate is modelled annually in ZAR. Costs reported in USD were converted from ZAR by using and exchange rate of R 15 per USD. A base date of July 2016 was used as costing basis. Costs are reported in real money terms with no escalations or contingency modelled. Quotes and cost rates were sourced from South African suppliers with foreign component cost not having an impact on the operating costs estimate.

The average LoM operating cost for the Waterberg Pre-Feasibility Study project is estimated at R 574.62 per ore tonnes broken (USD 38.31 /t). As indicated in Table 1-11, the total LoM cost amounts to R 58,99 billion (USD 3,93 billion). Average LoM costs are also detailed on a high level per area in ZAR and USD.

Table 1-11: Average LoM Operating Cost Rates and Totals per Area in ZAR and USD

Average
LOM (ZAR/t)
Total LOM
(ZAR M)
Average
LOM
(USD/t)
Total LOM
(USD)
 Mining  R 271.90   R 27 915   $  18.13   $ 1 861 
 Engineering & Infrastructure  R 107.49   R 11 036   $  7.17   $ 736 
 General & Admin  R 40.71   R 4 180   $  2.71   $ 279 
 Process  R 154.52   R 15 864   $  10.30   $ 1 058 
 Total OPEX Cost  R 574.62   R 58 994   $  38.31   $ 3 933 

The information in the table above is visually represented in Figure 1-16 to provide a better understanding of the breakdown per area of the LoM operating cost. 


- 77 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Figure 1-16: LoM Average R/t Operating Cost Breakd down per Area

From the figure, it is evident that mining comprise the bulk of the operating cost at 47%, followed by process at 27% and engineering and infrastructure at 19%. General and administration cost contributes a small portion (7%) of the total operating cost. The mining cost mostly driven by the large materials and supplies cost which is associated to development and production fleet maintenance (R 87/t) and consumables such as fuel (R 30/t). The process cost can be mostly attributed to the high power cost at R 64/t and consumable costs at R 60/t.

Figure 1-17 provides an overview of the operating cost per cost category over LoM. From the graphical representation, it is evident that the majority of costs remain constant. As expected, materials and supplies, cost will vary, as it is the directly related to the production profile.

Figure 1-17: Operating Cost broken down per Cost Category over LoM

Figure 1-18 presents the total operating costs over LoM overlaid with the ore tonnage profile. The cost increase observed in 2022 is due to the start of the second process plant in November 2022 (month 53) combined with an increase in tonnage. Steady state is observed around 2024 when the process plant will process 7.2 Mtpa. The process, general, administration, engineering, and infrastructure operating cost remain constant throughout the LoM, whilst the mining operating cost closely resembles the tonnage profile. The two-phased ramp down starting in year 2035 is clearly visible towards the end of LoM.

The dip in operating cost displayed in year 2036 is a result of only one process plant being operational to process 200 ktpm for duration of approximately 17 months, until ore tonnes are depleted.


- 78 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The operating cost model was developed to enable reporting per zone(e.g. F South), per area (e.g. mining) and per cost category (e.g. labor).

The operating cost model was developed to enable reporting per zone (e.g. F South), per area (e.g. mining) and per cost category (e.g. labor). For more operating cost detail and results, refer to Section 21.3.

Summary of Economic Analysis

The results of the financial analysis show an After Tax NPV 8% of ZAR4,805M. The case exhibits an after tax IRR of 13.5% and a payback period of around eleven years. The estimates of cash flows have been prepared on a real basis as at 1 July 2016 and a mid-year discounting is taken to calculate NPV. A summary of the financial results is shown in Table 1-12.

The cumulative cash flow after tax is depicted in Figure 1-19.


- 79 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-12: Financial Results Base Case Three Year Trailing Average

Item Discount
Rate
ZAR
Millions
(Before Taxation)
ZAR
Millions
(After Taxation)
USD
Millions
(Before Taxation)
USD Millions
(After Taxation)
  Undiscounted 36,096 25,042 2,406 1,669
  4.0% 18,213 11,883 1,214 792
  6.0% 12,666 7,808 844 520
Net Present Value 8.0% 8,565 4,805 571 320
  10.0% 5,519 2,584 368 172
  12.0% 3,249 939 217 62
  14.0% 1,555 -278 104 -19
Internal Rate of Return   16.6% 13.5% 16.6% 13.5%
Project Payback Period (Years) 10 10 10 10

Figure 1-19: Annual Cashflow after Tax


- 80 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-13: Investment Bank Consensus Price

Item Discount Rate Before
Taxation
(ZAR)
After
Taxation
(ZAR)
Before
Taxation
(USD)
After Taxation
(USD)
  Undiscounted 45,781 31,946 3,052 2,130
  4.0% 24,180 16,184 1,612 1,079
  6.0% 17,426 11,263 1,162 750
Net Present Value 8.0% 12,402 7,610 827 507
  10.0% 8,641 4,884 576 325
  12.0% 5,812 2,842 387 189
  14.0% 3,676 1,311 245 87
Internal Rate of Return   19,8% 16.3% 19,8% 16.3%
Project Payback Period (Years) 9 9 9 9

Mineral Tenure, Surface Rights and Royalties

Currently there are no royalties, back-in rights, payments or other encumbrances that could prevent PTM from carrying out its plans or the trading of its rights to its license holdings at the Waterberg Project. JOGMEC or its nominee has the exclusive right to direct the marketing of the mineral products of the other participants for a 10-year period from first commercial production on an equivalent to commercially competitive arm’s length basis and has the first right of refusal to purchase at prevailing market prices any mineral products taken by another participant as its share of joint venture output.

A summary of the mineral exploration and mining rights regime for South Africa is provided in Table 1-12. It should be noted that PTM have a Prospecting Right which allows them should they meet the requirements in the required time, to have the sole mandate to file an application for the conversion of the registered Prospecting Right to a Mining Right.

Conclusions

Results of this WPFS demonstrate that the Waterberg Project warrants development due to its positive, robust economics, large production volume and opportunity relative to the PGM price deck.

It is the conclusion of the QPs that the WPFS summarized in this technical report contains adequate detail and information to support a Pre-Feasibility level analysis.

Infill drilling over portions of the project area and new estimation methodology has made it possible to estimate a new mineral resource estimate and upgrade portions of the mineral resource to the Indicated category.


- 81 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

A Mineral Resource and Reserves may be declared for the PTM Waterberg project and reported in the tables below:

Table 1-14: T Zone Mineral Resource at 2.5 g/t 4E Cut-off

T-Zone 2.5g/t Cut-off
Resource
Category
Cut-off Tonnage Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 31.540 1.13 1.90 0.81 0.04 3.88 0.16 0.08 122 375 3.934
Inferred 2.5 19.917 1.10 1.86 0.80 0.03 3.79 0.16 0.08 75 485 2.427

Table 1-15: F Zone Mineral Resource at 2.5 g/t 4E Cut-off

F-Zone 2.5g/t Cut-off
Resource
Category
Cut-off Tonnage Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 186.725 1.05 2.23 0.17 0.04 3.49 0.07 0.16 651 670 20.952
Inferred 2.5 77.295 1.01 2.16 0.17 0.03 3.37 0.04 0.12 260 484 8.375

Table 1-16: Probable Reserve at 2.5 g/t 4E Cut-off

Zone Mt Moz Pt (g/t) Pd (g/t) Au (g/t) Rh (g/t) 4E (g/t)
T Zone 16.50 2.09 1.14 1.93 0.83 0.04 3.94
F South 10.32 1.26 1.14 2.42 0.19 0.04 3.78
F Central 36.75 4.24 1.08 2.30 0.18 0.04 3.59
F Boundary 16.08 1.94 1.12 2.40 0.19 0.04 3.75
F North 23.02 2.79 1.13 2.42 0.19 0.04 3.78
Total 102.67 12.32 1.11 2.29 0.29 0.04 3.73

The following prices, based on a 3-year trailing average in accordance with SEC guidance, was used for the assessment of Resources and Reserves.

The Investment Bank Consensus price and spot price were also used for the Sensitivity analysis.


- 82 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-17: Key Economic assumptions

Parameter Unit 3 Yr Trailing
Average
31 Jul 2016
Spot Price
6 Oct 2016
Investment Bank
Consensus Price
Deck 16 Sep 2016
Platinum US$/oz. 1.212 964 1.213
Palladium US$/oz. 710 668 800
Gold US$/oz. 1.229 1.255 1.300
Rhodium US$/oz. 984 675 1.000
Basket (4E) US$/oz. 899 798 960
Nickel US$/lb 6.10 4.52 7.50
Copper US$/lb 2.56 2.17 2.90
Base Metals Refining Charge % Gross Sales 85%    
Copper Refining Charge % Gross Sales 73%    
Nickel Refinery Charge % Gross Sales 68%    

The key features of the WPFS include:

•  

Planned steady state total and annual production and recoveries for the Mining zones are depicted in the table below.



- 83 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Table 1-18: WPFS Production results.

Item Unit Total LOM LOM Annual Avg
Ore Production      
Mineral Reserve Mt 103 7.2
Ore Milled Mt 103 7.2
T-Zone g/t 3.94 3.94
F South g/t 3.78 3.78
F Central g/t 3.59 3.59
F Boundary g/t 3.75 3.75
F North g/t 3.78 3.78
4E g/t 3.73 3.73
Copper % 0.08 0.08
Nickel % 0.15 0.15
Recoveries      
Platinum % 82.5 82.5
Palladium % 83.2 83.2
Gold % 75.3 75.3
Rhodium % 59.4 59.4
4E % 82.1 82.1
Copper % 87.9 87.9
Nickel % 48.8 48.8
Recovered Metal      
Platinum koz 3,029 222
Palladium koz 6,297 482
Gold koz 715 45
Rhodium koz 73 6
4E koz 10,114 744
Copper Mlb 168 11
Nickel Mlb 163 12


- 84 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Waterberg Key financial metrics are depicted in the table below:

Table 1-19: WPFS Results

Item Units Total
Key Financial Results (3 Year Trailing Price Deck – US$/ZAR 15) - 31 July 2016
Life of Mine years 19
Capital to Full Production US$M 1060
Mine Site Cash Cost US$/oz 4E 389
Total Mine Cash Costs After Credits US$/oz 4E 248
Total Cash Costs After Credits US$/oz 4E 481
All in Costs After Credits US$/oz 4E 661
Site Operating Costs US$/t Milled 38
After Tax NPV @ 8% US$M 320
After Tax IRR % 13.5
Project Payback Period (Start First Capital) years 10
Investment Bank Consensus Price Deck- 16 September 2016
After Tax NPV8 US$M 507
After Tax IRR % 16.3

Standard industry practices, equipment and design methods were used in this WPFS. The report authors are unaware of any unusual or significant risks, or uncertainties that would affect project reliability or confidence based on the data and information made available. For these reasons, the path going forward must continue to focus on drilling activities and obtaining the necessary permitting approval, while concurrently advancing key activities in the DFS that will reduce project execution time.

Risk is present in any mineral development project. Feasibility engineering formulates design and engineering solutions to reduce that risk common to every project such as resource uncertainty, mining recovery and dilution control, metallurgical recoveries, political risks, schedule and cost overruns, and labor sourcing. Opportunities include further optimization of the mine plan and potential reduction of development sustaining capital. The company indicates they will be focused on these aspects in the definitive feasibility phase.

The project provides attractive returns when compared to competitive projects in the Bushveld Complex in the Western or Northern Limb. Based on the competitive returns the project is recommended to proceed to the DFS Stage. Drilling for measured resources should continue and be designed and budgeted along with the scoping process for the definitive feasibility study.

Geology and Mineral Estimates

A Mineral Resource may be declared for the PTM Waterberg project. This Resource comprises an Indicated Resource of 31 Million tonnes at 3.88g/t 4E for the T-zone; and 186 Million tonnes at 3.49 g/t 4E for the F-zone. Additional Inferred Resources of 19 Million tonnes at 3.79g/t 4E for the T-zone and 77 Million tonnes at 3.37g/t 4E for the F-zone. These Resources are reported at a 4E grade cut-off of 2.5 g/t. Only Indicated resources are included in the mine plan and financial analysis.


- 85 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Geotechnical and Rock Engineering

The main findings in the geological and rock engineering investigations that influenced on reef mine design are discussed below:

The general geotechnical conditions are suitable for the planned infrastructure and the soil and rock is capable of supporting the planned structures.

The geotechnical database was adequate for this level of study.

The mining methods that have been identified as most suited are Blind Longitudinal Retreat (BLR) and Sub-Level Open Stoping (SLOS). These mining methods offer flexibility and with proper sequencing of mining cuts and support strategies, regional stability can be improved.

Mining

The mine design and production schedules presented are deemed as reasonable for a pre-feasibility study level of confidence. Although, the BLR mining method is not widely utilized, it is the view of the project study team that the layouts and schedule rates are not overly aggressive.

A number of potential optimization opportunities have been identified and can be further quantified and expanded in the DFS.

Metallurgy

Sufficient test work to support the Waterberg Platinum pre-feasibility study has been undertaken.

Extensive metallurgical test work has been conducted on two different flowsheets, namely the MF1 and MF2 flowsheets, with encouraging results obtained from both. Test results have demonstrated that some of the ore types respond better to a particular configuration.

Bench scale test work conducted, on the Waterberg ores types and blends, has demonstrated that a saleable final concentrate containing at least 80 g/t 4E can be produced by applying a MF2 flowsheet and using standard Southern African PGM reagents. No deleterious elements are expected in the final concentrate, whilst 4E recoveries in excess of 80% are expected for the selected process design.

Infrastructure

For the purposes of this WPFS, a range of options were considered for the on-site and regional infrastructure.

The main infrastructure requirements for the Waterberg Project are access roads, residue disposal, water management, power supply and process plant to service and treat the targeted mine production.

The Waterberg Project is situated in a remote area and will require approximately 32 km of existing unpaved roads to be surfaced.

A combination of sewage effluent together with groundwater is considered the most viable solution to meet the bulk water requirements of the proposed mining schedule. Wellfields with poor water quality will be targeted so as not to compete with domestic water uses in the area.


- 86 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The bulk electricity supply for the project is being planned to cater for mining and plant production rates of up to 600ktpm, which correspond to an electrical load of up to 160MVA. A temporary electrical supply is being planned for the construction stage. Eskom has been engaged in the design process.

The availability of skilled labor resources, for both construction and operational phases, is limited and the training and skills development program will have to be closely monitored to ensure that the correct skills are developed in time to support the construction and operational requirements of the Waterberg Project. The company plans to use its accredited training center.

Residue Storage Facility

The following conclusions were drawn from the study:

 

A pre-feasibility design of the Residue Disposal Facility (RDF) for the Waterberg Project has been undertaken, in which:


  -  

A suitable site for the RDF has been identified;

   

  -

conventional/thickened tailings is the safest option and well understood in the platinum industry and has been regarded as the preferred option for Waterberg;

   

  -

a conventional/thickened RDF has been shown to be the most cost effective option for Waterberg in terms of water costs; and

   

  -

The total LoM cost associated with the Waterberg RDF over the duration of the project life (Feasibility Study to Post Closure) is estimated at R1,057 million.

Bulk Water Supply

Of all the options considered, a combination of sewage effluent together with groundwater is considered the most viable solution to meet the proposed mining schedule.

Consider the bulk water source options as described is Section 19-3. The option of wellfields in combination with an effluent water pipeline from Bochum (Senwabarwama Ponds) is the most favorable with the least risk and is considered the base case. This infrastructure would allow the collection of water from various sources along the way, thereby ensuring a more sustainable bulk water supply to the Waterberg site.

The wellfields in combination with Waste Water Treatment Works (WWTW) pipeline from Bochum also creates the following opportunities:

 

Access to groundwater from various wellfield areas along the route to supplement supply. This water is considered unsuitable for human consumption and would therefore have little impact on community water requirements;

   

 

collection of water from smaller WWTW at Mogwadi;

   

 

possible future expansion of the pipeline to collect effluent from Makhado WWTW

Bulk Power Supply

The updated electricity supply plan compiled by Eskom provides for the establishment of new 132kV overhead lines from the Eskom Burotho 400/132kV main transmission substation,

The development of the abovementioned infrastructure will be done in conjunction with Eskom on a Self-Build basis and this work is already in an advanced stage.


- 87 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Market Studies and Contracts

No formal marketing studies have been conducted for this study nor have the local smelter and refinery operators been formally contacted to understand the appetite in the local industry to treat the concentrate to be produced from the project. Informal contact by the Company is reported to indicate capacity and interest by two smelters. This will need to be confirmed in the DFS stage. Based on a comparison with the Merensky style of concentrate the Waterberg concentrate is considered attractive.

Based upon industry data, it is expected that the payability for the concentrate sold to a local smelter operator will be up to 85% for the PGE’s, 73% for contained copper and 68% for contained nickel. It is expected that the payment terms will be full payment after 16 weeks for all metals, but with financing arrangements, these terms can be improved, but with significant interest charges for the up-front payment.

Environmental Impact Assessment Studies

The environmental permit, not yet approved, is of paramount importance, and delays from the company plan will increase project execution time. Without the permit advancement to a mining right with approval, the Project cannot proceed and failure to secure the necessary permits could stop or delay the Project. The project design considers the environment and local communities.

Community Social Impact Assessment Studies

The Community Social Impact Assessment Study is underway. It is focusing on all the three farms affected by the mining operations. This study is important because it will assist in the compilation of the Waterberg Social and Labor Plan. The Waterberg Social and Labour Plan will form part of the Mining Right application process. Detailed consultation has been ongoing and is well documented.

The process for completing a Mining Right Application is underway. Discussions have been positive and business like. Both the community and the company have arranged experienced mining lawyers to facilitate the negotiations. The small community of approximately 100 homes will have to be relocated to the farm next to Ketting, which is also owned by the same community. This will require relocations costs. The MRPDA provides for a right of access and fair compensation will be required.

Allowance for land purchase and relocation costs was provided for the Waterberg Social and Labour Plan in the Financial Model.

Recommendations

The QPs recommend that the Waterberg project advance to the DFS stage. The project financial model, including low capital cost per annual ounce of production and low operating costs provides the basis for further investment and refinement of the project design. The QPs recommend that based on the large scale PGM production profile of the project at 740,000 4E ounces per year that the project owners initiate discussions with smelters an investigate a standalone smelting option. The QPs also recommend that the owners initiate work towards an application for a Mining Right including the development of a Social and Labor Plan and environmental permits.

Geology and Mineral Estimates

It is recommended that exploration drilling continue in order to advance the geological confidence in the deposit through infill drilling. This will provide more data for detailed logging and refined modelling. This is expected to confirm the geological continuity and allow the declaration of further Indicated Mineral Resources.

Given the results of the diamond drilling on the northern area and the extent of target areas generated by geophysical surveys, the completion of the planned exploration drilling is recommended north of the location of the current exploration programme. The objective of the exploration drilling would be to find the limit of the current deposit, confirm the understanding of the F Zone and improve the confidence for a selected part of the deposit to the measured category for the DFS.


- 88 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Geotechnical and Rock Engineering

The following is a list of work that will be required for a feasibility level of study. Although the list is comprehensive is by no means exhaustive.

 

Additional trial pits should be excavated at the exact positions of the proposed structures during the DFS at the next stage. A diamond drilled triple tubes borehole should be undertaken at each surface crusher up to a depth of 45m or 10m into medium hard rock sandstone or stronger (>25MPa). Appropriate soil and rock laboratory testing should be part of the geotechnical investigation at this stage, including falling head permeability test of the in situ material for the clay/geosynthetic liner of the tailing dam.

   

 

The T-Reef should be explored geotechnically in more detail.

   

 

Sufficient data should be collected to allow for rigorous analyses of joints. This will include oriented core.

   

 

A representative number of boreholes should be logged at selected locations to derive a more complete rock mass model that will inform designs of excavations away from the orebody as well as the main on-reef declines.

   

 

With improved understanding of the model input parameters and the mining configuration, the assessment of the stability of the BLR designs, SLOS stopes and SLOS pillars can be conducted with greater confidence.

Mining

It is recommended that the opportunities mentioned in Section 16.12.2 be investigated further. This could be done prior to the next phase of the study or at least during the next definitive feasibility study phase.

 

The mine design of underground access infrastructure, other underground excavations and production areas should be prepared to higher level of confidence for the definitive feasibility study.

   

 

Scheduling rates for development and production should be revisited to ensure that the rates planned remain realistic and achievable.

   

 

Compile a detailed Bill of Quantities of the mine design and involve relevant mining contracting companies so that accurate cost estimates can be prepared.

   

 

Conduct a simulation exercise that considers all underground logistics. It is recommended that this be done using an appropriate software package.

   

 

Review the risks mentioned so that where possible adequate mitigating factors can be incorporated into the mine design and schedule.

   

 

Complete a value engineering exercise on development and mining designs to reduce dilution and increase head grades.

   

 

Waste development in sustaining capital should be studied for reduction with investigation and further detailing of the ventilation plan


- 89 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Metallurgy

It is recommended that the opportunities mentioned in Section17 be investigated further. This could be done prior to the next phase of the study or at least during the next study phase.

The following is also recommended for the next study phase:

 

Flotation test work using water from the envisaged raw water sources to ensure the flotation performance is not negatively affected.

   

 

 

Testing of the MF2 circuit using an Oxalic acid and Thiourea reagent scheme

   

 

 

Comminution variability test work on the individual ore types

   

 

 

Comminution variability test work on various possible mine blends

   

 

 

Flotation open circuit batch variability test work on the individual ore types

   

 

 

Flotation open circuit batch variability test work on various possible mine blends

   

 

 

Concentrate thickening and filtration test work

Geotechnical investigation of the plant site to accurately determine founding conditions in the plant area and inform the design of the civil engineering works is also recommended.

The DFS would be completed using the test work results to optimize the process and infrastructure design and allow a more accurate assessment of the capital cost, operating cost and risks.

Infrastructure

Progress in-depth further infrastructure studies associated with access roads, supply and logistics, RDF design methodologies and any other areas of the Project where studies and confidence levels are lacking and for which information is required to support permitting and feasibility studies.

The Infrastructure component outlines a series of recommendations for the Project including progression to the Feasibility Study phase in order to assess the Waterberg development further including:

Residue Storage Facility

For the Residue Disposal Facility, in the DFS stage of the project, it is recommended that the following be included:

 

A geotechnical investigation of the RDF site in order to confirm the type, extent and characteristics of the in-situ materials as well as available construction materials.

   

 

A seepage analysis and slope stability study be undertaken to confirm the seepage regimes through the RDF as well as to confirm the RDF stability. The results of these analyses could affect greatly on the geometry of the RDF walls and ultimate height of the facility.

   

 

Confirmation of the physical characteristics of the tailings product based on laboratory testing of a representative sample.

   

 

Possible further optimization of the RDF preparatory works in terms of layout, footprint extent, etc. including any changes to the mine plan.

   

 

Review the construction rates with a contractor to price the facility with representative rates.

   

 

Compilation of a more detailed schedule of quantities describing the proposed preparatory works and the pricing of the schedules to a greater level of accuracy; and a hydrological study of potential flood lines near the RDF.



- 90 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Bulk Water Supply

Due to the scarcity of water in the area, it will be critical to conduct more detailed hydrogeological investigations in order to identify in detail the potential groundwater resources that can be developed for mine supply and to predict the mine inflows and impact zone accurately. This will also be important to determine external bulk water requirements and the timing thereof. These hydrogeological investigations should include a numerical model, which will also assist the mine with monitoring and water management during the life of mine.

Bulk Power Supply

The electrical supply for the construction phase will involve the strengthening of an existing 22kV rural overhead line until the permanent supply infrastructure is in place. The 132kV overhead lines from the Eskom Burotho 400/132kV main transmission substation and the associated infrastructure would form part of the permanent supply infrastructure

Market Studies and Contracts

It is recommended that the local smelter operators be formally approached to better understand the appetite to consume the significant concentrate production once the mine is at steady state. A competitive process could be developed with the Japanese partner JOGMEC.

In addition, during the DFS, it is recommended that a Scoping Study be completed into the potential for the inclusion of a Waterberg Project Smelter on site. The product from this smelter could be a furnace matte or a convertor matte, which could be treated locally or exported for refining.

Environmental Impact Assessment Studies

The future development and delivery of the Waterberg Project will be underpinned by a programme of work for the mitigation of social and environmental impacts; creating value through good governance practices.

PTM has a programme of work in place to comply with the necessary environmental, social and community requirements, which include:

•  

ESIA in accordance with the MPRDA, the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA);

 

 

•  

Public Participation Process (PPP) in accordance with the NEMA Guidelines;

 

 

•  

Specialist investigations in support of the ESIA;

 

 

•  

Integrated Water Use License Application (IWULA) in compliance with the NWA; and

 

 

Integrated Waste Management License in compliance with the National Environmental Management Waste Act (NEMWA).

Community Social Impact Assessment Studies

The community impact assessment studies are being conducted and Platinum Group Metals and detailed documentation of the process is recommended to continue with appropriate specialists and counsel.

Non-Material Mineral Property Interests

The non-material mineral property interests of the Company include prospecting rights located in South Africa and various mineral property interests in Canada. These non-material property interests are not, individually or collectively, material to the Company and are also described in the Company’s Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended August 31, 2016, copies of which may be obtained online at www.sedar.com.


- 91 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

5.2 – South African Regulatory Framework

The Company is subject to South African government regulations that affect all aspects of the Company’s operations. Accordingly, the sections below set out the primary laws and regulatory concepts to which the Company is subject.

Black Economic Empowerment in the South African Mining Industry

The transition from an apartheid regime to a democratic regime brought with it a commitment by the South African state, as enshrined in the Constitution, to take legislative and other measures to redress the results of past racial discrimination against black South Africans, or as the Mining Charter defines them, “HDSAs”. The MPRDA uses the term historically disadvantaged person with reference to HDSAs. Under the MPRDA, the concept includes any association, the majority of whose members are HDSAs as well as juristic persons if HDSAs own and control the majority of the shares and control the majority of the shareholders’ votes. The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill, 2013 to the MPRDA (the “Amendment Bill”) was approved by the Parliamentary Portfolio Committee on Mineral Resources and by the National Council of Provinces during March 2014, as well as by the national parliament during April 2014. The Amendment Bill was returned to Parliament by the President due to concerns over the constitutionality of various provisions. Minor amendments have been made to the Amendment Bill which as again been approved by the National Assembly and is being further debated in the National Council of Provinces. It is uncertain whether the Amendment Bill in its current form will be assented to by the President. In the event the Amendment Bill is passed in its current form, it will, among other things, amend the term HDSA to refer to South African citizens, a category of persons or a community, disadvantaged by unfair discrimination before the Constitution came into operation which should be representative of the demographics of the country. In addition, the Amendment Bill will amend the definition of the MPRDA to include the Mining Charter, the Codes of Good Practice for the Minerals Industry (the “Mining Codes”) and the Housing and Living Conditions Standards for the Minerals Industry, 2009 (“Standards”), as discussed below. The effect of the Amendment Bill will be to give the South African Minister of Mineral Resources (the “Minister”) the authority to suspend or cancel prospecting or mining rights in the event that the holder is in breach of the Mining Charter, the Mining Codes or the Standards.

This concept and process to take legislative and other measures to redress the results of past racial discrimination against black South Africans is known in South Africa as broad-based black economic empowerment, or “BEE”. The mining industry was one of many industries identified by the South African government as requiring reform to bring about equitable benefit from South Africa’s mineral industry to all South Africans and to promote local and rural development and social upliftment of communities affected by mining.

The regulatory regime governing the South African mining industry has therefore fundamentally changed over the past decade. Legislation governing mining and BEE within the mining sector includes, among other laws, the MPRDA, the Mining Codes and the Standards pursuant to the MPRDA, the Mining Charter, the Mining Charter Scorecard and the Mining Titles Registration Act No. 16 of 1967 (as amended). The aforementioned legislation, however, is industry specific and the generic BEE regulatory framework in South Africa is regulated in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 (the “BEE Act”), which sets outs the South African government’s policy in respect of the promotion of BEE. The BEE Act also permits the Minster of Trade and Industry to publish generic BEE Codes of Good Practice (“Generic BEE Codes”), being codes of good practice that address, among other things, the indicators to measure BEE and the weightings to be attached to such indicators.

The Generic BEE Codes were originally published in 2007 and set out seven indicators or elements in terms of which BEE compliance is measured. Each element has a scorecard in terms of which various sub-elements are set out, together with a target for compliance with each sub-element and a corresponding number of weighting points. An entity’s BEE compliance is measured in terms of each of these scorecards and the aggregate score will then determine that entity’s BEE compliance level. Independent BEE verification agencies are authorized to verify an entity’s compliance and provide it with a verification certificate which will set out its score and confirm its BEE compliance level. The seven elements of BEE compliance set out in the original Generic BEE Codes are ownership (which measures the extent to which black people own the measured entity), management control (which measures the extent to which black people form part of the board of directors and top management of the entity), employment equity (which measures the extent to which black people are employed with the various management levels of the entity), skills development (which measures the extent to which the entity has undertaken skills training for the benefit of its black employees), preferential procurement (which measures the extent to which the entity procures goods and services from BEE compliant and black-owned companies), enterprise development (which measures the extent to which the entity has contributed towards the development of black-owned or BEE compliant companies), and socio-economic development (which measures the extent to which the entity has contributed towards the economic development of black people).


- 92 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The original Generic BEE Codes were amended on October 11, 2013 and such amendments became effective from May 1, 2015. Generally-speaking the amended Generic BEE Codes seek to make BEE compliance more onerous to achieve. The total number of points required to achieve certain levels of BEE compliance have been increased. The elements of management control and employment equity have been consolidated into a single element referred to only as management control, and the elements of preferential procurement and enterprise development have been consolidated into a single element referred to as supplier and enterprise development. The elements of ownership, skills development and supplier and enterprise development are classified as priority elements to which minimum thresholds of compliance attach and subjects an entity to a penalty of a reduction in its BEE compliance status by one level if the entity fails to achieve any of such minimum thresholds.

In addition, the BEE Act has recently been amended by The Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Amendment Act, No. 46 of 2013 (the “BEE Amendment Act”), which came into operation on October 24, 2014.

The provisions of the new section 3(2) set out in the BEE Amendment Act states that “in the event of any conflict between this Act and any other law in force immediately prior to the date of commencement of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2013, this Act prevails if the conflict specifically relates to a matter dealt with in this Act” (the “Trumping Provision”). The BEE Amendment Act provides that section 3(2) will come into effect one year after the date on which the President proclaims the BEE Amendment Act into law and therefore became operative on October 24, 2015. However, on October 30, 2015 the Minister of Trade and Industry exempted the DMR from applying the BEE Trumping Provision until October 31, 2016 on the basis that the alignment of the Mining Charter with the BEE Act and the BEE Codes is still ongoing. The DMR has sought an extension of this exemption until December 31, 2016.

The new section 10(1)(a) set out in the BEE Amendment Act provides that “every organ of state and public entity must apply any relevant code of good practice issued in terms of this Act in determining qualification criteria for the issuing of licences, concessions or other authorizations in respect of economic activity in terms of any law”. This will require all governmental bodies to apply the Generic BEE Codes or other relevant codes of good practice when procuring goods or services or issuing licenses or other authorizations under any other laws, and to penalize fronting or misrepresentation of BEE information.

The provisions of section 3(2) and 10(1)(a) indicate that the DMR would be obliged to apply the provisions of the BEE Act and of any BEE code of good practice gazetted in terms of the BEE Act when issuing rights, permissions or permits in terms of the MPRDA in the future.

A code of good practice refers to the Generic BEE Codes or any sector-specific code of good practice which has been developed and gazetted in terms of the provisions of the BEE Act after consultation with the relevant industry stakeholders and the Department of Trade and Industry. It does not include the Mining Charter. The implications of the above provisions of the BEE Amendment Act are that unless a mining sector code is developed and gazetted, or unless a further exemption is granted by Ministers of Trade and Industry, prior to 1 November 2016, the DMR would not be entitled to apply the Mining Charter when issuing rights, permissions or permits (after commencement of the abovementioned sections of the BEE Amendment Act) and would be required to apply the Generic BEE Codes. While the target for ownership under the Generic BEE Codes is the same as in the Mining Charter i.e. 26%, the remaining elements in terms of which BEE compliance is measured are materially different from those set out in the Mining Charter. In addition, the extent of BEE compliance is determined under the Generic BEE Codes with reference to an entity’s overall score and corresponding BEE compliance level, and the Mining Charter’s scorecard does not contain the same methodology. Thus, if the Generic BEE Codes were to apply to the mining industry, it would place the industry at a disadvantage and create uncertainty. The DMR and industry bodies are aware of the implications of the Trumping Provision and are likely to address this in the near future.


- 93 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The new section 10(2)(a) set out in the BEE Amendment Act provides that “the Minister may, after consultation with the relevant organ of state or public entity, exempt the organ of state or public entity from a requirement contained in subsection (1) or allow a deviation therefrom if particular objectively verifiable facts or circumstances applicable to the organ of state or public entity necessitate a deviation”. Such an exemption or deviation is required to be published in the government gazette. It seems possible but it is not certain whether the DMR could apply for such an exemption in respect of the mining industry.

It is important to bear in mind that none of the Mining Charter, the Mining Charter Scorecard or the Mining Codes are drafted as legislative documents. They are instruments of policy and as such are frequently ambiguous, loosely worded and difficult to interpret with precision.

The MPRDA seeks to facilitate participation by HDSAs in mining ventures. Complying with the HDSA regime is a prerequisite for being granted and maintaining prospecting and mining rights. Every application for a mining right under the MPRDA must demonstrate that the granting of such right will:

substantially and meaningfully expand opportunities for HDSAs, including women, to enter the mineral and petroleum industry in order to benefit from the exploitation of the nation’s mineral and petroleum resources; and promote employment and advance the social and economic welfare of all South Africans.

The Mining Charter

The original mining charter was developed to give substance and guidance to the empowerment provisions under the Mining Charter, which came into effect on August 13, 2004. The Mining Charter set out a number of targets which were to be achieved by mining companies by 2009 and 2014. Among other targets, mining companies had to achieve a 15% HDSA ownership by 2009 and a 26% HDSA ownership by 2014. Ownership relates to ownership of mining assets, whether through the holding of equity, partnership, joint venture or direct holding. On July 14, 2004, the (then) Department of Minerals and Energy released a clarification document (“Clarification Document”) to provide policy guidance on the interpretation and implementation of the MPRDA and the Mining Charter. This document was intended to clarify the BEE requirements for unused mining or prospecting licenses and pending prospecting right applications. However, the Clarification Document concluded by stating that all other applications for rights not mentioned in the Clarification Document and in the custodianship of the state will be subject to a minimum of 26% BEE participation. Consequently, and as a matter of policy, the DMR required and continues to require a minimum 26% HDSA ownership for the grant of all new mining right applications.

Notwithstanding the uncertainties in BEE legislation applicable to mining companies with regard to the measurement of HDSA ownership, it is accepted practice (as confirmed in section 2.1.2 of the Mining Codes) that the so-called flow-through and modified flow-through principles are applicable to the calculation of indirectly held HDSA interests (i.e. where there is partial HDSA ownership in a corporate structure above the level of the company holding the prospecting or mining right). In terms of the flow-through principle, the level of indirect ownership, proportionally reduced to reflect partial HDSA shareholding in intermediate companies, would be calculated to determine the proportional indirect HDSA shareholding in the company holding the right. Under the modified flow-through principle, a company with more than 50% HDSA ownership (defined as a HDSA Company in the Mining Charter) may, at any one level in a corporate structure, attribute 100% HDSA ownership to that company for the purposes of applying the flow-through principle.

On September 13, 2010, the current Mining Charter came into effect setting targets (some of which remain the same as those in the previous mining charter) to be achieved by mining companies by December 31, 2014 (the implementation of which needs to be reported to the DMR by mining companies in 2015), which targets include:


- 94 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Ownership: this entails 26% meaningful economic participation by HDSAs and 26% full shareholder rights for HDSAs. The Mining Charter refers to BEE entities as opposed to HDSA companies but retains the 26% ownership target.

Housing and living conditions: occupancy rate of employee accommodations of one person per room and all conversion of employee hostels must be fully achieved.

Procurement and enterprise development: a minimum procurement of 40% of capital goods, 70% of services and 50% of consumer goods from BEE entities; and ensure that multinational suppliers of capital goods contribute at least 0.5% of their annual income generated from local mining companies towards a fund for the purposes of socio- economic development of local communities.

Employment equity: 40% HDSA participation at Board level, at executive committee level, in middle management, in junior management and 40% HDSA participation within core skills.

Human resource development: 5% human resource development expenditure focused on HDSAs as a percentage of total annual payroll.

Mine community development: implementation of approved community projects.

Sustainable development and growth:

implementation of approved EMP measured annually against the approved plans;

implementation of action plans on health and safety measured annually against the approved plans; and

utilization of South African based research facilities for the analysis of all South African sourced mineral samples.

Beneficiation: contribute a percentage of additional production volume towards local beneficiation of mineral commodities in accordance with the beneficiation strategy introduced pursuant to the terms of section 26 of the MPRDA. No such strategy has yet been finalized.

Reporting: submission of annual reports to the DMR in respect of compliance with the Mining Charter.

The Mining Charter includes targets, measures and weightings by which mining right holders are assessed against the obligations according to the Mining Charter Scorecard. Failure of a company to meet its obligations in relation to the Mining Charter could lead to the suspension or cancellation of its New Order Rights and could have a negative impact on applications for New Order Rights.

New Order Mining and Prospecting Rights Under the MPRDA

All of the Company’s prospecting and mining rights are so-called new order rights (i.e. rights granted under the MPRDA) as opposed to old order rights, being rights granted under pre-MPRDA legislation. Under the MPRDA, mining companies operating in South Africa were required to apply for conversion of old order rights into new order prospecting and mining rights issued by the South African state in terms of the MPRDA. New order rights in respect of mining are granted for a maximum period of 30 years, with renewals of up to 30 years at a time. Prospecting rights are valid for a period of five years, with one renewal of up to three years. Furthermore, the MPRDA provides for a retention period after prospecting of up to three years with one renewal of up to two years, subject to certain conditions. The holder of a prospecting right granted under the MPRDA has the exclusive right to apply for and, subject to compliance with the requirements of the MPRDA, to be granted, a mining right in respect of the prospecting area in question.

The new order rights are transferable only with the approval of the Minister and are subject to various terms and conditions, including commencement of operations within specified periods, maintenance of continuing and active operations and compliance with work programs, social and labour plans, EMPs and empowerment requirements.


- 95 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

New order rights can be suspended or cancelled by the Minister if a holder has breached its obligations under the terms of the rights and has failed to remedy such breach after written notice of the breach from the Minister and after being given an opportunity to respond. In addition, mining rights could potentially be cancelled for non-compliance with the Mining Charter.

Resource Nationalism

The concept of resource nationalism encompasses a range of measures, such as expropriation or taxation, whereby governments increase their economic interest in corporate entities exploiting natural resources, with or without compensation. The current South African government has publically stated that it does not intend to nationalize the mining industry.

At its 53rd national conference in December 2012, the ANC debated its previously commissioned “State Intervention in the Minerals Sector” report (SIMS Report), and wholesale nationalization was rejected. It was resolved that state intervention in the economy would focus on beneficiation. Strategic minerals, which include platinum group metals, coal and iron ore, will be identified and special public policy measures may be put in place. Further state interventions could include “state ownership” through the state mining company, and mineral resource rents through the imposition of new taxes or a super-profits tax.

Environment

South Africa has a comprehensive and constantly evolving environmental regulatory framework, particularly relating to mining. The Constitution entrenches the right to an environment that is not harmful to human health or well-being and imposes a duty to protect the environment for the benefit of present and future generations through reasonable legislative and other measures. The Constitution and NEMA, as well as various other related laws, grant legal standing to a wide range of people and interest groups to bring legal proceedings to enforce their environmental rights, such that claims can be made against private and public entities as well as the South African government.

Environmental impacts of mineral resource operations (including prospecting and mining of mineral resources and exploration and production of petroleum) are, at present, primarily regulated by four pieces of legislation, namely, the MPRDA, NEMA, the Waste Act and the NWA.

South African environmental law is largely permit-based and requires businesses whose operations may have an environmental impact to obtain licenses and authorizations from the DMR and the DWS for those operations. These typically contain conditions that may be reviewed periodically to make the environmental standards which the holder is required to meet more stringent. Environmental legislation also stipulates general compliance requirements. It incorporates a “polluter pays” principle and also imposes a duty on a group of specified parties wider than the actual polluter to take reasonable measures to assess and address pollution (even that which was authorized by law). This duty is retrospective in its application. A failure to take such measures may result in governmental authorities taking measures against, and recovering costs from, a wider range of parties than the one on whom the duty primarily rests. This latter group includes a successor in title to a person, a lender or a shareholder of a company, who caused the pollution, although this potential liability has not yet been considered by South African courts.

NEMA provides for the appointment of Environmental Management Inspectors and Environmental Mineral Resource Inspectors at the Department of Environmental Affairs and DMR respectively. These inspectors have wide-ranging powers and can undertake both announced and unannounced inspections and investigations. Criminal prosecutions have been initiated and enforcement notices issued following a number of these inspections.

Under NEMA, it is a criminal offence for any person unlawfully and intentionally or negligently to commit any act or omission which causes, has caused or is likely to cause significant environmental pollution or degradation or unlawfully and intentionally or negligently commit any act or omission which detrimentally affects or is likely to affect the environment in a significant manner. A maximum criminal fine of up to Rand 10 million and/or a prison term of up to ten years may be imposed for such an offence.


- 96 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Directives or compliance notices can also be issued under NEMA, the MPRDA or the NWA for the temporary or permanent shut down of facilities at a mining operation or the entire mining operation. Directors and certain employees can also be held criminally liable in their personal capacity under NEMA.

The environmental regulation of mining underwent a recent transition. When the transition is complete, NEMA is now the primary environmental legislation regulating mining and not the MPRDA. Due to this transition, the majority of the MPRDA's environmental regulation provisions were deleted (“Pre MPRDA Amendment Act Environmental Provisions”) and the National Environmental Management Laws Amendment Act, No. 25 of 2014 (“NEMLAA”) introduced specific provisions regulating mining into NEMA. The Minister of Mineral Resources has however retained the bulk of his environmental regulation competencies under the NEMLAA's amendments, to be undertaken in accordance with NEMA. This transition has created some gaps which include that not all of the necessary amendments have yet commenced under the MPRDA and the necessary regulations under NEMA are outstanding.

Under the Pre-MPRDA Amendment Act Environmental Provisions, before 8 December 2014, environmental management plans and environmental management programmes (“EMPs”) were required to be approved by the relevant delegated authority at the DMR before a prospecting right or mining right respectively became effective.

In addition to requiring that an EMP be approved under the MPRDA, an environmental authorisation was required for certain activities that are incidental to mining, listed in a series of Environmental Impact Assessment (“EIA”) Regulations published under the NEMA. This includes vegetation clearance; construction of roads, facilities in proximity to a watercourse and facilities that may cause pollution; and storage of dangerous goods, where the activities exceeded specified thresholds (“Listed Activities”). An environmental authorization was not required for mining or prospecting activities.

This position changed on 8 December 2014 when the 2015 EIA Regulations commenced under NEMA, replacing the 2010 EIA Regulations. Mining and prospecting activities that commenced after this date required an EA, as do associated infrastructure, structures and earthworks directly related to the prospecting and extraction of a mineral resource.

There are presently no provisions in force in the MPRDA or NEMA deeming EMPs approved under the MPRDA to be EAs issued under the NEMA, which creates gaps in relation to the obligations of mineral right holders with an approved EMP. Certain 2013 amendments to the MPRDA (following the implementation of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act No. 49 of 2008 (“MPRDA Amendment Act, 2008”)) introduced a deeming provision however it has not yet commenced. This provision provides that an EMP approved under the MPRDA before and at the time of the NEMA coming into force will be deemed to have been approved and an environmental authorization issued in terms of NEMA. The Amendment Bill proposes to amend the MPRDA Amendment Act, 2008's deeming provision to correct the incorrect reference of the NEMA to the NEMLAA. The Amendment Bill has however not yet been enacted into law. There are also no transitional provisions deeming approvals to EMP applications that were submitted before NEMLAA and approved after NEMLLA to be deemed to be EAs. This has created the situation where applicants for mineral rights are now required to submit an application for an environmental authorization, despite an application for EMP approval being previously submitted.

NEMA requires an environmental authorization before Listed Activities commence and it is a criminal offence to commence such Listed Activity without the required EA. A person who has commenced a Listed Activity without an EA may apply for rectification of this state of affairs but would be required to pay a maximum administrative fine of R5 million, and may face criminal penalties.

Under the NWA, water cannot be owned, but is instead held in trust for the people of South Africa under the State’s custodianship. authorization water use licence is required to undertake certain water uses specified in the NWA. This includes water storage, abstraction, disposal of waste water into the environment, dewatering a mine; and impacting on watercourse's flow. Generally, large scale water users, such as mines, are required to either apply for water use licenses or, in certain cases, only to register water uses if small water volumes are abstracted or stored or the impacts to watercourses are low. In certain instances an entity may continue with a water use that was conducted lawfully prior to 1998 under the predecessor to the NWA, the Water Act, No. 54 of 1956, without the requirement for a water use license. A water use without the required water use licence is considered unlawful.


- 97 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Regulations published under the NWA regulate water use in relation to mining activities, providing for limitations on the location of mining infrastructure and requirements for separation of dirty and clean water systems. If a water use or water management is deemed unlawful, the DWS may issue administrative directives to enforce the NWA’s provisions or stop the unlawful water use. Criminal proceedings can also be instituted. Penalties for offenses include a maximum fine and/or imprisonment of Rand 200,000 and five years, respectively. Upon a second conviction, the maximum fine and/or imprisonment are Rand 400,000 and ten years, respectively. While significant progress has been made by the DWS in processing pending water use license applications, a backlog remains.

The National Environmental Management Air Quality Act No. 39 of 2004 (“AQA”) regulates air pollution in South Africa and prohibits the undertaking of activities listed under AQA, including certain mining related and processing activities, without an atmospheric emission license. Minimum emission standards have been set for each listed activity. Facilities that were operational before these regulations came into force were afforded a "grace period" within which to comply with the more stringent air emission standards contained in the Regulations until 2015. If a facility did not comply with the 2015 air emission standards, upgrading of the facilities was necessary. Such facilities will need to comply with even more stringent air emission standards from 2020. Additional upgrades may also be required before 2020 to comply with the 2020 air emission standards. Alternatively an application to postpone the time period for compliance with air emission standards may be possible but the grant of any postponement cannot be guaranteed.

The Waste Act regulates the storage, treatment, recycling and disposal of waste, among other things, including waste generated by the mining sector. The provisions of the Waste Act are also relevant generally to the Company’s operations. Waste management licences are required for certain waste management activities, dependent on certain thresholds in relation to the waste. Under recent amendments to Regulations published under the Waste Act, waste management licenses are no longer required for waste storage however such activities must comply with certain norms and standards. Residue stockpiles and deposits relating to prospecting, mining, exploration or production activities regulated under the MPRDA were previously exempt from the Waste Act. This has been changed by recent amendments under the NEMLAA and waste management licenses will now be required from the Minister for residue stockpiles and deposits from September 2, 2014, if they constitute “waste” and if they fall above the thresholds for which a waste management license is required, unless an entity “lawfully conducted” these activities prior to September 2, 2014.

Both the MPRDA and NEMA have provisions regulating rehabilitation and closure, which are not entirely consistent. The MPRDA provides that a mineral right holder remains liable for any environmental liability, pollution, ecological degradation, the pumping and treatment of extraneous water, compliance to the conditions of the environmental authorisation and the management and sustainable closure of a mine, until the Minister of Mineral Resources has issued a closure certificate (“Rehabilitation and Closure Liability”). NEMA provides that a mineral right holder remains responsible for Rehabilitation and Closure Liability notwithstanding the issue of a closure certificate.

Under the MPRDA, when the Minister issues a closure certificate, he may retain any portion of such financial provision for latent and residual safety, health or environmental impact which may become known in the future. The power of the Minister to retain a portion of financial provision is discretionary under the MPRDA.

The Pre-MPRDA Amendment Act Environmental Provisions required that financial provision for environment rehabilitation and closure costs must be provided by an applicant for a mineral right prior to the approval of an EMP. NEMA now requires that this financial provision must be made prior to the issuing of an EA under NEMA.

New Financial Provision Regulations in regard to rehabilitation were published under NEMA in December 2015, which have been highly contentious due to gaps and contradictions with the Income Tax Act No. 58 of 1962; MPRDA and NEMA. They will require a substantial increase in financial provision required for rehabilitation, as they are far more onerous and now require financial provision to be provided for annual rehabilitation and, more significantly, the remediation of latent or residual environmental impacts which may become known in the future including the pumping and treatment of polluted or extraneous water (“Future Rehabilitation”). The Chamber of Mines has stated that the Financial Provision Regulations could have a crippling effect on the mining industry. The Financial Provision Regulations are the subject of a recent High Court application for an order clarifying their legality and/or meaning. Proposed amendments were published to the Financial Provision Regulations very shortly after the institution of this High Court application which, if enacted into law, may resolve some of the gaps and contradictions. Existing holders of mineral rights were required to align their financial provision approved under the MPRDA with the Financial Provision Regulations by mid-2017. This has recently been extended until mid-2019. Applicants for new mineral rights are however still required to provide financial provision in terms of the Financial Provision Regulations. This includes that a trust fund must be established for Future Rehabilitation and the contributions into the trust fund must be ceded to the DMR on mine closure. This required cession is contradictory to the Minister's discretion in the MPRDA to retain a portion of the financial provision.


- 98 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

A mining or prospecting right can be suspended or cancelled under the MPRDA if there is non-compliance with environmental legislation.

In April 2012, Maseve posted an environmental rehabilitation guarantee of Rand 58.5 million (approximately C$6.0 million at the time) as a requirement of Maseve’s mining right application. In October 2012, Maseve entered into an agreement with a third party insurer whereby a bond would be posted to the credit of the DMR against the Company’s Rand 58.5 million environmental guarantee for its mining right and the Company’s posted guarantee would be released back to the Company. The process was completed in fiscal 2013 and the posted guarantee has been returned to the Company. As a term of the agreement with the third party insurer, in October 2012, Maseve posted Rand 12 million on deposit with the Standard Bank of South Africa against its environmental guarantee obligation and will make further annual deposits of approximately Rand 12 million per annum until the full amount of the environmental guarantee is returned and the third party arrangement will be wound up or renewed at Maseve’s election. Interest on deposits will accrue to Maseve and Maseve will pay an annual fee of approximately Rand 600,000 to the insurer.

Mine Safety

Mine safety in South Africa is governed by the MHSA, which is enforced by the Inspectorate of Mine Health and Safety, a part of the DMR. The reporting provisions of the MHSA are aligned with the International Labour Organization’s Code of Practice on Recording and Notification of Occupational Accidents and Diseases. Under the MHSA, the Company is obligated, among other things, to ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that the Company’s mines are designed, constructed and equipped to provide conditions for safe operation and a healthy working environment and the mines are commissioned, operated, maintained and decommissioned in such a way that employees can perform their work without endangering their health and safety or that of any other person. The Company is also obliged to ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that persons who are not employees, but who may be directly affected by the Company’s mining activities are not exposed to any hazards relating to their health and safety. The MHSA also permits mine inspectors to issue safety compliance notices to mines under section 55 of the MHSA and, should the inspectors feel that the action is warranted, to temporarily close part or all of the operations under powers conferred by section 54 of the MHSA, pending compliance with the directives issued under the compliance notice.

An employer who has been instructed to temporarily close a mine or any part thereof in a section 54 notice has the remedy of approaching the Labour Court for urgent relief to suspend the operation of the section 54 notice until a review application to set aside that notice is determined by the Labour Court.

The Mine Health and Safety Amendment Act, No. 74 of 2008, which came into effect on May 30, 2009, criminalizes violations of the MHSA, increases the maximum fines to Rand 1 million per occurrence and creates the possibility that mining licenses could be revoked for continued safety violations. A number of guidelines on the implementation of mandatory codes of practice under sections 9(2) and 9(3) of the MHSA have been issued by the Chief Inspector of Mines and govern the provision of personal protective equipment for women in the SA Mining Industry; trackless mobile machines; cyanide management; underground rail bound equipment; conveyor belt installation for transport of mineral, material or personnel; and risk-based fatigue management.


- 99 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Royalty Payments

The Royalty Act, imposes a royalty on the first transfer of refined or unrefined minerals, payable to the state, calculated on the actual or deemed gross sales amount at the statutorily determined saleable condition (i.e. whether the mineral is in a refined or unrefined condition as determined in accordance with Schedule 1 and 2, respectively, of the Royalty Act).

The royalty rate in respect of refined minerals is calculated by dividing earnings before interest and taxes, or “EBIT” (as defined for purposes of the Royalty Act), by the product of 12.5 times gross revenue, calculated as a percentage, plus an additional 0.5% . EBIT refers to the taxable mining income of the holder of the right (with certain exceptions such as no deduction for interest payable and foreign exchange losses) before assessed losses but after capital expenditure. There is also an arm’s length adjustment, where applicable. A maximum royalty rate of 5% of revenue applies to refined minerals.

The royalty rate in respect of unrefined minerals is calculated by dividing EBIT by the product of nine times gross revenue, calculated as a percentage, plus an additional 0.5% . A maximum royalty rate of 7% applies to unrefined minerals.

Mining Taxation Review

In the 2013 Budget Speech, the Minister of Finance announced that the mineral and petroleum royalty regime has broadened the South African tax base and allowed for increased revenue during periods of high commodity prices, while providing relief to marginal mines when commodity prices and profitability are low. The broader review of the South African tax system will consider whether this approach is sufficiently robust and assess what the most appropriate mining tax regime is to ensure that South Africa remains a competitive investment destination.

To give effect to announcements made by the Minister of Finance in his 2013 budget speech, the Davis Tax Committee was established to assess South Africa’s tax policy framework and its role in supporting the objectives of inclusive growth, employment, development and fiscal sustainability. The Terms of Reference of the Davis Tax Committee includes a review of the current mining tax regime. The Davis Tax Committee submitted its First Interim Report on Mining on 1 July 2015 and made various recommendations, including that:

 

the mining corporate income tax regime be aligned with the tax system applicable to other taxpaying sectors generally, leaving the royalty system to respond to the non-renewable nature of mineral resources; and

   

 

the upfront capital expenditure write-off regime be discontinued and replaced with an accelerated capital expenditure depreciation regime in parity with the write-off periods provided for in respect of manufacturing assets.

These recommendations are still under consideration by the South African government.

Exchange Control

South African law provides for Exchange Control which, among other things, regulates the flow of capital from the Common Monetary Area of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland (“CMA”). The Currency and Exchanges Act, No. 9 of 1933 empowers the President of South Africa to make regulations in regard to any matter directly or indirectly relating to currency, banking or exchanges. The Minister of Finance is responsible for all matters regarding exchange control policy, and certain of these powers and functions have been delegated to the South African Reserve Bank, more specifically the Financial Surveillance Department.

The Exchange Control Regulations, which are administered by the Financial Surveillance Department are applied throughout the CMA and regulate transactions involving South African exchange control residents, including companies. The basic purpose of the Exchange Control Regulations is to mitigate the negative effects caused by a decline of foreign capital reserves in South Africa, which may result in the devaluation of the Rand against other currencies. It is the stated objective of the authorities to achieve equality of treatment between residents and non-residents for exchange control purposes as it relates to inflows and outflows of capital. While the South African government has relaxed exchange controls in recent years, the Company expects current exchange controls to remain in place for the foreseeable future.


- 100 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company is subject to various forms of such controls. The Company is generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa, hold foreign currency, incur indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies or acquire an interest in a foreign venture without the approval of the relevant South African exchange control authorities.

However, there are no exchange control restrictions between the members of the CMA as they form a single exchange control territory. Lesotho, Namibia and Swaziland have their own exchange control authorities as well as their own acts or regulations and rulings but in terms of the Common Monetary Area Agreement, their application must be at least as strict as that of South Africa. Accordingly the Company will not require the approval of the Financial Surveillance Department for investments and transfers of funds from South Africa to other CMA countries.

Carbon Tax/Climate Change Policies

After having published a number of papers on the introduction of a carbon tax, the South African government released the draft Carbon Tax Bill in November 2015 for comment by interested parties. Greenhouse gas emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels, fugitive emissions in respect of commodities, fuel or technology, and greenhouse gas emissions from industrial processes and product use will be subject to a carbon tax. During the first phase of implementation (ending 2020), it is proposed that the emission of greenhouse gasses be taxed at R120 per tonne of the carbon dioxide equivalent of the greenhouse gas emitted, which rate is expected to increase by 10% per annum. Emission factors will be used in order to calculate the carbon dioxide equivalent of the greenhouse gasses emitted. Various allowances will be available for taxpayers to reduce their final carbon tax liability by up to a maximum of 95%. On June 20, 2016, the South African government also released the draft regulations in respect of the carbon offset allowance. Taxpayers can qualify for a carbon offset allowance un to a maximum of 10%. The carbon offset allowance will not enable a taxpayer to reduce its final carbon tax liability beyond the maximum of 95%. When the tax-free thresholds are taken into account, the effective tax rate will be between R6 and R48 per tonne of carbon dioxide. Schedule 2 to the draft Carbon Tax Bill lists the sectors and industries in which taxpayers will be liable for carbon tax. Mining companies will generally fall within these sectors. The Minister of Environmental Affairs will publish a notice indicating which activities will render a person liable for the carbon tax. The agricultural, forestry and waste sectors will initially be excluded. . The draft Carbon Tax Bill is silent on the second phase post 2020, but it is generally expected to result in a further gradual ramp-up of the carbon tax. The rate and allowances will be reviewed for the second phase of implementation (after 2020). It is expected that the final legislation will come into operation some time during 2017, but further postponements are possible.

South African Companies Act

The Company’s South African subsidiaries are subject to the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (“Companies Act”) which came into force on May 1, 2011. The aim of the Companies Act is to modernize company law in South Africa so that it is comparable with leading jurisdictions around the world.

The Companies Act has introduced numerous new legal concepts into South African company law, and there are therefore some areas of uncertainty in the application and implementation of the Companies Act in these early stages of its existence. Various compliance obligations have been brought about for companies and their boards, including a requirement to ensure that a company’s constitutional documents are aligned with the Companies Act, and that any shareholders’ agreements that are in place are aligned with the company’s memorandum of incorporation and the Companies Act. There was essentially a two-year “grace period” for such alignment process to take place, in that, subject to certain exceptions, for two years after the commencement date of the Companies Act (May 1, 2011), a pre-existing company’s shareholders’ agreement and/or constitutional documents would have prevailed in the case of any inconsistency with the Companies Act. The position currently, after the lapse of the grace period, is that a company’s memorandum of incorporation prevails over the shareholders' agreement and the Companies Act in turn prevails over both. Although not peremptory, the Company has registered new memoranda of incorporation for the Company’s South African subsidiaries.


- 101 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Companies Act also requires that certain categories of companies have in place certain committees, namely audit committees (for all public and state owned companies) and social and ethics committees (for all listed public companies and state owned companies as well as other companies that reach a certain “public interest score” in terms of the Companies Regulations, 2011). The “public interest score” takes into account the number of shareholders and employees of the company, as well as the amount of the company’s debt and annual turnover.

Failure to comply with the Companies Act can lead to compliance notices being issued by the CIPC, administrative fines and civil liability for damages caused by non-compliance. The Company’s South African subsidiaries may also be liable under the Companies Act to “any” other person for any loss or damage suffered by that person as a result of the Company’s subsidiary’s non-compliance with the Companies Act.

The Companies Act extends shareholders’ rights and recourse against companies and directors. Also, directors, prescribed officers and committee members will now face more extensive and stricter grounds for personal liability for their actions in carrying out their functions within the company than was the case under the previous regime. The Companies Act introduces class action suits against companies, directors and company officers by persons whose rights are affected by the company. Companies will thus face a greater risk of litigation and the costs thereof. Minority shareholders’ rights in the context of mergers and other fundamental transactions have also been increased substantially, such as the introduction of appraisal rights and the ability to set aside and review special resolutions approving such transactions. This could result in the hindrance of such transactions.

The Companies Act has also introduced fairly extensive regulation of financial assistance given among related and inter related companies, in that there must be shareholder approval, compliance with solvency and liquidity tests, and fairness and reasonableness in relation to such financial assistance. This for instance affects intra group loan and security arrangements, as well transactions with third parties where guarantees or other security within a group of companies is given. This affects financial assistance given by South African companies, and would accordingly affect financial assistance given by South African companies to non-South African related entities.

The Companies Act prohibits companies from creating any further par value shares. If a company wishes to increase its share capital, it will have to convert all of its pre-existing par value shares into shares of no par value. The revenue authorities have issued a ruling with respect to the tax treatment of such conversions to the effect that such conversions shall not be viewed as “disposals”. This may become relevant in respect of the Company’s South African subsidiaries should their share capital be required to be increased at any stage for whatever reason.

An important innovation of the Companies Act is that of business rescue, which is modelled to some extent on the United States “Chapter 11” bankruptcy procedures. Business rescue is a largely non-judicial, commercial process that aims to rescue a financially distressed company and maximize the likelihood of the company’s continued existence on a solvent basis.

Companies in South Africa can be deregistered if they fail to timeously lodge their annual returns. This means that the company ceases to exist as a separate juristic person, and that all of its rights and assets devolve to the state by operation of law. A company’s registration can be reinstated by application either to the CIPC or the High Court. Currently, under the Companies Act there is uncertainty in the case-law around the exact legal consequences of such reinstatement and whether the rights and assets automatically re-vest, with retrospective effect, in the company. The Company ensures that at all times the requisite filings and returns of its South African subsidiaries with CIPC are up-to-date and thereby ensures that such subsidiaries are not deregistered.

Land Use

While national and provincial laws and policies exist and may be developed for land use planning (including the Spatial Planning and Land Use Management Act, No. 16 of 2013, which has been assented to but is not yet in force), municipalities are constitutionally empowered to regulate the effective administration of land use planning within their respective jurisdictions. Land use regulation is primarily implemented through restrictive conditions of title registered against the title deeds of properties, zoning schemes which determine and administer land use rights and the restrictions on such rights. The zoning schemes reflect all permissible land use rights on properties within the municipality’s area of jurisdiction. Deviations from the zoning scheme are only permissible upon application for the necessary departure, land use consent or re-zoning application as regulated by the applicable scheme.


- 102 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

While previously it was in dispute whether municipal planning had the power to regulate mining activities, April 2012 Constitutional Court judgments in the cases of Maccsand (Proprietary) Limited v City of Cape Town and Others and Minister for Mineral Resources v Swartland Municipality and others confirmed that town planning approvals and consents are required for mining activities. A High Court decision has indicated that such consents will likewise be required for prospecting activities. The effect of these judgments is that all mining and prospecting operations need to be conducted on land which is appropriately zoned for mining or prospecting. Mining companies run the risk of being interdicted from continuing with their operations pending a re-zoning if the land on which they are operating is not appropriately zoned. The practical implications of complying with these judgments are numerous. These include that there may be different land uses on one property, particularly where only prospecting is taking place. These implications will need to be considered further by the Company’s operations. This is further complicated by the fact that there are several provincial land use planning laws for different provinces.

In addition to statutory controls, certain private law rights may also impact on land use planning in general. Zoning schemes are subject to the real rights created by restrictive conditions of title. The implication is that if zoning schemes permit a land use which is prohibited by a restrictive condition of title, such condition will first have to be removed in terms of the relevant legislation (Removal of Restrictions Act, No. 84 of 1967). Servitudes may also impact on land use planning, for instance servitudes registered in respect of infrastructure. Contravention of these real rights may result in a demolition order being granted in respect of unlawful development.

Another aspect which requires consideration is who should apply for such re-zoning. Although land owners would typically be the applicant, the Company’s operations are not always conducted on land which the Company owns. Accordingly, the Company has been required to request amendments to zoning schemes in municipalities in which the Company intends to prospect or mine and has obtained rezoning permission in regard to the Maseve Mine.

Dealing in precious metals

All operations which acquire, refine, beneficiate, possess or dispose of gold, any metals of the platinum group, or any ores of such metals, are required to obtain authorisations to do so under the Precious Metals Act No. 37 of 2007. These authorisations include metal beneficiation licences, refining licences and precious metals export approvals. Applications for such authorisations must be made to the South African Diamond and Precious Metals Regulator. Refining licences can be issued for up to 30 years, whilst precious metals beneficiation licences can be issued for periods of up to ten years. The issue of certain licences under the Precious Metals Act requires that the applicant be complaint with the BEE provisions of the Mining Charter.

Land Claims

Under the Land Claims Act, as amended, any person who was dispossessed of rights in land in South Africa after June 19, 1913 as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices without payment of just and equitable compensation is granted certain remedies and is entitled to redress. Under the Land Claims Act, persons entitled to institute a land claim were required to lodge their claims by December 31, 1998.

The Land Claims Act also entitles the South African Minister of Rural Development and Land Reform to acquire ownership of land by way of expropriation either for claimants who are entitled to restitution of land, or, in respect of land over which no claim has been lodged but the acquisition of which is directly related to or affected by such claim, will promote restitution of land to claimants or alternative relief.


- 103 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Expropriation would be subject to provisions of legislation and the Constitution, which provide, in general, for just and equitable compensation.

The South African Minister of Rural Development and Land Reform may not, however, restore land to a claimant without a court order or an agreement being reached between the affected parties for the purposes of achieving restitution.

The Restitution Amendment Act took effect on July 1, 2014. The Restitution Amendment Act introduced significant amendments to the Land Claims Act, most notably allowing for land claims by persons previously disposed of land under apartheid laws to again be submitted, despite the previous cut-of date having expired approximately 15 years ago. The new period for lodging claims will be until June 30, 2019, which may arguably create a possible resurgence of new restitution claims.

In order to substantiate a claim for restitution, a person is required to demonstrate that:

he/she is a person or it is a deceased estate dispossessed of a right in land after June 19, 1913, as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices;

he/she is the direct descendant of a person referred to above who has died without lodging a claim and has no ascendant who: (i) is a direct descendant of a person referred to above and (ii) has lodged a claim for the restitution of a right in land; or

it is a community or part of a community dispossessed of a right in land after June 19, 1913, as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices.

Under the Land Claims Act a successful claimant may be granted either return of the dispossessed land (referred to as “restoration”) or equitable redress (which includes the granting of an appropriate right in alternative state-owned land; or payment of compensation). If restoration is claimed, the Land Claims Act requires, inter alia, the feasibility of such restoration to be considered. Under recent case law, restoration of land may only be given in circumstances where a claimant can use the land productively, with the feasibility of restoration being dependent on the costs.

The procedure for lodging a land claim is that a claim must be lodged with the Land Claims Commissioner. The land claim will then be investigated by the Land Claims Commissioner, after which the claim will be published in the Government Gazette and in the media circulating nationally and in the relevant province. The Land Claims Act provides that, if at any stage during the course of the investigation of a land claim, it becomes evident that:

there are two or more competing claims in respect of the same land (whether by communities or otherwise); or

the land that is subject to the claim is not state-owned land, and the owner or holder of rights in such land is opposed to the claim; or

there is any other issue which might usefully be resolved through mediation and negotiation,

the Chief Land Claims Commissioner may direct the parties concerned to attempt to settle their dispute through mediation or negotiation. It further provides that if, upon completion of an investigation of a land claim, it is agreed that it is not possible to settle the claim by mediation or negotiation, the claim may be referred to the Land Claims Court for final determination.

Beneficiation

The beneficiation of mineral resources in South Africa is regulated by three main pieces of legislation, namely the MPRDA, through section 26 thereof, the Precious Metals Act, No. 37 of 2005 and the Diamonds Act, No. 58 of 1986 (as amended).

In addition to the legislative framework aimed at promoting local beneficiation of minerals, the DMR has developed and adopted a beneficiation strategy which identifies value chains for the purpose of beneficiation of certain minerals in South Africa (which is also in line with the developmental goals set-out in the National Development Plan adopted by the South African government). The Mining Charter (as discussed above) also includes an incentive for mining companies to offset the value of the level of beneficiation achieved by the company against a portion of its HDSA ownership requirement, not exceeding 11%, in an effort to promote local beneficiation.


- 104 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The legislation at the center of the initiation or promotion of beneficiation of mineral resources is the MPRDA. Section 26 of the MPRDA regulates the Minister’s power to initiate and promote beneficiation of minerals in South Africa. The term ‘beneficiation’ was not defined by the MPRDA. The MPRDA Amendment Act, 2008 introduced a definition for beneficiation, which will again be amended by the Amendment Bill. The Amendment Bill defines beneficiation as, "the transformation, value addition or downstream beneficiation of a mineral and petroleum resource (or a combination of minerals) to a higher value product, over baselines to be determined by the Minister, which can either be consumed locally or exported". As the section currently reads, the Minister may prescribe levels of beneficiation of a particular mineral should he establish, on advice from the Minerals and Mining Board and consulting with the Minister of Trade and Industry, that a particular mineral can be beneficiated economically in South Africa. Further, a person who intends to beneficiate any minerals mined in South Africa, outside of the country may only do so with the written consent of and in consultation with the Minister.

The Amendment Bill, if signed into law in its present form, will radically amend the current provisions of section 26. The Amendment Bill will oblige the Minister to initiate the downstream beneficiation of minerals or mineral products in South Africa by designating certain minerals or mineral products for local beneficiation. The Amendment Bill refers to both “designated minerals” and “strategic minerals”, however only the definition of “designated minerals” is used in the body of the Amendment Bill. The term “designated minerals” is used in the context of the promotion of local beneficiation of minerals or mineral products in South Africa at prescribed levels in terms of section 26. It is not clear how the term “strategic minerals” differs from “designated minerals”, or in what context the Minister will be able to declare a mineral as a "designated mineral" or a “strategic mineral”.

The Amendment Bill provides that the Minister must, in consultation with Ministers of other national government departments, designate certain minerals or mineral products for local beneficiation. However before declaring a mineral or mineral product as a designated mineral for local beneficiation, the Minister must take into consideration the national developmental imperatives (such as macro-economic stability, energy security, industrialization, food security and infrastructure development) of South Africa and the advice of the Ministerial Council as contemplated by the new section 56B of the Amendment Bill. Once the Minister deems a mineral or mineral product to constitute a designated mineral for local beneficiation after completing the aforesaid process, the Minister must designate such mineral or mineral product in the Government Gazette as a “designated mineral” and further indicate that:

the conditions required to ensure security of supply of the mineral or mineral product;

the percentage of the mineral or mineral product which must be offered to local beneficiators; and

the prescribed quality, quantity and timelines at duration which the mineral must be made available.

It would appear from section 21 of the Amendment Bill that there is an obligation on the producer or mining company to make a percentage (to be determined by regulations) of the designated mineral or mineral product available to local beneficiators at an agreed price or a mine gate price. Mine-gate price is defined as the price, excluding value added tax, of the mineral at the time that it leaves the mine and excludes charges such as transport and delivery charges from the mine or processing area to the local beneficiator. The producer may also require Ministerial consent to sell the mineral or mineral product on the export market. This uncertainty will need to be clarified by regulation or by conditions imposed by the Minister in respect of a designated mineral. There is however a risk that delays caused by this approval process could further deter investment in the Company as investors might be cautious to investing in the development of a mineral which could potentially be restricted from export.

Labour Relations Act

The Constitution gives every person the right to fair labour practices. The Labour Relations Act, No. 66 of 1995 (“LRA”) is the principal legislation that gives effect to the framework in which employees, employers and industrial relations at an individual and collective level are regulated. As a premise the LRA regulates the manner in which employees, employers, trade unions and employer’s organizations interact and engage with one another in the work place. This includes processes related to collective bargaining, wage determination, determination of terms and conditions of employment, the formulation of industrial policy and employee participation in the decision-making processes.


- 105 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The LRA framework holistically is geared at the protection of employee and employer rights through various structures. Principally the LRA allows for the creation of trade unions and employer’s organizations. The extent of entitlement of the trade union is subject to the size of its membership base. Depending on the number of employees who are members of the trade union, the trade union will be allowed access to the workplace, representation at the workplace, to have meetings at the workplace and to access to information concerned with the employment of the employees. To be entitled to enter into collective agreements with the employer, the trade union must have as its members the majority of the employees at the workplace. The LRA endorses a co-operative approach whereby two or more trade unions can aggregate their membership for the purposes of achieving majority status in a collective bargaining unit or forum.

Collective agreements entered into between the trade union and the employer will bind all employees employed by the employer, regardless of their trade union affiliations, for the whole period of the agreement. The LRA does not provide for a statutory duty to bargain collectively or otherwise, and therefore such conduct is purely a voluntary decision.

At a greater level the LRA allows for the creation of bargaining and statutory councils. Such councils can be established both for more than one registered trade union or employer’s organization. Such councils will be established per sector or area. Councils in this regard will, amongst others, be entitled to conclude collective agreements and to engage in the resolution of disputes.

If a dispute between the employer and employee arises the LRA clearly delineates the lawful context in which this may occur. As a premise the LRA strictly stipulates and regulates the requirements for a lawful strike, lockout or picketing. In this regard the LRA expressly identifies who is allowed to engage in industrial action of this nature, which processes must be followed and for which purposes employees and employers may engage in such industrial action. Should the industrial action require the parties to engage in a process of consultation and negotiation, the LRA also prescribes the procedures to be followed.

If the conduct of the parties, for whatever reason, result in the dismissal of employees the LRA establishes the Commission for Conciliation, Mediation and Arbitration (“CCMA”) as a principal forum for the resolution of disputes resulting from the dismissal. The LRA defines unlawful dismissals as being either automatically or not automatically unfair. The type of dismissal will depend on the nature thereof and the prevailing circumstances at the time of dismissal, an example being dismissals arising from operational requirements.

A process of mediation and conciliation is pre-emptory in this regard. Should the dispute remain unresolved, parties will be required to enter into a process of arbitration, and the award made by the Commissioner would be final.

Employment Equity Act

Subject to recent amendments to the Employment Equity Act, No. 55 of 1998 (“EEA”) it is imperative that regard must be had of the necessity to remunerate employees equally based on the principle of equal pay for work of equal value. Work will be identified as of equal value when the work done by the employee is the same, substantially the same or of equal value when compared to an appropriate comparator.

To determine whether differentiation between employees occurs, the EEA identifies 22 listed grounds upon which an employer could potentially differentiate between employees. Differentiation in this regard is presumed to be unfair discrimination between employees. The EEA furthermore identifies an “arbitrary ground” of differentiation as a ground upon which unfair discrimination can take place.

Should an employer be guilty of not remunerating employees equally based on the principle of equal pay for work of equal value, discriminating against an employee on a listed ground, or of sexual harassment, the EEA also identifies the CCMA as the forum of first instance to resolve the dispute through a process of conciliation. Should the dispute remain unresolved after conciliation, the matter may either be referred to the Labour Court for adjudication, or remain with the CCMA for arbitration if the requirements imposed by the EEA are met.


- 106 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

5.3 – Risk Factors

The Company’s securities should be considered a highly speculative investment due to the nature of the Company’s business and present stage of exploration and development of its mineral properties. Resource exploration and development is a speculative business, characterized by a number of significant risks including, among other things, unprofitable efforts resulting not only from the failure to discover mineral deposits but also from finding mineral deposits, which, though present, are insufficient in quantity or quality to return a profit from production. Investors should carefully consider all of the information disclosed in the Company’s Canadian and U.S. regulatory filings prior to making an investment in the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, the following risk factors should be given special consideration when evaluating an investment in the Company’s securities. Additional risks not currently known to the Company, or that the Company currently deems immaterial, may also impair the Company’s operations.

Risks Relating to the Company

The Company may require additional financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

The Company may be required to source additional financing by way of private or public offerings of equity or debt or the sale of project or property interests in order to have sufficient working capital for the development and operation of Project 1 and the continued exploration on the Waterberg Project, as well as for general working capital purposes. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility, if the Company or any of its subsidiaries closes one or more equity or debt financing (excluding intercompany financings) on or before December 31, 2017, Sprott may elect to require the proceeds of such financing, net of reasonable financing costs, be paid to the Sprott Lenders in repayment of the remaining outstanding amount of the Second Advance. In addition, under the terms of the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities, 50% of the proceeds from any equity or debt financings (excluding intercompany financings) with a value exceeding US$1 million that close after January 31, 2017, in the case of the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility (not including financings where the proceeds are used to repay the Second Advance, at the election of the Sprott Lenders) and December 31, 2017, in the case of the LMM Facility, are to be paid to the Lenders in partial repayment of the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities, subject to terms and conditions of an Intercreditor Agreement between Sprott and LMM.

The success and the pricing of any such capital raising and/or debt financing will be dependent upon the prevailing market conditions at that time. There can be no assurance that financing will be available to the Company or, if it is available, that it will be offered on acceptable terms. If additional financing is raised through the issuance of the securities, this may have a depressive effect on the price of the common shares of the Company and the interests of shareholders in the net assets of the Company may be diluted.

Any failure by the Company to obtain required financing on acceptable terms or on a timely basis could cause the Company to delay development of its material projects or could result in the Company being forced to sell some of its assets on an untimely or unfavorable basis. Any such delay or sale could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Any default under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities could result in the loss of the Company’s entire interest in PTM RSA, and therefore its interests in Project 1, Project 3 and the Waterberg Project.

The Company has a history of losses and it anticipates continuing to incur losses.

The Company has a history of losses. The Company anticipates continued losses until it can successfully place one or more of its properties into commercial production on a profitable basis. It could be years before the Company receives any profits from any production of metals, if ever. If the Company is unable to generate significant revenues with respect to its properties, the Company will not be able to earn profits or continue operations.


- 107 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service its debt, the terms of the agreements governing the Company’s debt may restrict its current or future operations and the indebtedness may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s ability to make scheduled payments on the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities will depend on its ability to successfully ramp-up production at Project 1, and on the Company’s financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond its control. If the Company’s cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund its debt service obligations, the Company could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance the Company’s indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. The Company may not be able to effect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternatives may not allow the Company to meet its scheduled debt service obligations.

In addition, a breach of the covenants under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities or the Company’s other debt instruments from time to time could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt, may result in the imposition of default interest, and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross acceleration or cross default provision applies. In particular, a cross default provision applies to the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. In the event a Lender accelerates the repayment of the Company’s borrowings, the Company may not have sufficient assets to repay its indebtedness.

The Project 1 Working Capital Facilities contain a number of covenants that impose operating and financial restrictions on the Company and may limit the Company’s ability to engage in acts that may be in its long term best interest. In particular, the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities restrict the Company’s ability to modify material contracts, to dispose of assets, to use the proceeds from permitted dispositions, to incur additional indebtedness, to enter into transactions with affiliates, and to grant security interests or encumbrances and to use proceeds from future debt or equity financings. In addition, the Company must obtain the consent of the agent under each Project 1 Working Capital Facility to consolidate and contribute the Waterberg JV Project and the Waterberg Extension Project to Waterberg JV Co. Such consents may not be unreasonably withheld by the agents. As a result of these restrictions, the Company may be limited in how it conducts its business, may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing, may be unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities or may become in breach of its obligations to joint venture partners and others, each of which may affect the Company’s ability to grow in accordance with its strategy or may otherwise adversely affect its business and financial condition.

Further, the Company’s maintenance of substantial levels of debt could adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations and could adversely affect its flexibility to take advantage of corporate opportunities. Substantial levels of indebtedness could have important consequences to the Company, including:

  •  

limiting the Company’s ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements, or requiring the Company to make non-strategic divestitures;

   

  •  

requiring a substantial portion of the Company’s cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

   

  •  

increasing the Company’s vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

   

  •  

exposing the Company to the risk of increased interest rates for any borrowings at variable rates of interest;

   

  •  

limiting the Company’s flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which it competes;



- 108 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

•   placing the Company at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and
   
•   increasing the Company’s cost of borrowing.

The Company has granted first and second ranking security interests in favour of the Lenders over all of its personal property, subject to certain exceptions, and the Company has pledged its shares of PTM RSA to the Lenders under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

To secure its obligations under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities (and in the case of the LMM Facility, the PPA between the Company, PTM RSA and LMM, dated November 19, 2015, as amended, with respect to Project 1 and Project 3), the Company has entered into a general security agreement under which the Company has granted first and second ranking security interests in favour of the Lenders over all of its present and after-acquired personal property, subject to certain exceptions, and a share pledge agreement pursuant to which the Company has granted a first and second priority security interest in favour of the Lenders over all of the issued shares in the capital of PTM RSA. PTM RSA has also guaranteed the Company’s obligations to the Lenders. These security interests and guarantee may impact the Company’s ability to obtain project financing for the Waterberg Project or its ability to secure other types of financing. The Project 1 Working Capital Facilities have various covenants and provisions, including target production provisions, payment covenants and financial tests that must be satisfied and complied with during the term of the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. There is no assurance that such covenants will be satisfied. Any default under Project 1 Working Capital Facilities, including any covenants thereunder, could result in the loss of the Company’s entire interest in PTM RSA, and therefore its interests in Project 1, Project 3 and the Waterberg Project.

The Company has a history of negative operating cash flow, and may continue to experience negative operating cash flow.

The Company has had negative operating cash flow in recent financial years. The Company’s ability to achieve and sustain positive operating cash flow will depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s ability to produce at Project 1 on a profitable basis and advance the Waterberg Project into production. To the extent that the Company has negative cash flow in future periods, the Company may need to deploy a portion of its cash reserves to fund such negative cash flow. The Project 1 Working Capital Facilities require that the Company maintain consolidated cash and cash equivalents of at least US$5.0 million and working capital in excess of US$5.0 million. The LMM Facility requires that the Company maintain a debt service coverage ratio of at least 1.20 to 1. The Company may be required to raise additional funds through the issuance of additional equity or debt securities to satisfy the minimum cash balance requirements under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. The Project 1 Working Capital Facilities provide, however, that a portion of the proceeds from any equity or debt financings (excluding intercompany financings) are required to be paid to the Lenders in partial repayment of the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities, subject to the terms and conditions of an Intercreditor Agreement between Sprott and LMM. See ”Business of the Company — Project 1 Working Capital Facilities”. There can be no assurance that additional debt or equity financing or other types of financing will be available if needed or that these financings will be on terms at least as favorable to the Company as those obtained previously.

The Company may not be able to continue as a going concern.

The Company has limited financial resources. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon, among other things, the Company establishing commercial quantities of mineral reserves and successfully establishing profitable production of such minerals or, alternatively, disposing of its interests on a profitable basis. Any unexpected costs, problems or delays could severely impact the Company’s ability to continue exploration and development activities. Should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern, realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in other than the normal course of business may be at amounts materially different than the Company’s estimates. The amounts attributed to the Company’s exploration properties in its financial statements represent acquisition and exploration costs and should not be taken to represent realizable value.

There may be further delays in the production ramp-up of Project 1 which could result in a default under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and prospects.


- 109 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The ramp-up of production at Project 1 has been slower than anticipated and the Company may experience further delays. Timelines are based on management’s current expectations and may be affected by a number of factors, including:

•  

the availability of adequate funds to complete underground development, including the anticipated net proceeds of an offering, or funds obtained through alternative sources of financing;

 

 

•  

consultants’ analyses and recommendations;

 

 

•  

the rate at which expenditures are incurred;

 

 

•  

delays in construction schedules;

 

 

•  

contractor performance and delivery of services, changes in contractors or their scope of work or any disputes with contractors;

 

 

•  

availability of major equipment and personnel;

 

 

•  

the Company’s ability to maintain requisite permits and licenses (including a water use license, and the environmental authorization held by Maseve);

 

 

•  

other potentially required authorizations arising from recent legislative amendments; and

 

 

•  

the rate of underground development in the north and south declines.

Some of the above factors are beyond the Company’s control and could cause management’s timelines not to be realized. It is common for mining projects to experience unexpected costs, problems and delays. The targeted start date for first concentrate production at Project 1 in the fourth quarter of calendar 2015 was delayed. Delays in production ramp-up at Project 1 have also occurred. While there has been no material cost overrun with regard to capital costs, the delay in ramp-up of production at Project 1 has caused a delay in the Company’s receipt of anticipated production revenue. The Company had planned to use this revenue to cover a portion of the ongoing capital costs of Project 1. As of September 30, 2016, the anticipated production revenue shortfall of approximately US$42 million has been accommodated by amounts drawn down under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. Further delays in the production ramp-up of Project 1 could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and prospects and may also result in a default under the target production provisions of the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities, which may accelerate amounts due thereunder and permit the Lenders to realize on any applicable security thereunder. This could result in a complete loss of the Company’s assets, including its investment in PTM RSA, and therefore in Project 1, Project 3 and the Waterberg Project. There is no assurance that insurance for any interruption in production at Project 1 will be available to the Company on economic terms or in such amounts as would be adequate to cover all losses or at all.

Interruptions in production may trigger events of default under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. Under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities, the Company will be in default if it fails to meet rolling three-month average production targets at Project 1, starting on October 31, 2016. If the Company fails to meet these production targets, there is no guarantee that LMM or the Sprott Lenders will agree to further amendments to the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. Any default under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities could result in the loss of the Company’s interest in PTM RSA and therefore its interests in Project 1, Project 3 and the Waterberg Project.

There can be no assurance that underground development and production ramp-up at Project 1 will meet its production ramp-up timeline or be completed at all or that production at Project 1 will meet the Company’s expectations.

The Company is in the process of underground development and production ramp-up at Project 1. While the Company expects commercial production to be achieved in the first half of 2017, there can be no assurance that the Company will meet this target. In addition, the Company has certain expectations with respect to performance of Project 1, but there can be no assurance that after the underground development and production ramp-up is complete that Project 1 will perform to such expectations. Delays in the underground development and production ramp-up and lower-than-expected performance could impact the Company’s revenue and cash flow or result in an event of default relating to the target production provisions under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities.


- 110 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Until such time that steady state commercial production is achieved at Project 1, there is no guarantee that Project 1 will generate projected revenue or cash flow.

The Company’s properties, including Project 1, may not be brought into a state of commercial production.

Although the Company has completed commissioning at Project 1, underground development and production ramp-up continue and Project 1 has not yet reached commercial production. Development of mineral properties involves a high degree of risk and few properties that are explored are ultimately developed into producing mines. The commercial viability of a mineral deposit is dependent upon a number of factors which are beyond the Company’s control, including the attributes of the deposit, commodity prices, government policies and regulation and environmental protection. Fluctuations in the market prices of minerals may render reserves and deposits containing relatively lower grades of mineralization uneconomic. The development of the Company’s properties, including Project 1, will require obtaining land use consents, permits and the construction and operation of mines, processing plants and related infrastructure. Although Project 1 has been granted the necessary permits and land use zoning, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with establishing new mining operations, including:

•  

the timing and cost, which can be considerable, of the construction of mining and processing facilities and related infrastructure;

 

•  

the availability and cost of skilled labour and mining equipment;

 

•  

the availability and cost of appropriate smelting and/or refining arrangements;

 

•  

the need to obtain and maintain necessary environmental and other governmental approvals and permits, and the timing of those approvals and permits;

 

•  

in the event that the required permits are not obtained in a timely manner, the risks of government environmental authorities issuing directives or commencing enforcement proceedings to cease operations or administrative, civil and criminal sanctions being imposed on the Company, its directors and employees;

 

•  

the availability of funds to finance construction and development activities;

 

•  

potential opposition from non-governmental organizations, environmental groups or local groups which may delay or prevent development activities; and

 

•  

potential increases in construction and operating costs due to changes in the cost of fuel, power, materials and supplies and foreign exchange rates.

The costs, timing and complexities of mine construction and development are increased by the remote location of the Waterberg Project, with additional challenges related thereto, including water and power supply and other support infrastructure. For example, water resources are scarce at the Waterberg Project. If the Company should decide to mine at the Waterberg Project, it will have to establish sources of water and develop the infrastructure required to transport water to the project area. Similarly, the Company will need to secure a suitable location by purchase or long term lease of surface or access rights at the Waterberg Project to establish the surface rights necessary to mine and process.

It is common in new mining operations to experience unexpected costs, problems and delays during development, construction and mine ramp-up. Accordingly, there are no assurances that the Company’s properties, including Project 1, will be brought into a state of commercial production.


- 111 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Estimates of mineral reserves and mineral resources are based on interpretation and assumptions and are inherently imprecise.

The mineral resource and mineral reserve estimates contained in this AIF and the other documents incorporated by reference herein have been determined and valued based on assumed future prices, cut off grades and operating costs. However, until mineral deposits are actually mined and processed, mineral reserves and mineral resources must be considered as estimates only. Any such estimates are expressions of judgment based on knowledge, mining experience, analysis of drilling results and industry practices. Estimates of operating costs are based on assumptions including those relating to inflation and currency exchange, which may prove incorrect. Estimates of mineralization can be imprecise and depend upon geological interpretation and statistical inferences drawn from drilling and sampling analysis, which may prove to be unreliable. In addition, the grade and/or quantity of precious metals ultimately recovered may differ from that indicated by drilling results. There can be no assurance that precious metals recovered in small scale tests will be duplicated in large scale tests under onsite conditions or in production scale. Amendments to the mine plans and production profiles may be required as the amount of resources changes or upon receipt of further information during the implementation phase of the project. Extended declines in market prices for platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold may render portions of the Company’s mineralization uneconomic and result in reduced reported mineralization. Any material reductions in estimates of mineralization, or of the Company’s ability to develop its properties and extract and sell such minerals, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Actual capital costs, operating costs, production and economic returns may differ significantly from those the Company has anticipated and there are no assurances that any future development activities will result in profitable mining operations.

The capital costs to take the Company’s projects into commercial production may be significantly higher than anticipated. None of the Company’s mineral properties has an operating history upon which the Company can base estimates of future operating costs. Decisions about the development of the Company’s mineral properties will ultimately be based upon feasibility studies. Feasibility studies derive estimates of cash operating costs based upon, among other things:

anticipated tonnage, grades and metallurgical characteristics of the ore to be mined and processed;

 

 

•  

anticipated recovery rates of metals from the ore;

 

 

•  

cash operating costs of comparable facilities and equipment; and

 

 

•  

anticipated climatic conditions.

Capital costs, operating costs, production and economic returns and other estimates contained in studies or estimates prepared by or for the Company may differ significantly from those anticipated by the Company’s current studies and estimates, and there can be no assurance that the Company’s actual capital and operating costs will not be higher than currently anticipated. To date, cost escalation in Rand terms has been substantially offset by a weaker Rand, but there is no guarantee that this outcome will continue. As a result of higher capital and operating costs, production and economic returns may differ significantly from those the Company has anticipated.

The Company is subject to the risk of fluctuations in the relative values of the U.S. Dollar, the Rand and the Canadian Dollar.

The Company may be adversely affected by foreign currency fluctuations. Effective September 1, 2015, the Company adopted U.S. Dollars as the currency for the presentation of its financial statements. Historically, the Company has primarily generated funds through equity investments into the Company denominated in Canadian or U.S. Dollars. In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions for the purchase of supplies and services primarily denominated in Rand or Canadian Dollars. The Company also has assets, cash and liabilities denominated in Rand, Canadian Dollars and U.S. Dollars. Several of the Company’s options to acquire properties or surface rights in South Africa may result in payments by the Company denominated in Rand or in U.S. Dollars. Exploration, development and administrative costs to be funded by the Company in South Africa will also be denominated in Rand. Settlement of sales of minerals from the Company’s projects, once commercial production commences, will be in Rand, and will be converted to U.S. Dollars to make payment of principal and interest on the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and the Rand or Canadian Dollar may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results.


- 112 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

In addition, South Africa has in the past experienced double digit rates of inflation. If South Africa experiences substantial inflation in the future, the Company’s costs in Rand terms will increase significantly, subject to movements in applicable exchange rates. Inflationary pressures may also curtail the Company’s ability to access global financial markets in the longer term and its ability to fund planned capital expenditures, and could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Potential downgrades to South Africa’s sovereign currency ratings by international ratings agencies also would likely adversely affect the value of the Rand relative to the Canadian or U.S. Dollar. The South African government’s response to inflation or other significant macroeconomic pressures may include the introduction of policies or other measures that could increase the Company’s costs, reduce operating margins and materially adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Metal prices are subject to change, and low prices or a substantial or extended decline or volatility in such prices could materially and adversely affect the value of the Company’s mineral properties and potential future results of operations and cash flows.

Metal prices have historically been subject to significant price fluctuations. No assurance may be given that metal prices will remain stable. Significant price fluctuations over short periods of time may be generated by numerous factors beyond the control of the Company, including:

•  

domestic and international economic and political trends;

 

 

•  

expectations of inflation;

 

 

•  

currency exchange fluctuations;

 

 

•  

interest rates;

 

 

•  

global or regional consumption patterns;

 

 

•  

speculative activities; and

 

 

•  

increases or decreases in production due to improved mining and production methods.

Low metal prices or significant or continued reductions or volatility in metal prices may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, including the amount of the Company’s mineral reserves, the economic attractiveness of the Company’s projects, the Company’s ability to obtain financing and develop projects, the amount of the Company’s revenues or profit or loss and the value of the Company’s assets. An impairment in the value of the Company’s assets would require such assets to be written down to their estimated net recoverable amount. The Company wrote down certain assets as at August 31, 2016. See the Company’s financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2016.

The failure of the Company or its joint venture partners to fund their pro-rata share of funds under the respective joint ventures may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

The Company, through its subsidiaries, participates in joint ventures with various partners. In particular, PTM RSA, Africa Wide and Maseve are parties to the Maseve Shareholders Agreement related to the exploration and development of Project 1 and Project 3. On October 18, 2013, Africa Wide advised the Company that it would not be funding its approximately US$21.8 million share of a six-month budget and cash call unanimously approved by the board of directors of Maseve. On March 3, 2014, Africa Wide advised the Company that it would not be funding its approximately US$21.52 million share of a second cash call. Africa Wide’s decision may result in significant adverse effects on the Company and Maseve, including delays, increases in expenses, less advantageous financing terms and, potentially, the halting of operations at Project 1. For example, as a result of Africa Wide’s decision not to fund its cash calls, a procurement freeze was implemented on Project 1 for approximately 12 weeks from late 2013 into 2014, which resulted in delays to the acquisition and procurement of various goods and services, delaying mill and surface infrastructure construction. Any failure by PTM RSA, Africa Wide or any future shareholder under the Maseve Shareholders Agreement to contribute its pro-rata share of a cash call would result in dilution of that party’s interest in proportion to the shortfall, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company as discussed below.


- 113 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Pursuant to the terms of the JOGMEC 2nd Amendment, JOGMEC has been funding all work on the Waterberg Project in accordance with a US$20 million commitment. If the corporatization of the Waterberg Project is completed and the Waterberg Project becomes held by Waterberg JV Co., it is anticipated that the procedures governing further funding for the Waterberg Project will be set forth in a new shareholders’ agreement among PTM RSA, JOGMEC and Mnombo. This agreement is in the process of being negotiated, based on provisions set forth in the JOGMEC Agreement, as amended by the JOGMEC 2nd Amendment. If closing of the JOGMEC 2nd Amendment does not occur, the JOGMEC 2nd Agreement will terminate and the parties will default to the JOGMEC Agreement arrangement, with such portion of the US$20 million in expenditures funding already paid by JOGMEC being deemed to be an advance by JOGMEC towards its future spending commitments on the Waterberg JV Project. The Company and Mnombo will be required to make corresponding cash payments in respect of the Waterberg JV Project to pro rata match the advance payments made by JOGMEC, within 120 days of the termination of the JOGMEC 2nd Amendment, failing which they shall suffer equity dilutions under the JOGMEC Agreement as if such equivalent pro rata amounts were approved program funding in which they elected not to participate.

Prior to JOGMEC’s US$20 million commitment, the Company funded Mnombo’s 26% share of the work on the Waterberg Project. The ability of Mnombo to repay the Company for advances as at August 31, 2016 of approximately Rand 25.53 million (approximately US$1.74 million as at August 31, 2016) or to fund future investment in the Waterberg Project may be uncertain. If the Company fails to fund Mnombo’s future capital obligations for the Waterberg Project, Mnombo may be required to obtain funding from alternative sources, which may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. If Mnombo is unable to fund its share of such work, this may delay project expenditures and may result in dilution of Mnombo’s interest in the Waterberg Project and require the sale of the diluted interests to another qualified BEE entity.

Because the development of the Company’s joint venture projects depends on the ability to finance further operations, any inability of the Company or one or more of its joint venture partners to fund its respective funding obligations and cash calls in the future could require the other partners, including the Company, to increase their funding of the project, which they may be unwilling or unable to do on a timely and commercially reasonable basis, or at all. The occurrence of the foregoing, the failure of any partner, including the Company, to increase their funding as required to cover any shortfall, as well as any dilution of the Company’s interests in its joint ventures as a result of its own failure to satisfy a cash call, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

The dilution of Africa Wide may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

Under the terms of the Maseve Shareholders Agreement, the board of directors of Maseve may make cash calls on PTM RSA and Africa Wide. Africa Wide declined to fund its share of cash calls in October 2013 and in March 2014. As a result of the first missed cash call, the Company entered into arbitration proceedings against Africa Wide to determine the extent of the dilution of Africa Wide’s interest in Maseve, in accordance with the terms of the Maseve Shareholders Agreement. On August 20, 2014, an arbitrator determined that Africa Wide’s shareholding in Maseve would be reduced to 21.2766% . Based on the arbitration award, Africa Wide has been further diluted to approximately 17.1% as a result of Africa Wide’s failure to fund the second cash call and therefore the Company’s shareholding in Maseve has increased to approximately 82.9% . In addition, as a result of the transactions explained under the risk factor captioned ”The failure to maintain or increase equity participation by HDSAs in the Company’s prospecting and mining operations could adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain its prospecting and mining rights”, there is no guarantee the DMR would recognize Africa Wide as a qualified BEE entity. To comply with the Mining Charter, Maseve was required to have 26% ownership by a qualified BEE entity by December 31, 2014 in order to maintain the Mining Right in good standing. Subsequent to the end of the Company’s third fiscal quarter of 2016, the DMR requested an update regarding the Company’s efforts to increase the HDSA equity ownership percentage in Maseve from 17.1% to 26%. The Company met with the DMR in early June 2016 and the DMR requested a further update by August 7, 2016, while reminding the Company of the risk of potential action under Sections 47 and 93 of the MPRDA if the Company were not to increase the HDSA ownership percentage. The Company has made several attempts to schedule a meeting with the DMR to further discuss this issue. To date, while the Company has been advised by the DMR that the matter will be discussed at a later date, no such meeting has taken place and the DMR has not issued a notice of non-compliance with the MPRDA.


- 114 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

In addition to unaffiliated BEE qualified companies, the Company has considered Mnombo as the BEE company for such a transaction and remains open to other possibilities. Should Mnombo acquire an interest in Maseve, as with funding to date for the Waterberg Project, the Company would expect to cover Mnombo’s share of any cash calls. If Mnombo was not deemed to be a suitable BEE company or if the Company was unsuccessful in reaching an agreement on the terms of Mnombo’s investment in Maseve, the Company would be required to reach an agreement with another qualified BEE entity and, failing that, the Company may face possible suspension or cancellation of the Mining Right under a process governed by Section 47 of the MPRDA.

Any disputes or disagreements with the Company’s joint venture partners could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business.

The Company participates in joint ventures and may enter into other similar arrangements in the future. PTM RSA is a party to the Maseve Shareholders Agreement related to the exploration and development of Project 1 and Project 3. In addition, PTM RSA is also a party to the Waterberg Extension JV Agreement and the JOGMEC Agreement, as amended by the JOGMEC 2nd Amendment, related to the exploration and development of the Waterberg Project. If the corporatization of the Waterberg Project is completed, PTM RSA will become party to a shareholders’ agreement governing Waterberg JV Co. PTM RSA is also a 49.9% shareholder of Mnombo and the relationship among the shareholders of Mnombo is governed by a formal shareholders’ agreement. Any dispute or disagreement with a joint venture partner, any change in the identity, management or strategic direction of a joint venture partner, or any disagreement among the Mnombo shareholders, including with respect to Mnombo’s role in the Waterberg Project, could materially adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations. If a dispute arises between the Company and a joint venture partner or the other Mnombo shareholders that cannot be resolved amicably, the Company may be unable to move its projects forward and may be involved in lengthy and costly proceedings to resolve the dispute, such as the dispute that recently led to arbitration with Africa Wide, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations.

Completion of a feasibility study for the Waterberg Project is subject to economic analysis requirements.

Completion of a feasibility study for the Waterberg Project is subject to completion of a positive economic analysis of the mineral deposit. No assurance can be provided that such analysis will be positive.

If the Company is unable to retain key members of management, the Company’s business might be harmed.

The Company’s development to date has depended, and in the future will continue to depend, on the efforts of its senior management including: R. Michael Jones, President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company; Frank R. Hallam, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary and a director of the Company; and Peter Busse, Chief Operating Officer of the Company. The Company currently does not, and does not intend to, have key person insurance for these individuals. Departures by members of senior management could have a negative impact on the Company’s business, as the Company may not be able to find suitable personnel to replace departing management on a timely basis or at all. The loss of any member of the senior management team could impair the Company’s ability to execute its business plan and could therefore have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.


- 115 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

If the Company is unable to procure the services of skilled and experienced personnel, the Company’s business might be harmed.

There is currently a shortage of skilled and experienced personnel in the mining industry in South Africa. The competition for skilled and experienced employees is exacerbated by the fact that mining companies operating in South Africa are legally obliged to recruit and retain historically disadvantaged South Africans (”HDSAs”), as defined respectively by the MPRDA and the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 (the ”BEE Act”), and women with the relevant skills and experience at levels that meet the transformation objectives set out in the MPRDA and the Mining Charter. Skilled and experienced personnel are especially important at Project 1 since the deposit does not lend itself to mechanized methods. If the Company is unable to attract and retain sufficiently trained, skilled or experienced personnel, its business may suffer and it may experience significantly higher staff or contractor costs, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

Conflicts of interest may arise among the Company’s officers and directors as a result of their involvement with other mineral resource companies.

Certain of the Company’s officers and directors are, and others may become, associated with other natural resource companies that acquire interests in mineral properties. R. Michael Jones, President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company, is also the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of West Kirkland Mining Inc. (”WKM”), a public company with mineral exploration properties in Ontario and Nevada, and a director of Nextraction Energy Corp. (”NE”), a public company with oil properties in Alberta, Kentucky and Wyoming. Frank Hallam, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary and a director of the Company, is also a director, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary of WKM, and a director of NE. Eric Carlson, a director of the Company, is a director of NE. Diana Walters, a director of the Company, was formerly an executive officer of LMM, a significant shareholder of the Company, the lender under the LMM Facility, and the holder of a production payment right under the Production Payment Agreement.

Such associations may give rise to conflicts of interest from time to time. As a result of these potential conflicts of interests, the Company may miss the opportunity to participate in certain transactions, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position. The Company’s directors are required by law to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and to disclose any interest that they may have in any project or opportunity of the Company. If a subject involving a conflict of interest arises at a meeting of the board of directors, any director in a conflict must disclose his interest and abstain from voting on such matter.

The Company may become subject to litigation and other legal proceedings that may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

All companies are subject to legal claims, with and without merit. The Company’s operations are subject to the risk of legal claims by employees, unions, contractors, lenders, suppliers, joint venture partners, shareholders, governmental agencies or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation and other legal proceedings that the Company may be involved in the future, particularly regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. Defense and settlement costs can be substantial, even with respect to claims that have no merit. Due to the inherent uncertainty of the litigation process, the litigation process could take away from the time and effort of the Company’s management and could force the Company to pay substantial legal fees. There can be no assurance that the resolution of any particular legal proceeding will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

An actual or alleged breach or breaches in governance processes or fraud, bribery and corruption may lead to public and private censure, regulatory penalties, loss of licenses or permits and may damage the Company’s reputation.

The Company is subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations, including the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and certain restrictions applicable to U.S. reporting companies imposed by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and similar anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in South Africa, which generally prohibit companies from bribing or making other prohibited payments to foreign public officials in order to obtain or retain an advantage in the course of business. The Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, among other governance and compliance processes, may not prevent instances of fraudulent behavior and dishonesty nor guarantee compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Company is particularly exposed to the potential for corruption and bribery owing to the financial scale of the mining business in South Africa. In March 2014, the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (”OECD”) released its Phase 3 Report on Implementing the OECD Anti-bribery Convention in South Africa, criticizing South Africa for failing to enforce the anti-bribery convention to which it has been a signatory since 2007. The absence of enforcement of corporate liability for foreign bribery coincides with recent growth in corporate activity in South Africa’s economic environment. Allegations of bribery, improper personal influence or officials holding simultaneous business interests have been linked in recent years to the highest levels of the South African government. To the extent that the Company suffers from any actual or alleged breach or breaches of relevant laws, including South African anti-bribery and corruption legislation, it may lead to regulatory and civil fines, litigation, public and private censure and loss of operating licenses or permits and may damage the Company’s reputation. The occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.


- 116 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Risks Related to the Mining Industry

Mining is inherently dangerous and is subject to conditions or events beyond the Company’s control, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

Hazards such as fire, explosion, floods, structural collapses, industrial accidents, unusual or unexpected geological conditions, ground control problems, power outages, inclement weather, cave-ins and mechanical equipment failure are inherent risks in the Company’s mining operations. These and other hazards may cause injuries or death to employees, contractors or other persons at the Company’s mineral properties, severe damage to and destruction of the Company’s property, plant and equipment and mineral properties, and contamination of, or damage to, the environment, and may result in the suspension of the Company’s exploration and development activities and any future production activities. Safety measures implemented by the Company may not be successful in preventing or mitigating future accidents and the Company may not be able to obtain insurance to cover these risks at economically feasible premiums or at all. Insurance against certain environmental risks is not generally available to the Company or to other companies within the mining industry.

In addition, from time to time the Company may be subject to governmental investigations and claims and litigation filed on behalf of persons who are harmed while at its properties or otherwise in connection with the Company’s operations. To the extent that the Company is subject to personal injury or other claims or lawsuits in the future, it may not be possible to predict the ultimate outcome of these claims and lawsuits due to the nature of personal injury litigation. Similarly, if the Company is subject to governmental investigations or proceedings, the Company may incur significant penalties and fines, and enforcement actions against it could result in the cessation of certain of the Company’s mining operations. During the period of February and March 2013, operations at Project 1 halted for approximately one month due to a notice under Section 54 of the Mine Health and Safety Act, No. 29 of 2006 issued in relation to a surface worker fatality that occurred onsite. Since March 2013, Maseve has received several notices under Section 54 that have resulted in short-term halts to operations. If claims, lawsuits, governmental investigations or proceedings, including Section 54 notices, are resolved against the Company, the Company’s financial performance, financial position and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The Company’s prospecting and mining rights are subject to title risks.

The Company’s prospecting and mining rights may be subject to prior unregistered agreements, transfers, claims and title may be affected by undetected defects. A successful challenge to the precise area and location of these claims could result in the Company being unable to operate on its properties as permitted or being unable to enforce its rights with respect to its properties. This could result in the Company not being compensated for its prior expenditures relating to the property. Title insurance is generally not available for mineral properties and the Company’s ability to ensure that it has obtained secure claims to individual mineral properties or mining concessions may be severely constrained. These or other defects could adversely affect the Company’s title to its properties or delay or increase the cost of the development of such prospecting and mining rights.


- 117 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company is subject to significant governmental regulation.

The Company’s operations and exploration and development activities in South Africa and Canada are subject to extensive federal, state, provincial, territorial and local laws and regulation governing various matters, including:

•  

environmental protection;

 

 

•  

management and use of hazardous and toxic substances and explosives;

 

 

•  

management of tailings and other waste generated by the Company’s operations;

 

 

•  

management of natural resources;

 

 

•  

exploration, development of mines, production and post-closure reclamation;

 

 

•  

exports and, in South Africa, potential local beneficiation quotas;

 

 

•  

price controls;

 

 

•  

taxation;

 

 

•  

regulations concerning business dealings with local communities;

 

 

•  

labour standards, BEE laws and regulations and occupational health and safety, including mine safety; and

 

 

•  

historic and cultural preservation.

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in civil or criminal fines or administrative penalties or enforcement actions, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities enjoining or curtailing operations, requiring corrective measures, installation of additional equipment, remedial actions or recovery of costs if the authorities attend to remediation of any environmental pollution or degradation, any of which could result in the Company incurring significant expenditures. Environmental non-profit organizations have become particularly vigilant in South Africa and focus on the mining sector. Several such organizations have recently instituted actions against mining companies. The Company may also be required to compensate private parties suffering loss or damage by reason of a breach of such laws, regulations or permitting requirements. It is also possible that future laws and regulations, or a more stringent enforcement of current laws and regulations by governmental authorities, could cause additional expense, capital expenditures, restrictions on or suspensions of the Company’s operations and delays in the development of the Company’s properties.

The Company may face equipment shortages, access restrictions and lack of infrastructure.

Natural resource exploration, development and mining activities are dependent on the availability of mining, drilling and related equipment in the particular areas where such activities are conducted. A limited supply of such equipment or access restrictions may affect the availability of such equipment to the Company and may delay exploration, development or extraction activities. Certain equipment may not be immediately available, or may require long lead time orders. A delay in obtaining necessary equipment for mineral exploration, including drill rigs, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.

Mining, processing, development and exploration activities also depend, to one degree or another, on the availability of adequate infrastructure. Reliable roads, bridges, power sources, fuel and water supply and the availability of skilled labour and other infrastructure are important determinants that affect capital and operating costs. At the Waterberg Project, additional infrastructure will be required prior to commencement of mining. At Project 1, the Company’s most advanced project, construction is substantially complete and production ramp-up is underway. The establishment and maintenance of infrastructure, and services are subject to a number of risks, including risks related to the availability of equipment and materials, inflation, cost overruns and delays, political opposition and reliance upon third parties, many of which are outside the Company’s control. The lack of availability on acceptable terms or the delay in the availability of any one or more of these items could prevent or delay development or ongoing operation of the Company’s projects.


- 118 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Exploration of mineral properties is less intrusive, and generally requires fewer surface and access rights, than properties developed for mining. The Company has not secured any surface rights at the Waterberg Project other than those access rights legislated by the MPRDA. If a decision is made to develop the Waterberg Project, or other projects in which the Company has yet to secure adequate surface rights, the Company will need to secure such rights. No assurances can be provided that the Company will be able to secure required surface rights on favorable terms, or at all. Any failure by the Company to secure surface rights could prevent or delay development of the Company’s projects.

The Company’s operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations that may increase the Company’s costs of doing business and restrict its operations.

Environmental legislation on a global basis is evolving in a manner that will ensure stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessment of proposed development and a higher level of responsibility and potential liability for companies and their officers, directors, employees and, potentially, shareholders. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations may require significant capital outlays on behalf of the Company and may cause material changes or delays in the Company’s intended activities. There can be no assurance that future changes to environmental legislation in Canada or South Africa will not adversely affect the Company’s operations. Environmental hazards may exist on the Company’s properties which are unknown at present and which have been caused by previous or existing owners or operators for which the Company could be held liable. Furthermore, future compliance with environmental reclamation, closure and other requirements may involve significant costs and other liabilities. In particular, the Company’s operations and exploration activities are subject to Canadian and South African national and provincial laws and regulations governing protection of the environment. Such laws are continually changing and, in general, are becoming more onerous. See South African Regulatory Framework — Environment above.

Amendments to current laws, regulations and permits governing operations and activities of mining companies, or more stringent implementation thereof, could have a material adverse impact on the Company and cause increases in capital expenditures or production costs or a reduction in levels of production at producing properties or require abandonment or delays in development of new mining properties. Environmental hazards may exist on the Company’s properties that are unknown at the present time, and that may have been caused by previous owners or operators or that may have occurred naturally. These hazards, as well as any pollution caused by the Company’s mining activities, may give rise to significant financial obligations in the future and such obligations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance.

The mineral exploration industry is extremely competitive.

The resource industry is intensely competitive in all of its phases. Much of the Company’s competition is from larger, established mining companies with greater liquidity, greater access to credit and other financial resources, and that may have newer or more efficient equipment, lower cost structures, more effective risk management policies and procedures and/or greater ability than the Company to withstand losses. The Company’s competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new laws or regulations or emerging technologies, or devote greater resources to the expansion of their operations, than the Company can. In addition, current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties. Competition could adversely affect the Company’s ability to acquire suitable new producing properties or prospects for exploration in the future. Competition could also affect the Company’s ability to raise financing to fund the exploration and development of its properties or to hire qualified personnel. The Company may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.


- 119 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company requires various permits in order to conduct its current and anticipated future operations, and delays or a failure to obtain such permits, or a failure to comply with the terms of any such permits that the Company has obtained, could have a material adverse impact on the Company.

The Company’s current and anticipated future operations, including further exploration, development activities and commencement of commercial production on the Company’s properties, require permits from various national, provincial, territorial and local governmental authorities in the countries in which the Company’s properties are located. Compliance with the applicable environmental legislation, permits and land use consents is required on an ongoing basis, and the requirements under such legislation, permits and consents are evolving rapidly and imposing additional requirements for Project 1. The Waterberg Project prospecting rights issued by the DMR are also subject to land use consents and compliance with applicable legislation on an ongoing basis.

In addition, the duration and success of efforts to obtain, amend and renew permits are contingent upon many variables not within the Company’s control. Shortage of qualified and experienced personnel in the various levels of government could result in delays or inefficiencies. Backlog within the permitting agencies could also affect the permitting timeline of the Company’s various projects. Other factors that could affect the permitting timeline include the number of other large scale projects currently in a more advanced stage of development, which could slow down the review process, and significant public response regarding a specific project. As well, it can be difficult to assess what specific permitting requirements will ultimately apply to all of the Company’s projects.

Risks of Doing Business in South Africa

Labour disruptions and increased labour costs could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Although the Company’s employees are not unionized at this time, contractors operating on the Project 1 mine site in South Africa have employees that are unionized. As a result, trade unions could have a significant impact on the Company’s labour relations, as well as on social and political reforms. There is a risk that strikes or other types of conflict with unions or employees may occur at any of the Company’s operations, particularly where the labour force is unionized. Labour disruptions may be used to advocate labour, political or social goals in the future. For example, labour disruptions may occur in sympathy with strikes or labour unrest in other sectors of the economy. South African employment law sets out minimum terms and conditions of employment for employees, which form the benchmark for all employment contracts. Disruptions in the Company’s business due to strikes or further developments in South African labour laws may increase the Company’s costs or alter its relationship with its employees and trade unions, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and operations. South Africa has recently experienced widespread illegal strikes and violence.

Interruptions, shortages or cuts in the supply of electricity or water could lead to disruptions in production and a reduction in the Company’s operating capacity.

The Company procures all of the electricity necessary for its operations from ESKOM Holdings Limited (”ESKOM”), South Africa’s state owned electricity utility, and no significant alternative sources of supply are available to it. ESKOM has suffered from prolonged underinvestment in new generating capacity which, combined with increased demand, has led to electricity shortages in recent years. Since 2008, ESKOM has invested heavily in new base load power generation capacity, but its principal project, a power station known as Medupi, has been subject to delays, with the last unit scheduled for commissioning in 2019. In addition, ESKOM is heavily dependent on coal to fuel its electricity plants. Accordingly, if coal mining companies experience labour unrest or disruptions to production (which have occurred historically in South Africa, including a coal strike by approximately 30,000 National Union of Mineworkers members which lasted for approximately one week in October 2015), or if heavy rains, particularly during the summer months in South Africa, adversely impact coal production or coal supplies, ESKOM may have difficulty supplying sufficient electricity supply to the Company.

The Company procures water from Magalies Water, the statutory, state-owned water authority in the Company’s area of operations. The Company is dependent on the availability of water in its areas of operations and in particular on the ability of Magalies Water to provide it with sufficient allocation of water to enable it to conduct its business. Shifting rainfall patterns and increasing demands on the existing water supply have caused water shortages in the Company’s areas of operations.


- 120 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

If electricity or water supplies are insufficient or unreliable, the Company may be unable to operate as anticipated, which may disrupt production and reduce revenues.

Any adverse decision in respect of the Company’s mineral rights and projects in South Africa under the MPRDA could materially affect the Company’s projects in South Africa.

With the enactment of the MPRDA, the South African state became the sole regulator of all prospecting and mining operations in South Africa. All prospecting and mining licenses and claims granted in terms of any prior legislation became known as the ”old order rights”. All prospecting and mining rights granted in terms of the MPRDA are ”new order rights”. The treatment of new applications and pending applications is uncertain and any adverse decision by the relevant regulatory authorities under the MPRDA may adversely affect title to the Company’s mineral rights in South Africa, which could stop, materially delay or restrict the Company from proceeding with its exploration and development activities or any future mining operations.

A wide range of factors and principles must be taken into account by the South African Minister of Mineral Resources (the ”Minister”) when considering applications for new order rights. These factors include the applicant’s access to financial resources and appropriate technical ability to conduct the proposed prospecting or mining operations, the environmental impact of the operation, whether the applicant holds an environmental authorization and, in the case of prospecting rights, considerations relating to fair competition. Other factors include considerations relevant to promoting employment and the social and economic welfare of all South Africans and showing compliance with the provisions regarding the empowerment of HDSAs in the mining industry. All of the Company’s old order prospecting rights in respect of Project 1 and Project 3 were first converted into new order prospecting rights and subsequently, in April 2012, were superseded by the Mining Right. All of the Company’s current prospecting rights are new order rights.

The assessment of some of the provisions of the MPRDA or the Mining Charter may be subjective and is dependent upon the views of the DMR as to whether the Company is in compliance. The Maseve Social and Labour Plan, for instance, contains both quantitative and qualitative goals, targets and commitments relating to the Company’s obligations to its employees and community residents, the achievement of some of which are not exclusively within the Company’s control. Certain of the socio economic projects identified in the Maseve Social and Labour Plan have proved inappropriate or unviable given prevailing conditions and levels of training within the local communities in the vicinity of Project 1. Such projects have been identified and the Company has consulted with the DMR regarding a course of action. An application is being made to the DMR to amend the Maseve Social and Labour Plan to target more appropriate and viable projects. If Maseve is found to be in non-compliance with the Maseve Social and Labour Plan, the Minister may institute the Section 47 process discussed below. At this time, the Company has not received a notice of non-compliance from the DMR.

The Minister has the discretion to cancel or suspend mining rights under Section 47(1) of the MPRDA as a consequence of the Company’s non-compliance with the MPRDA, environmental legislation, the Mining Charter, the terms of its Mining Right and prospecting rights or if mining is not progressing optimally. The

Section 47 process involves multiple, successive stages which include granting the Company a reasonable opportunity to show why its rights should not be cancelled or suspended. Pursuant to the terms of the provisions of Section 6(2)(e)(iii) of the Promotion of Administrative Justice Act, No. 3 of 2000 (”PAJA”) read with Section 6 of the MPRDA, the Minister can direct the Company to take remedial measures. If such remedial measures are not taken, the Minister must again give the Company a reasonable opportunity to make representations as to why such remedial measures were not taken. The Minister must then properly consider the Company’s further representations (which considerations must also comply with PAJA) and only then is the Minister entitled to cancel or suspend a mining right. Any such cancellation or suspension will be subject to judicial review if it is not in compliance with the MPRDA or PAJA, or it is not lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair under Section 33(1) of the South African Constitution.


- 121 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Failure by the Company to meet its obligations in relation to its Mining Right or prospecting rights or the Mining Charter could lead to the suspension or cancellation of such rights and the suspension of the Company’s other rights, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The failure to maintain or increase equity participation by HDSAs in the Company’s prospecting and mining operations could adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain its prospecting and mining rights.

The Company is subject to a number of South African statutes aimed at promoting the accelerated integration of HDSAs, including the MPRDA, the BEE Act and the Mining Charter. To ensure that socioeconomic strategies are implemented, the MPRDA provides for the Mining Codes which specify empowerment targets consistent with the objectives of the Mining Charter. The Mining Charter Scorecard requires the mining industry’s commitment of applicants in respect of ownership, management, employment equity, human resource development, procurement and beneficiation. For ownership by BEE groups in mining enterprises, the Mining Charter Scorecard sets a 26% target by December 31, 2014.

The South African government awards procurement contracts, quotas, licenses, permits and prospecting and mining rights based on numerous factors, including the degree of HDSA ownership. The MPRDA and Mining Charter contain provisions relating to the economic empowerment of HDSAs. One of the requirements which must be met before the DMR will issue a prospecting right or mining right is that an applicant must facilitate equity participation by HDSAs in the prospecting and mining operations which result from the granting of the relevant rights. As a matter of stated policy, the DMR requires a minimum of 26% HDSA ownership for the grant of applications for mining rights. The Mining Charter required a minimum of 26% HDSA ownership by December 31, 2014.

The Company has sought to satisfy the foregoing requirements by partnering, at the operating company level, with companies demonstrating 26% HDSA ownership. The Company has partnered with Africa Wide with respect to Maseve, which owns the Mining Right, and has partnered with Mnombo with respect to the Waterberg JV Project and for the prospecting rights and applications over the Waterberg Extension Project.

The Company believes that Africa Wide was majority owned by HDSAs in 2002, when it first partnered with the Company. However, the Company’s contractual arrangements with Africa Wide do not currently require Africa Wide to maintain any minimum level of HDSA ownership or to certify the level of such ownership to the Company. In 2007, Wesizwe (which was then majority owned by HDSAs) acquired 100% of the shares of Africa Wide. On an application of the modified flow-through principles, Africa Wide remained an HDSA company. On December 8, 2008, the Company entered into certain agreements to consolidate and rationalize the ownership of the Western Bushveld Joint Venture (the ”Consolidation Transaction”). Under the terms of the Consolidation Transaction, the Company transferred its 18.5% interest in Project 2 of what was formerly the Western Bushveld Joint Venture to Wesizwe, therefore providing attributable units of production and further enhancing the ownership of mining assets by HDSA companies. Under the same transaction, Rustenburg Platinum Mines Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Amplats acquired a then approximately 26.9% interest in Wesizwe. In 2011, Jinchuan Group Limited of China and China Africa Development Fund, with the approval of the DMR and notwithstanding that the transaction resulted in Wesizwe not being majority owned by HDSAs, acquired a then approximately 45% interest in Wesizwe. Although Amplats’ interest is held for preferential disposition to a qualified BEE purchaser, HDSAs do not currently own a majority of the Wesizwe equity. In April 2012, Maseve was granted the Mining Right by the DMR which, by stated policy, is an acknowledgement of Maseve’s BEE compliance status as being acceptable to the DMR. There can be no assurance when, or if, the transfer of Amplats’ interest in Wesizwe to a qualified BEE purchaser will occur. Also, there can be no assurance that the HDSA ownership may not be re -assessed or that the criteria for HDSA ownership may not be interpreted differently in the future. If only the direct shareholdings of Africa Wide and its parent are considered, and other factors which were considered by the DMR at the time of grant are set aside, Maseve, solely on flow-through principles, would have been, and remains, below the 26% HDSA ownership level.

Further, on August 20, 2014, an award in the binding arbitration with respect to the calculation of dilution to the ownership of Africa Wide in Maseve was completed and delivered to the Company. The arbitrator ruled in favor of the Company on all matters in contention. The favourable award reduced Africa Wide’s shareholding in Maseve to 21.2766% . As a result of Africa Wide’s decision on March 3, 2014 not to fund its US$21.52 million share of a second cash call delivered in February 2014, Africa Wide’s ownership in Maseve was further reduced to approximately 17.1% based on the dilution formula in the Maseve Shareholders Agreement, as confirmed by the arbitration. Until the Company sells the diluted percentage interest in Maseve previously held by Africa Wide to an alternative, qualified BEE company, Maseve will have less than 26% HDSA ownership.


- 122 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company is satisfied that Mnombo is majority-owned by HDSAs. The contractual arrangements between Mnombo, the Company and the HDSAs require the HDSAs to maintain a minimum level of HDSA ownership in Mnombo of more than 50%. However, if at any time Mnombo becomes a company that is not majority owned by HDSAs, the ownership structure of the Waterberg JV Project and the prospecting rights and applications over the Waterberg Extension Project may be deemed not to satisfy HDSA requirements.

As the Company has historically partnered with BEE groups or companies that were HDSA-controlled at the time on all of its material projects in South Africa at a level of 26% at an operating or project level it relies upon the continuing consequences of such transactions (the so-called ”once empowered, always empowered” principle) for ownership compliance with the Mining Charter in regard to Maseve.

There is currently no legal or regulatory certainty over whether the principle of ”once empowered, always empowered” (i.e., whether a company that has reached its empowerment targets under the Mining Charter will remain empowered if its HDSA participation subsequently falls below required thresholds) would apply. The DMR and the Chamber of Mines of South Africa (acting on behalf of the mining industry) are currently engaged in litigation which may result in some clarity on the ”once empowered, always empowered” principle, but this is likely to be a lengthy process and no assurance can be given regarding the ultimate outcome of such litigation or its impact on the Company. In addition, an application has been filed in the High Court of South Africa to have the Mining Charter itself set aside.

On April 15, 2016, the Reviewed Broad Based Black-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry (the “New Draft Charter”) was published for comment. Interested parties were given a period of 30 days from date of publication to make submissions to the DMR. The DMR continues to engage with the Chamber of Mines and with the industry in regard to the New Draft Charter. The New Draft Charter requires mining companies to maintain 26% BEE ownership throughout the life of the mine. If adopted in its current form, the New Draft Charter will require Maseve to conclude further BEE transactions to increase its BEE ownership level to 26% once more. However, the New Draft Charter envisages that mining companies will be given a period of three years within which to achieve compliance.

Subject to conditions contained in the Company’s prospecting and mining rights, the Company may be required to obtain approval from the DMR prior to undergoing any change in its empowerment status under the Mining Charter. In addition, if the Company or its BEE partners are found to be in non-compliance with the requirements of the Mining Charter and other BEE regulations, including failure to retain the requisite level of HDSA ownership, the Company may face possible suspension or cancellation of its mining rights under a process governed by Section 47 of the MPRDA.

In addition, there have been a number of proposals made at governmental level in South Africa regarding amendments and clarifications to the methodology for determining HDSA ownership and control of mining businesses, including the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill, 2013, which create greater uncertainty in measuring the Company’s progress towards, and compliance with, its commitments under the Mining Charter and other BEE regulations. If implemented, any of these proposals could result in, among other things, stricter criteria for qualification as an HDSA investor.

The Company is obliged to report on its compliance with the Mining Charter, including its percentage of HDSA shareholding, to the DMR on an annual basis. The Company’s 2015 report was submitted on May 3, 2016. Although no feedback has been received in regard to either the 2014 or the 2015 filing, the Company received a request from the DMR subsequent to the end of its third fiscal quarter in 2016 to provide an update as to its plan to achieve a 26% HDSA equity ownership percentage for Maseve. The Company met with the DMR in early June 2016 and the DMR requested a further update by August 7, 2016, while reminding the Company of the risk of potential action under Sections 47 and 93 of the MPRDA if the Company were not to increase the HDSA ownership percentage. The Company has made several attempts to schedule a meeting with the DMR to further discuss this issue. To date, while the Company has been advised by the DMR that the matter will be discussed at a later date, no such meeting has taken place and the DMR has not issued a notice of non-compliance with the MPRDA.


- 123 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

If the Company is required to increase the percentage of HDSA ownership in any of its operating companies or projects, the Company’s interests may be diluted. In addition, it is possible that any such transactions or plans, or the investment by a new BEE partner in Maseve to attain a 26% interest by qualified BEE companies, may need to be executed at a discount to the proper economic value of the Company’s operating assets or it may also prove necessary for the Company to provide vendor financing or other support in respect of some or all of the consideration, which may be on non-commercial terms. Under the terms of the Maseve Shareholders Agreement, if Maseve is instructed by the DMR to increase its HDSA ownership, any agreed costs or dilution of interests shall be borne equally by the Company and Africa Wide, notwithstanding that Africa Wide holds 17.1% of the equity after the second missed cash call.

Currently, the South African Department of Trade and Industry is responsible for leading government action on the implementation of BEE initiatives under the auspices of the BEE Act and the generic BEE Codes of Good Practice (the “Generic BEE Codes”), while certain industries have their own transformation charters administered by the relevant government department (in this case, the DMR). The Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment Amendment Act, No. 16 of 2013 (the “BEE Amendment Act”) came into operation on October 24, 2014. Among other matters, the BEE Amendment Act amends the BEE Act to make the BEE Act the overriding legislation in South Africa with regard to BEE requirements (the “Trumping Provision”) and will require all governmental bodies to apply the Generic BEE Codes or other relevant code of good practice when procuring goods and services or issuing licenses or other authorizations under any other laws, and penalize fronting or misrepresentation of BEE information. The Trumping Provision came into effect on October 24, 2015. However, on October 30, 2015, the South African Minister of Trade and Industry exempted the DMR from applying the Trumping Provision for a period of twelve months on the basis that the alignment of the Mining Charter with the BEE Act and the Generic BEE Codes was an ongoing process. The New Draft Charter purports to align the Mining Charter with the Generic BEE Codes. It is unclear whether the New Draft Charter will be finalized before the exemption period from application of the Trumping Provision expires on October 31, 2016. This exemption period may be further extended given that such alignment is still ongoing. If the New Draft Charter is not finalized before the exemption period expires and a further exemption period is not granted, the Generic BEE Codes will apply. Generally speaking, the amended Generic BEE Codes will make BEE-compliance more onerous to achieve. The Generic BEE Codes are substantially different from the Mining Charter and, if they were to apply to the mining industry, would place the industry at a disadvantage. See “South African Regulatory Framework - Black Economic Empowerment in the South African Mining Industry” above.

The Generic BEE Codes will require Mnombo to be 51% held and controlled by HDSAs to qualify it as a “black-controlled company” and hence a qualified BEE entity. Mnombo is presently 50.1% owned and controlled by HDSAs.

If the Company is unable to achieve or maintain its empowered status under the Mining Charter or comply with any other BEE regulations or policies, it may not be able to maintain its existing prospecting and mining rights and/or acquire any new rights and therefore would be obliged to suspend or dispose of some or all of its operations in South Africa, which would likely have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Socio-economic instability in South Africa or regionally, including the risk of resource nationalism, may have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations and profits.

The Company has ownership interests in significant projects in South Africa. As a result, it is subject to political and economic risks relating to South Africa, which could affect an investment in the Company. South Africa was transformed into a democracy in 1994. The government policies aimed at redressing the disadvantages suffered by the majority of citizens under previous governments may impact the Company’s South African business. In addition to political issues, South Africa faces many challenges in overcoming substantial differences in levels of economic development among its people. Large parts of the South African population do not have access to adequate education, health care, housing and other services, including water and electricity.


- 124 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

This issue was particularly acute in late 2012 when wild cat strikes and violence occurred near Project 1 and generally at other platinum mines. There can be no assurance that wild cat strikes and violence will not occur at the Company’s properties in the future. Wild cat strikes and violence at Project 1 may have a material negative impact on the project and its start-up mine operations. The Company also faces a number of risks from deliberate, malicious or criminal acts relating to these inequalities, including theft, fraud, bribery and corruption.

The Company is also subject to the risk of resource nationalism, which encompasses a range of measures, such as expropriation or taxation, whereby governments increase their economic interest in natural resources, with or without compensation. Although wholesale nationalization was rejected by the ruling party, the African National Congress (the “ANC”), leading into the 2014 national elections, a resolution adopted by the ANC on nationalization calls for state intervention in the economy, including “state ownership”. A wide range of stakeholders have proposed ways in which the State could extract greater economic value from the South African mining industry. A call for resource nationalization has also been made by a new political party, the Economic Freedom Fighters, under the leadership of Julius Malema.

The Company cannot predict the future political, social and economic direction of South Africa or the manner in which government will attempt to address the country’s inequalities. Actions taken by the South African government, or by its people without the sanction of law, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. Furthermore, there has been regional, political and economic instability in countries north of South Africa, which may affect South Africa. Such factors may have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to own, operate and manage its South African mining projects.

Changes in South African State royalties where many of the Company’s mineral reserves are located could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and its financial condition.

The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, No. 28 of 2008 (the “Royalty Act”) effectively came into operation on May 1, 2009. The Royalty Act establishes a variable royalty rate regime, in which the prevailing royalty rate for the year of assessment is assessed against the gross sales of the extractor during the year. The royalty rate is calculated based on the profitability of the mine (earnings before interest and taxes) and varies depending on whether the mineral is transferred in refined or unrefined form. For mineral resources transferred in unrefined form, the minimum royalty rate is 0.5% of gross sales and the maximum royalty rate is 7% of gross sales. For mineral resources transferred in refined form, the maximum royalty rate is 5% of gross sales. The royalty will be a tax deductible expense. The royalty becomes payable when the mineral resource is “transferred,” which refers to the disposal of a mineral resource, the export of a mineral resource or the consumption, theft, destruction or loss of a mineral resource. The Royalty Act allows the holder of a mining right to enter into an agreement with the tax authorities to fix the percentage royalty that will be payable in respect of all mining operations carried out in respect of that resource for as long as the extractor holds the right. The holder of a mining right may withdraw from such agreement at any time.

The feasibility studies covering the Company’s South African projects made certain assumptions related to the expected royalty rates under the Royalty Act. If and when the Company begins earning revenue from its South African mining projects, and if the royalties under the Royalty Act differ from those assumed in the feasibility studies, this new royalty could have a material and adverse impact on the economic viability of the Company’s projects in South Africa, as well as on the Company’s prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Characteristics of and changes in the tax systems in South Africa could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s subsidiaries pay different types of governmental taxes in South Africa, including corporation tax, payroll taxes, VAT, state royalties, various forms of duties, dividend withholding tax and interest withholding tax. The tax regime in South Africa is subject to change.

After having published a number of papers on the introduction of a carbon tax, the South African government released the draft Carbon Tax Bill in November 2015 for comment by interested parties. Greenhouse gas emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels, fugitive emissions in respect of commodities, fuel or technology, and greenhouse gas emissions from industrial processes and product use will be subject to a carbon tax. During the first phase of implementation (ending 2020), it is proposed that the emission of greenhouse gasses be taxed at R120 per tonne of the carbon dioxide equivalent of the greenhouse gas emitted, which rate is expected to increase by 10% per annum. Emission factors will be used in order to calculate the carbon dioxide equivalent of the greenhouse gasses emitted. Various allowances will be available for taxpayers to reduce their final carbon tax liability by up to a maximum of 95%. On June 20, 2016, the South African government also released the draft regulations in respect of the carbon offset allowance. Taxpayers can qualify for a carbon offset allowance up to a maximum of 10%. The carbon offset allowance will not enable a taxpayer to reduce its final carbon tax liability beyond the maximum of 95% stated above. When the tax free thresholds are taken into account, the effective tax rate will range between R6 and R48 per ton of carbon dioxide equivalent. Schedule 2 to the draft Carbon Tax Bill lists the sectors and industries in which taxpayers will be liable for carbon tax. Mining companies, depending on the nature of their activities, will generally fall within these sectors. The Minister of Environmental Affairs will publish a notice indicating which activities will render a person liable for the carbon tax. The agricultural, forestry and waste sectors will initially be excluded. The draft Carbon Tax Bill is silent on the second phase post 2020, but it is generally expected to result in a gradual ramp-up of the carbon tax. The rate and allowances will be reviewed for the second phase of implementation. It is expected that the final legislation will come into operation some time in 2017.


- 125 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The ANC held a policy conference in June 2012 at which the “State Intervention in the Minerals Sector” report (the “SIMS Report”) commissioned by the ANC was debated. The SIMS Report includes a proposal for a super tax of 50% of all profits above a 15% return on investment, which would apply in respect of all metals and minerals. If a super tax is implemented, the Company may realize lower after-tax profits and cash flows from its current mining operations and may decide not to pursue certain new projects, as such a tax could render these opportunities uneconomic.

It is also possible that the Company could become subject to taxation in South Africa that is not currently anticipated, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s land in South Africa could be subject to land restitution claims which could impose significant costs and burdens.

The Company’s privately held land could be subject to land restitution claims under the Restitution of Land Rights Act, No. 22 of 1994, as amended (the “Land Claims Act”) and the Restitution of Land Rights Amendment Act, No. 15 of 2014 (“Restitution Amendment Act”), which took effect on July 1, 2014. Under the Land Claims Act and the Restitution Amendment Act, any person who was dispossessed of rights in land in South Africa after June 19, 1913 as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices without payment of just and equitable compensation, and who lodges a claim on or before June 30, 2019, is granted certain remedies. A successful claimant may be granted either return of the dispossessed land (referred to as “restoration”) or equitable redress (which includes the granting of an appropriate right in alternative state-owned land, payment of compensation or “alternative relief”). If restoration is claimed, the Land Claims Act requires the feasibility of such restoration to be considered. Restoration of land may only be given in circumstances where a claimant can use the land productively with the feasibility of restoration dependent on the value of the property.

The South African Minister of Rural Development and Land Reform may not acquire ownership of land for restitution purposes without a court order unless an agreement has been reached between the affected parties. The Land Claims Act also entitles the South African Minister of Rural Development and Land Reform to acquire ownership of land by way of expropriation either for claimants who are entitled to restitution of land, or, in respect of land over which no claim has been lodged but the acquisition of which is directly related to or affected by such claim, will promote restitution of land to claimants or alternative relief. Expropriation would be subject to provisions of legislation and the South African Constitution which provide, in general, for just and equitable compensation.

The Company has not been notified of any land claims to date over the Company’s properties. There is no guarantee, however, that any of the Company’s privately held land rights could not become subject to acquisition by the state without the Company’s agreement, or that the Company would be adequately compensated for the loss of its land rights. Any such claims could have a negative impact on the Company’s South African projects and therefore an adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.


- 126 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

South African foreign exchange controls may limit repatriation of profits.

The Company will most likely need to repatriate funds from its foreign subsidiaries to fulfill its business plans and make payments on the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities. Since commencing business in South Africa, the Company has loaned or invested approximately CDN$782.36 million as at August 31, 2016 into PTM RSA in South Africa. The Company obtained approval from the SARB in advance for its investments into South Africa. The Company anticipates that it will loan the majority of the proceeds from an offering to PTM RSA with the advance approval of the SARB. Although the Company is not aware of any law or regulation that would prevent the repatriation of funds it has loaned or invested into South Africa back to the Company in Canada, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to repatriate funds back to Canada in a timely manner or without incurring tax payments or other costs when doing so, due to legal restrictions or tax requirements at local subsidiary levels or at the parent company level, which costs could be material.

South Africa’s exchange control regulations restrict the export of capital from South Africa. Although the Company is not itself subject to South African exchange control regulations, these regulations do restrict the ability of the Company’s South African subsidiaries to raise and deploy capital outside the country, to borrow money in currencies other than the Rand and to hold foreign currency. Exchange control regulations could make it difficult for the Company’s South African subsidiaries to: (a) export capital from South Africa; (b) hold foreign currency or incur indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies without approval of the relevant South African exchange control authorities; (c) acquire an interest in a foreign venture without approval of the relevant South African exchange control authorities and compliance with certain investment criteria; and (d) repatriate to South Africa profits of foreign operations. While the South African government has relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or how it will further relax or abolish exchange control measures in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that restrictions on repatriation of earnings from South Africa will not be imposed on the Company in the future.

Community relations may affect the Company’s business.

Maintaining community support through a positive relationship with the communities in which the Company operates is critical to continuing successful exploration and development. As a business in the mining industry, the Company may come under pressure in the jurisdictions in which it explores or develops, to demonstrate that other stakeholders benefit and will continue to benefit from the Company’s commercial activities. The Company may face opposition with respect to its current and future development and exploration projects which could materially adversely affect its business, results of operations, financial condition and common share price.

Risks Relating to the Company’s Common Shares

The Company has never paid dividends and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.

The Company has not paid any dividends since incorporation and it has no plans to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company’s directors will determine if and when dividends should be declared and paid in the future based on the Company’s financial position at the relevant time. Further, the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and make distributions or other payments based on share capital. In addition, the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends may be affected by the South African government’s exchange controls. See “South African Regulatory Framework — Exchange Control” above.

The Common Share price has been volatile in recent years.

In recent years, the securities markets in the United States and Canada have experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and the market price of securities of many companies, particularly those considered exploration or development-stage mining companies, have experienced wide fluctuations in price which have not necessarily been related to the operating performance, underlying asset values or prospects of such companies. In particular, after giving effect to the consolidation of the common shares on the basis of one new Common Share for ten old common shares effective January 26, 2016 (the “Share Consolidation”), the per share price of the Company’s common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”) fluctuated from a high of CDN$5.25 to a low of CDN$1.35 and on the NYSE MKT from a high of US$4.04 to a low of US$0.96during the twelve-month period ending November 29, 2016. There can be no assurance that continual fluctuations in price will not occur.


- 127 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The factors influencing such volatility include macroeconomic developments in North America and globally, and market perceptions of the attractiveness of particular industries. The price of the Company’s common shares is also likely to be significantly affected by short term changes in precious metal prices or other mineral prices, currency exchange fluctuations and the Company’s financial condition or results of operations as reflected in its earnings reports. Other factors unrelated to the performance of the Company that may have an effect on the price of the Company’s common shares and other securities include the following:

• the extent of analyst coverage available to investors concerning the business of the Company may be limited if investment banks with research capabilities do not follow the Company’s securities;

• lessening in trading volume and general market interest in the Company’s securities may affect an investor’s ability to trade significant numbers of securities of the Company;

• changes to South African laws and regulations might have a negative effect on the development prospects, timelines or relationships for the Company’s material properties;

• the size of the Company’s public float may limit the ability of some institutions to invest in the Company’s securities; and

• a substantial decline in the price of the securities of the Company that persists for a significant period of time could cause the Company’s securities to be delisted from an exchange, further reducing market liquidity.

Securities class action litigation often has been brought against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. The Company may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and damages and divert management’s attention and resources.

The Company’s growth, future profitability and ability to obtain financing may be impacted by global financial conditions.

Global financial conditions continue to be characterized by extreme volatility. In recent years, global markets have been adversely impacted by the credit crisis that began in 2008, the European debt crisis and significant fluctuations in fuel and energy costs and metals prices. Many industries, including the mining industry, have been impacted by these market conditions. Global financial conditions remain subject to sudden and rapid destabilizations in response to future economic shocks, as government authorities may have limited resources to respond to future crises. A continued or worsened slowdown in the financial markets or other economic conditions, including but not limited to consumer spending, employment rates, business conditions, inflation, fuel and energy costs, consumer debt levels, lack of available credit, the state of the financial markets, interest rates and tax rates, may adversely affect the Company’s growth and profitability. Future economic shocks may be precipitated by a number of causes, including debt crises, a continued rise in the price of oil and other commodities, the volatility of metal prices, geopolitical instability, terrorism, the devaluation and volatility of global stock markets, health crises and natural disasters. Any sudden or rapid destabilization of global economic conditions could impact the Company’s ability to obtain equity or debt financing in the future on terms favourable to the Company or at all. In such an event, the Company’s operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

The exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants will result in dilution to the holders of common shares.

The issuance of common shares upon the exercise of the Company’s outstanding stock options will result in dilution to the interests of shareholders, and may reduce the trading price of the common shares.


- 128 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Additional stock options and warrants to purchase common shares may be issued in the future. Exercises of these securities, or even the potential of their exercise, may have an adverse effect on the trading price of the Company’s common shares. The holders of stock options or warrants are likely to exercise them at times when the market price of the Company’s common shares exceeds the exercise price of the securities. Accordingly, the issuance of common shares upon exercise of the stock options and warrants will likely result in dilution of the equity represented by the then outstanding common shares held by other shareholders. The holders of stock options or warrants can be expected to exercise or convert them at a time when the Company would, in all likelihood, be able to obtain any needed capital on terms which are more favorable to the Company than the exercise terms provided by these stock options and warrants.

Future sales or issuances of equity securities could decrease the value of the common shares, dilute investors’ voting power and reduce the Company’s earnings per share.

The Company may sell equity securities in offerings (including through the sale of debt securities convertible into equity securities) and may issue additional equity securities to finance operations, exploration, development, acquisitions or other projects. The Company cannot predict the size of future issuances of equity securities or the size and terms of future issuances of debt securities or other securities convertible into equity securities or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of the securities will have on the market price of the Company’s common shares. Any transaction involving the issuance of previously authorized but unissued common shares, or securities convertible into common shares, would result in dilution, possibly substantial, to shareholders. Exercises of presently outstanding stock options may also result in dilution to shareholders.

The board of directors of the Company has the authority to authorize certain offers and sales of the securities without the vote of, or prior notice to, shareholders. Based on the need for additional capital to fund expected expenditures and growth, it is likely that the Company will issue the securities to provide such capital. Such additional issuances may involve the issuance of a significant number of common shares at prices less than the current market price.

Sales of substantial amounts of the securities, or the availability of the securities for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for the securities and dilute investors’ earnings per share. A decline in the market prices of the securities could impair the Company’s ability to raise additional capital through the sale of additional securities should the Company desire to do so.

Judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws may be difficult to enforce.

The ability of investors to enforce judgments of United States courts based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws against the Company, its directors and officers, and the experts named herein may be limited due to the fact that the Company is incorporated outside of the United States, a majority of such directors, officers, and experts reside outside of the United States and a substantial portion of the assets of the Company and said persons are located outside the United States. There is uncertainty as to whether foreign courts would: (a) enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against the Company, its directors and officers or the experts named herein predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws; or (b) entertain original actions brought in Canadian courts against the Company or such persons predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States, as such laws may conflict with Canadian laws.

There may be adverse Canadian tax consequences for a foreign controlled Canadian company that acquires the securities of the Company.

Certain adverse tax considerations may be applicable to a shareholder that is a corporation resident in Canada and is, or becomes, controlled by a non-resident corporation for the purposes of the “foreign affiliate dumping” rules in the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”). Such shareholders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the consequences of acquiring the securities.


- 129 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company may be a “passive foreign investment company” in its current and future tax years, which may have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for U.S. investors.

Potential investors in the securities who are U.S. taxpayers should be aware that the Company may be classified as a “passive foreign investment company” or “PFIC” for its current tax year ending August 31, 2017, and may be a PFIC in future tax years. If the Company is a PFIC for any tax year during a U.S. taxpayer’s holding period of the securities, then such U.S. taxpayer generally will be required to treat any gain realized upon a disposition of the securities or any so-called “excess distribution” received on the securities, as ordinary income, and to pay an interest charge on a portion of such gain or excess distribution. In certain circumstances, the sum of the tax and the interest charge may exceed the total amount of proceeds realized on the disposition, or the amount of excess distribution received, by the U.S. taxpayer. Subject to certain limitations, these tax consequences may be mitigated if a U.S. taxpayer makes a timely and effective “qualified electing fund” or “QEF” election (a “QEF Election”) under Section 1295 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or a mark-to-market election (a “Mark-to-Market Election”) under Section 1296 of the Code. Subject to certain limitations, such elections may be made with respect to the securities, provided, however, that a QEF Election may not be made with respect to warrants and debt securities convertible into common shares and that the Mark-to-Market Election may only apply to common shares. A U.S. taxpayer who makes a timely and effective QEF Election generally must report on a current basis its share of the Company’s net capital gain and ordinary earnings for any year in which the Company is a PFIC, whether or not the Company distributes any amounts to its shareholders. A U.S. taxpayer who makes the Mark-to-Market Election generally must include as ordinary income each year the excess of the fair market value of common shares over the taxpayer’s basis therein. Each potential investor who is a U.S. taxpayer should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and foreign tax consequences of the PFIC rules.

The Company is an “emerging growth company” and the Company cannot be certain whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make the securities less attractive to investors.

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the U.S. Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and intends to take advantage of exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as the Company is an emerging growth company. The Company cannot predict if investors will find the securities less attractive because the Company’s independent auditors will not have attested to the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls. If some investors find the securities less attractive as a result of the Company’s independent auditors not attesting to the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls or as a result of other exemptions that the Company may take advantage of, there may be a less active trading market for the securities and the value of the securities may be adversely affected.

ITEM 6 DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Company has not declared nor paid dividends or distributions on its common shares in any of its three most recently completed financial years.

There following restrictions could prevent the Company from paying dividends or distributions:

(a)

the exchange controls of the Government of South Africa. See “South African Regulatory Framework - Exchange Control” above;

   
(b)

In 2012, the Government of South Africa replaced the longstanding secondary tax on corporations with a dividend tax levied on shareholders. Before the new dividend tax became law, secondary tax on corporations had been levied at a rate of 10% on all dividends declared by companies resident in South Africa. The current rate of dividends tax is 15%. Under an existing tax treaty between Canada and South Africa, the effective rate under the new dividend tax in South Africa on dividends paid from Maseve and PTM RSA to the Company will be 5% of the gross amount of dividends, provided the Company continues to hold at least 10% of the capital of PTM RSA. Dividend taxes are to be withheld by corporations in South Africa on behalf of shareholders and remitted to the South African Revenue Service.



- 130 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

(c)

Both the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility specify that the Company may not declare and pay dividends during the terms of those agreements, except with the prior written consent of Sprott and/or LMM, as applicable,

The Company has no current dividend or distribution policy and has no present intention to change its dividend or distribution policy, as it anticipates that all available funds will be invested to finance the growth of its business. The Company’s directors will determine if and when dividends should be declared and paid in the future based on the Company’s financial position at the relevant time.

ITEM 7 DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The Company’s authorized share structure consists of an unlimited number of common shares without par value, of which 112,803,619 common shares were issued and outstanding as at November 29, 2016. All of the issued common shares are fully paid. The Company does not own any of its common shares.

Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each common share on all matters to be voted on by the shareholders. Each common share is equal to every other common share and all common shares participate equally on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the Company’s assets among the shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs after it has paid out its liabilities. Shareholders are entitled to receive pro-rata such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefore and to receive pro-rata the remaining property of the Company upon dissolution. No common shares have been issued subject to call or assessment. There are no pre-emptive or conversion rights, and no provisions for redemption, purchase or cancellation, surrender, sinking fund or purchase fund. Provisions as to the creation, modification, amendment or variation of such rights or such provisions are contained in the BCBCA.

On July 10, 2012, the Company announced that its board of directors had approved the adoption of a shareholder rights plan dated July 9, 2012 (the “Shareholder Rights Plan”) subject to shareholder approval, which was received at the Company’s annual general meeting held on January 8, 2013 and which shareholder approval was renewed at the Company’s AGM held on February 26, 2016. The Shareholders Rights Plan will continue in force up to the end of the Company’s third annual general meeting of shareholders following the shareholder approval obtained on February 26, 2016, subject to earlier expiry in the event of (i) the redemption of the shareholder rights; or (ii) the exchange of the shareholder rights for debt or equity securities or assets (or a combination thereof), all as more particularly set out in the Shareholder Rights Plan.

The Company’s management considers its current market valuation to be in contrast to the advancement of the Company and its business. As a result, the board of directors undertook a review to consider the need for a shareholder rights plan. The Shareholder Rights Plan is not intended to prevent or discourage a fair bid for the Company. The purpose of the Shareholder Rights Plan is to provide shareholders and the Company’s board of directors with adequate time to consider and evaluate any unsolicited bid made for the Company, to provide the board of directors with adequate time to identify, develop and negotiate value-enhancing alternatives, if considered appropriate, to any such unsolicited bid, to encourage the fair treatment of shareholders in connection with any take-over bid for the Company and to ensure that any proposed transaction is in the best interests of the Company's shareholders.

The rights issued under the Shareholder Rights Plan will become exercisable only if a person, together with its affiliates, associates and joint actors, acquires or announces its intention to acquire beneficial ownership of shares which when aggregated with its current holdings, total 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common shares (determined in the manner set out in the Shareholder Rights Plan), other than by a Permitted Bid or Shareholder Endorsed Insider Bid (in each case as described in the Shareholder Rights Plan). Permitted Bids must be made by way of a take-over bid circular prepared in compliance with applicable securities laws and, among other conditions, must remain open for 60 days. A Shareholder Endorsed Insider Bid is a take-over bid made by a bidder who together with its affiliates or associates and joint actors has beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of the Company, by way of take-over bid circular to all shareholders, and in respect of which, among other things, more than 50% of the common shares held by shareholders have been tendered to the take-over bid at the time of first take-up under the take-over bid and the date of such first take-up occurs not later than the 120th calendar day following the date on which the take-over bid is commenced. A Shareholder Endorsed Insider Bid is not required to be open for a minimum period of time beyond the 35 days required under applicable securities law.


- 131 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

In the event that a take-over bid does not meet the Permitted Bid or Shareholder Endorsed Insider Bid requirements of the Shareholder Rights Plan, the rights will entitle shareholders, other than any shareholder or shareholders making the take-over bid, to purchase additional common shares of the Company at a substantial discount to the market price of the common shares at that time.

A copy of the Shareholder Rights Plan was provided to the TSX and the TSX accepted the notice for filing. The Company is not aware of any specific take-over bid for the Company that has been made or is contemplated.

ITEM 8 MARKET FOR SECURITIES

Trading Price and Volume

The common shares are listed on the TSX under the symbol “PTM” and on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “PLG”.

The following tables provide information as to the high and low trading prices of the common shares during the 12 months of the most recently completed financial year as well as the volume of common shares traded for each month:

Toronto Stock Exchange – PTM (1)

Month High (CDN$/share)(2) Low (CDN$/share) (2) Volume (# of shares)
September, 2015 4.00 2.90 199,613
October, 2015 4.30 3.00 645,474
November, 2015 3.45 2.80 208,371
December, 2015 3.00 1.75 2,166,542
January, 2016 2.05 1.35 1,223,459
February, 2016 3.00 1.41 4,237,233
March, 2016 5.25 2.51 3,111,955
April, 2016 5.07 3.16 3,329,126
May, 2016 4.74 3.42 1,788,239
June, 2016 4.64 3.51 1,827,030
July, 2016 4.95 3.79 2,665,700
August, 2016 4.63 3.59 1,568,123

Notes:

(1)

The price and volume have been adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation.

(2)

Based on intra-day highs and lows.

NYSE MKT – PLG (1)

Month High (US$/share) (2) Low (US$/share) (2) Volume (# of shares)
September, 2015 2.90 2.17 351,124
October, 2015 3.40 2.26 1,518,493
November, 2015 2.65 2.03 738,390
December, 2015 2.26 1.25 1,624,307
January, 2016 1.51 0.96 1,462,689
February, 2016 2.19 1.01 15,083,013
March, 2016 4.04 1.86 8,742,239
April, 2016 3.91 2.46 10,796,958
May, 2016 3.71 2.65 7,089,516
June, 2016 3.57 2.73 8,766,770
July, 2016 3.98 2.87 10,608,231


- 132 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Month High (US$/share) (2) Low (US$/share) (2) Volume (# of shares)
August, 2016 3.56 2.75 7,993,488

Notes:

(1)

The price and volume have been adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation.

(2)

Based on intra-day highs and lows.

Prior Sales

During the most recently completed financial year, the Company has issued the following stock options (“Options”) convertible into common shares at the following exercise prices:

Date of Issuance Number of Options Issued(1) Exercise Prices
December 22, 2015 1,016,550 CDN$2.00
TOTAL 1,016,550  

Note:

(1)

Each Option is exercisable into one common share.


ITEM 9 ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO CONTRACTUAL RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER

There are no securities of the Company held, to the Company’s knowledge, in escrow or that are subject to a contractual restriction on transfer.

ITEM 10 DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Name, Occupation and Security Holding

Name, Province or State
and Country of Residence,
Positions and Offices
Principal Occupation or Employment during
the preceding five years
Director since(6)
R. MICHAEL JONES(4)
British Columbia, Canada
President, CEO and Director
Professional Geological Engineer. President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a predecessor company from 2000 to the present. February 18, 2002
FRANK R. HALLAM(4)
British Columbia, Canada
CFO, Corporate Secretary and Director
Chartered Accountant. Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the founder of a predecessor company from 1983 to the present. February 18, 2002
BARRY SMEE(1)(2)(3)
British Columbia, Canada
Director
Geologist and Geochemist. President of Smee & Associates, a private consulting, geological and geochemistry company, from 1990 to the present. February 18, 2002
IAIN McLEAN(1)(2)(3)
British Columbia, Canada
Chairman and Director
General Management Consultant and Chartered Engineer. Chief Operating Officer, MineSense Technologies, a technology company based in Vancouver, B.C. from Aug 2014 to Sep 2015; Regional Vice President, Gemcom Software/Dassault Systemes GEOVIA from June 2010 to July 2014. February 18, 2002
ERIC CARLSON(1)
British Columbia, Canada
Director
Chartered Accountant. Chief Executive Officer of Anthem Works Ltd., a real estate investment, development and management company, from July 1994 to the present. February 18, 2002
TIMOTHY D. MARLOW(3)(4)
British Columbia, Canada
Director
Chartered Mining Engineer and Consultant. President of Philippine Gold Consulting LLC from 1995 – 2014; President of Marlow & Associates from 1995 to the present. June 15, 2011


- 133 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

Name, Province or State
and Country of Residence,
Positions and Offices
Principal Occupation or Employment during
the preceding five years
Director since(6)
DIANA WALTERS(1)(2)
North Salem, New York, USA
Director
Consulting specialist primarily in natural resources, principal investing, investment banking/finance and industry management. President and CEO of Liberty Metals and Mining Holdings, LLC from Jan 2010 to Oct 2014. July 16, 2013
PETER BUSSE
British Columbia, Canada
COO
Professional Mining Engineer. Chief Operating Officer of the Company from Oct 2007 to the present. N/A

Notes:

(1)

Member of the Audit Committee

(2)

Member of the Compensation Committee

(3)

Member of the Governance and Nominating Committee

(4)

Member of the Disclosure Committee

As of November 29, 2016, directors and executive officers of the Company, as a group, beneficially own, control or direct, directly or indirectly, approximately 534,171 common shares representing approximately 0.47% of the Company’s issued and outstanding common shares.

The term of office for each director of the Company expires at the annual general meeting of shareholders where they can be nominated for re-election.

Corporate Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

Except as disclosed below, no director or executive officer of the Company (or any of their personal holding companies) is, or during the ten years preceding the date of this AIF has been, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company, including the Company, that:

(i)

was subject to an order that was issued while the director or executive officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial order; or

(ii)

was subject to an order that was issued after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer;

Mr. Jones and Mr. Hallam are directors of Nextraction Energy Corp. (“NE”), which is currently the subject of a Cease Trade Order of the BCSC issued on May 8, 2015 for failing to file a comparative financial statement for its financial year ended December 31, 2014 and a Form 51-102F1 Management's Discussion and Analysis for the period ended December 31, 2014 (the “Required Records”). NE is working on a financing and reorganization so that it can complete the Required Records.

For the purposes hereof, “order” means:

  (a)

a cease trade order;

  (b)

an order similar to a cease trade order; or

  (c)

an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation,

that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days.

No director or executive officer of the Company, or a shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company, (or any of their personal holding companies):


- 134 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

(i)

is, as at the date of this AIF or during the ten years preceding the date of this AIF has been, a director or executive officer, of any company, including the Company, that while the director or executive officer was acting in that capacity or within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement, or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager, or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or

   
(ii)

has, within the ten years before the date of this AIF, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of that director or executive officer.

No director or executive officer of the Company, or a shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company, (or any of their personal holding companies) has been subject to:

(i)

any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or

   
(ii)

any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body which would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision.

Conflicts of Interest

Certain of the Company’s directors and officers may serve as directors or officers of other companies or have significant shareholdings in other resource companies and, to the extent that such other companies may participate in ventures in which the Company may participate, the directors of the Company may have a conflict of interest in negotiating and concluding terms respecting the extent of such participation. In the event that such a conflict of interest arises at a meeting of the Company’s directors, a director who has such a conflict will abstain from voting for or against the approval of such participation or such terms. Such companies may, from time to time, compete with the Company for business opportunities. In addition, several companies may participate in the acquisition, exploration and development of natural resource properties thereby allowing for their participation in larger programs, permitting involvement in a greater number of programs and reducing financial exposure in respect of any one program. It may also occur that a particular company will assign all or a portion of its interest in a particular program to another of these companies due to the financial position of the company making the assignment. In accordance with the laws of British Columbia the directors of the Company are required to act honestly, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. In determining whether or not the Company will participate in a particular program and the interest therein to be acquired by it, the directors will primarily consider the degree of risk to which the Company may be exposed and its financial position at that time.

The directors and officers of the Company are aware of the existence of laws governing the accountability of directors and officers for corporate opportunity and requiring disclosures by the directors of conflicts of interest and the Company will rely upon such laws in respect of any directors’ and officers’ conflicts of interest or in respect of any breaches of duty by any of its directors and officers. All such conflicts will be disclosed by such directors or officers in accordance with the laws of British Columbia shall govern themselves in respect thereof to the best of their ability in accordance with the obligations imposed upon them by law. The Company leases office space from a company with a director in common, and provides administrative services to several companies with directors or management in common. The directors and officers of the Company are not aware of any conflicts of interests involving the Company’s mineral properties.

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of its directors, officers and employees, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Code includes provisions covering conflicts of interest, ethical conduct, compliance with applicable government laws, rules and regulations, disclosure in reports and documents filed with, or submitted to, the SEC, reporting of violations of the Code and accountability for adherence to the Code. A copy of the Code is posted on the Company’s website, at www.platinumgroupmetals.net.


- 135 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The Company has not granted any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year ending August 31, 2016. Subsequent to the 2016 fiscal year end, the Company amended the Code in November 2016 to clarify certain rights regarding communications with regulatory authorities, consistent with evolving and accepted standards of corporate governance.

ITEM 11 PROMOTERS

No individuals acted as promoters of the Corporation within the two most recently completed financial years or during the current financial year.

ITEM 12 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

Legal Proceedings

During the most recently completed financial year, there were no legal proceedings to which the Company is or was the subject of. The Company knows of no legal proceedings to be contemplated.

Regulatory Actions

There are no penalties or sanctions imposed against the Company by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority during the Company’s financial year. There are no other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body against the Company that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision. There are no settlement agreements entered into by the Company before a court relating to securities legislation or with a securities regulatory authority during the Company’s financial year.

ITEM 13 INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

No director, executive officer or person or company that beneficially owns, or controls or directs, directly or indirectly, more than ten percent of the common shares of the Company, or any associate or affiliate of the foregoing, has had any material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction within the three most recently completed financial years or during the current financial year that has materially affected or is reasonable expected to materially affect the Company.

ITEM 14 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS

The Company’s transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Investor Services Inc. in Canada and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. in the USA. The registers of transfers of the common shares of the Company are located in Vancouver, British Columbia and Toronto, Ontario in Canada and in Golden, Colorado in the USA.

ITEM 15 MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Except for contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, the only material contracts that we have entered into in the financial year ended August 31, 2016, or before the last financial year but still in effect, are as follows:

1.

Shareholders Rights Plan Agreement dated July 9, 2012 between the Company and Computershare Investor Services Inc. as Rights Agent and approved by the Shareholders on January 8, 2013 and February 26, 2016;

2.

The Maseve Shareholders Agreement among PTM RSA, Africa Wide and Maseve dated April 24, 2008; and

3.

The JOGMEC Agreement, as amended, dated October 12, 2009 among the Company, JOGMEC and Mnombo governing the Waterberg Joint Venture.

Other than the above, there are no contracts other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company (See “Mineral Property Interests”) that are material to the Company and that were entered into within the most recently completed financial year of the Company or before the most recently completed financial year of the Company and which are still in effect.


- 136 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

ITEM 16 INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

Names of Experts

The following persons or companies are named as having prepared or certified a report, valuation, statement or opinion described in or included in a filing, or referred to in a filing, made under NI 51-102 by the Company during, or relating to the Company’s most recently completed financial year, whose profession or business gives authority to the report, valuation, statement or opinion made by the person of company.

Name Description
Charles Muller (B. Sc. (Hons)
Geology) Pri. Sci. Nat., CJM
Consulting (Pty) Ltd.
Authored the Project 3 Report and co-authored the Project 1 Report and the October 2016 Waterberg Report, each of which is referred to herein.
Gert Roets (B. Eng. Mining), Pr.
Eng. (ECSA), of DRA Projects SA
(Pty) Ltd.
Co-authored the Project 1 Report, which is referred to herein.
Gordon Cunningham, B. Eng.
(Chemical), Pr. Eng. (ECSA) of
Turnberry Projects (Pty) Ltd.
Co-authored the Project 1 Report and the October 2016 Waterberg Report, each of which is referred to herein.
Robert L Goosen, B. Eng. (Mining
Engineering), Pr. Eng (ECSA) of
Advisian/Worley Parsons Group
Co-authored the October 2016 Waterberg Report, which is referred to herein.
R. Michael Jones, P. Eng.
Platinum Group
The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The non-independent Qualified Person for the disclosure in the material change reports of the Company dated November 3, 2015, November 23, 2015, January 12, 2016, February 9, 2016, March 17, 2016, April 19, 2016, May 5, 2016, May 31, 2016 and July 14, 2016 and certain disclosure contained herein.

Interests of Experts

There were no registered or beneficial interests, direct or indirect, in any securities or other property of the Company or of one of the Company’s associates or affiliates (a) held by the persons or companies named above (“experts”), and if the expert is not an individual, by the designated professionals of that expert, when that expert prepared the report, valuation, statement or opinion referred to above; (b) received by an expert named above and, if the expert is not an individual, by the designated professionals of that expert, after the time that expert prepared the report, valuation, statement or opinion referred to above; or (c) to be received by an expert named above and, if the expert is not an individual, by the designated professionals of that expert, except for R. Michael Jones or other than compensation in cash for their services.

None of the aforementioned experts, nor any directors, officers or employees of an expert referred to above, is currently expected to be elected, appointed or employed as a director, officer or employee of the Company or of any associate or affiliate of the Company.

Independent Auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, of Vancouver, British Columbia are the external auditor of the Company who have issued an independent auditors’ report dated November 29, 2016 in respect of the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position as at August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015 and the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has advised that they are independent of the Company within the meaning of the Code of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of British Columbia and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.


- 137 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

ITEM 17 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional Information

Additional information relating to the Company may be found on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

Additional information, including directors’ and officers’ remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of the Company’s securities and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, if applicable, is contained in the Company’s information circular for its most recent annual meeting of shareholders.

Additional financial information is provided in the Company’s Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended August 31, 2016.

Copies of the above may be obtained, on the Company’s website www.platinumgroupmetals.net; on the SEDAR website at www.sedar.com; on the SEC’s EDGAR website at www.sec.gov; or by calling the Company’s investor relations personnel at 604-899-5450.

Audit Committee

Pursuant to National Instrument 52 110 – Audit Committees (“NI 52-110”), companies that are required to file an AIF are required to provide certain disclosure with respect to their audit committee. The Company’s audit committee (“Audit Committee”) is responsible for reviewing the Company’s financial reporting procedures, internal controls and the performance .of the Company’s external auditors.

Audit Committee Charter

The text of the Audit Committee Charter attached hereto as Schedule “B”.

Audit Committee Composition and Background

The Audit Committee is comprised of Eric Carlson (Chairman), Iain McLean, Barry Smee and Diana Walters. All four members of the Audit Committee are independent and financially literate, meaning they are able to read and understand the Company’s financial statements and to understand the breadth and level of complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Company’s financial statements.

In addition to each member’s general business experience, the education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee that is relevant to the performance of his or her responsibilities as a member of the Audit Committee are set forth below:

Eric H. Carlson, B.Comm, Chartered Accountant - Mr. Carlson has over 20 years of real estate investment, development and management experience and he has been the President of Anthem Works Ltd. (“Anthem”) since July 1994. Anthem is an investment group that specializes in the acquisition, development and management of Class B retail, multi-family residential and office properties in high growth markets in Canada and the USA.

Iain D. C. McLean, B.Sc.Eng (ARSM), M.B.A., MIMM. C. Eng. – Mr. McLean has experience as a senior executive in several public companies managing operations, listings, capital raising, etc. He also has experience in underground mining operations in the UK and South Africa.

Dr. Barry W. Smee, Ph.D., P.Geo - Professional geologist/geochemist with 46 years in mineral exploration as a quality control and laboratory audit expert.

Diana Walters – Ms. Walters has over 25 years in the financial services sector and has served on the audit committee of other publicly-traded companies.

 


- 138 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

The board of directors has determined that each of Mr. McLean and Mr. Carlson is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the regulations promulgated by the SEC and is independent within the meaning of the NYSE MKT LLC Company Guide. Mr. McLean has an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.Sc (Eng.) in Mining from the Imperial College of Science and Technology (London, England). In addition to his education, Mr. McLean has gained relevant experience acting as the Chief Operating Officer of several private technology companies since 1995 and as the Vice President of Operations at Ballard Power Systems from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Carlson is a Chartered Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of British Columbia.

Reliance on Certain Exemptions

At no time since the commencement of the Company’s most recently completed financial year has the Company relied on any of the exemptions set out in Section 2.4 (De Minimis Non-audit Services), Section 3.2 (Initial Public Offerings), Section 3.4 (Events Outside Control of Member), Section 3.5 (Death, Disability or Resignation of Audit Committee Member), Subsection 3.3(2) (Controlled Companies), 3.6 (Temporary Exemption for Limited and Exceptional Circumstances) or Section 3.8 (Acquisition of Financial Literacy) of NI 52-110, or an exemption from NI 52-110, in whole or in part, granted under Part 8 of NI 52-110.

Audit Committee Oversight

At no time since the commencement of the Company’s most recently completed financial year was a recommendation of the Audit Committee to nominate or compensate an external auditor not adopted by the board of directors.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Company’s Audit Committee is authorized to review the performance of the Company’s independent auditors and pre-approves all audit and non-audit services to be provided to the Company by its independent auditor. Prior to granting any pre-approval, the Audit Committee must be satisfied that the performance of the services in question is not prohibited by applicable securities laws and will not compromise the independence of the independent auditor. All non-audit services performed by the Company’s auditor for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015 have been pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

External Auditor Service Fees (By Category)

The aggregate fees billed by the Company’s current independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 are set forth below in U.S. Dollars:

Year ended
August 31, 2016
Year ended
August 31, 2015
Audit Fees $219,516 $226,502
Audit-Related Fees(1) $52,032 $54,558
Tax Fees(2) $4,525 $4,960
All Other Fees(3) $55,388 $2,480
Total $331,461 $288,500

Notes:

(1)

The aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements, which are not included under the heading “Audit Fees”.



- 139 –

Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
2016 Annual Information Form

(2)

The aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning, including restructuring advice.

(3)

The aggregate fees billed for products and services other than as set out under the headings “Audit Fees”, “Audit Related Fees” and “Tax Fees”.



SCHEDULE “A”

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND GLOSSARY OF MINING TERMS

The following is a list of abbreviations and a glossary of certain mining terms used in this AIF:

3E” refers to platinum, palladium and gold, collectively.

4E” refers platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold, collectively.

amsl” refers to above mean sea level.

anomalous” refers to a sample or location that either (i) the concentration of an element(s) or (ii) geophysical measurement is significantly different from the average background values in the area.

anomaly” refers to the geographical area corresponding to anomalous geochemical or geophysical values.

anorthosite” is an intrusive igneous rock characterized by a predominance of plagioclase feldspar (90-100%), and a minimal mafic component (0–10%). Pyroxene, ilmenite, magnetite, and olivine are the mafic minerals most commonly present.

anticlines” is a ridge or ridge-shaped fold of stratified rock in which the strata slope downward from the crest.

apatite” is a widely occurring pale green to purple mineral, consisting of calcium phosphate with some fluorine, chlorine, and other elements.

assay” is an analysis to determine the quantity of one or more elemental components.

Au” refers to gold.

basket price per 4E ounce” refers to the aggregate value for one combined ounce of platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold, based on the prill split, or ratio of representative metals, for each of the four elements contained in the combined 4E ounce, valued at a stated price per ounce for those same elements.

blebs” is a small particle.

chromitite” is an igneous cumulate rock composed mostly of the mineral chromite. It is found in layered intrusions.

cm” refers to centimetres.

cmg/t” refers to centimetre grams per tonne.

Cu” refers to copper.

cupellation” is a refining process for nonoxidizing metals, such as silver and gold, in which a metallic mixture is oxidized at high temperatures and base metals are separated by absorption into the walls of a cupel.

deposit” is a mineralized body, which has been physically delineated by sufficient drilling, trenching, and/or underground work, and found to contain a sufficient average grade of metal or metals to warrant further exploration and/or development expenditures. Such a deposit does not qualify as a commercially mineable ore body or as containing ore reserves, until final legal, technical, and economic factors have been resolved.

diamond drill” is a type of rotary drill in which the cutting is done by abrasion rather than percussion. The cutting bit is set with diamonds and is attached to the end of the long hollow rods through which water is pumped to the cutting face. The drill cuts a core of rock that is covered in long cylindrical sections, an inch or more in diameter.


- 2 –

dolerite” is a dark basic intrusive igneous rock consisting of plagioclase feldspar and a pyroxene.

dunite” is a green to brownish coarse-grained igneous rock consisting largely of olivine.

early-stage exploration project” refers to a property that has been subjected to a limited amount of physical testing and systematic exploration work with no known extensive zone of mineralization.

exploration stage” refers to the stage where a company is engaged in the search for minerals deposits (reserves), which are not in either the development or production stage.

fault” is a fracture in a rock across which there has been displacement.

felsic”, “felsites” and “feldspathic” refers to an igneous rock that contains a group of light-colored silicate minerals, including feldspar, feldspathoid, quartz, and muscovite.

fracture” is a break in a rock, usually along flat surfaces.

gabbro” is an intrusive rock comprised of a mixture of mafic minerals and feldspars.

grade” is the concentration of an ore metal in a rock sample, given either as weight percent for base metals (i.e., Cu, Zn, Pb) or in grams per tonne (g/t) or ounces per short ton (oz/t) for precious or platinum group metals.

g/t” refers to grams per tonne.

ha” refers to hectares.

harzburgite” is a variety of peridotite consisting mostly of the two minerals, olivine and low-calcium (Ca) pyroxene (enstatite). It commonly contains a few percent chromium-rich spinel as an accessory mineral.

ICP” refers to inductively coupled plasma, a laboratory technique used for the quantitative analysis of samples (soil, rock, etc.) taken during field exploration programs.

indicated mineral resource” is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape and physical characteristics can be estimated with a level of confidence sufficient to allow the appropriate application of technical and economic parameters, to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. The estimate is based on detailed and reliable exploration and testing information gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that are spaced closely enough for geological and grade continuity to be reasonably assumed.

inferred mineral resource” is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality can be estimated on the basis of geological evidence and limited sampling and reasonably assumed, but not verified, geological and grade continuity. The estimate is based on limited information and sampling gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes.

intrusive” is a rock mass formed below earth’s surface from molten magma, which was intruded into a pre-existing rock mass and cooled to solid.

isopach” is a line on a map or diagram connecting points beneath which a particular stratum or group of strata has the same thickness.

km” refers to kilometres.

kriging” is the numerical modeling by applying statistics to resource calculations (or other earth sciences problems). The method recognizes that samples are not independent and that spatial continuity between samples exists.


- 3 –

m” refers to metres.

ML/day” refers to megalitre/day.

mafic” is a rock type consisting of predominantly iron and magnesium silicate minerals with little quartz or feldspar minerals.

magmatic” means pertaining to magma, a naturally occurring silicate melt, which may contain suspended silicate crystals, dissolved gases, or both; magmatic processes are at work under the earth’s crust.

measured mineral resource” is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape, physical characteristics are so well established that they can be estimated with confidence sufficient to allow the appropriate application of technical and economic parameters, to support production planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. The estimate is based on detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing information gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that are spaced closely enough to confirm both geological and grade continuity.

mineralization” refers to minerals of value occurring in rocks.

mineral reserve” is the economically mineable part of a measured or indicated mineral resource demonstrated by at least a preliminary feasibility study. This study must include adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, economic and other relevant factors that demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that economic extraction can be justified. A mineral reserve includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when material is mined.

mineral resource” is a concentration or occurrence of natural, solid, inorganic or fossilized organic material in or on the Earth’s crust in such form and quantity and of such a grade or quality that it has reasonable prospects for economic extraction. The location, quantity, grade, geological characteristics and continuity of a mineral resource are known, estimated or interpreted from specific geological evidence and knowledge.

MR” refers to Merensky Reef.

MVA” refers to megavolt ampere.

NI 43-101” refers to National Instrument 43-101 – Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects of the Canadian Securities Administrators which sets out Canadian securities reporting guidelines for mining companies.

Ni” is an abbreviation for nickel.

noritic” is a coarse-grained igneous rock, very similar to gabbro but containing orthopyroxene instead of clinopyroxene.

olivine” is a mineral silicate of iron and magnesium, principally (Mg, Fe) 2SiO4, found in igneous and metamorphic rocks and used as a structural material in refractories and in cements.

orthopyroxenite” is a member of the pyroxene group of minerals having an orthorhombic crystal structure, such as enstatite and hypersthenes.

ounce” or “oz” refers to a troy ounce having a weight of 31.103 grams.

outcrop” refers to an exposure of rock at the earth’s surface.

overburden” is any material covering or obscuring rocks from view.

pegmatoid” is an igneous rock that has the coarse-grained texture of a pegmatite but that lacks graphic intergrowths or typically granitic composition.


- 4 –

Pd” refers to palladium.

PGM” refers to platinum group metals, i.e. platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold.

PGE” refers to mineralization containing platinum group elements, i.e. platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold.

plagioclase” is a form of feldspar consisting of aluminosilicates of sodium and/or calcium, common in igneous rocks and typically white.

ppb” refers to parts per billion.

probable mineral reserve” is the economically mineable part of an indicated, and in some circumstances a measured mineral resource demonstrated by at least a preliminary feasibility study. This study must include adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, economic, and other relevant factors that demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that economic extraction can be justified.

proven mineral reserve” is the economically mineable part of a measured mineral resource demonstrated by at least a preliminary feasibility study. This study must include adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, economic and other relevant factors that demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that economic extraction is justified

Pt” refers to platinum.

pyroxenite” refers to a relatively uncommon dark-coloured rock consisting chiefly of pyroxene; pyroxene is a type of rock containing sodium, calcium, magnesium, iron, titanium and aluminum combined with oxygen.

Qualified Person” as used in this AIF means a Qualified Person as that term is defined in NI 43-101.

quartz” is a common rock-forming mineral (SiO2).

quartzite” is an extremely compact, hard, granular rock consisting essentially of quartz. It often occurs as silicified sandstone, as in sarsen stones.

Rh” refers to rhodium, a platinum metal. Rhodium shares some of the notable properties of platinum, including its resistance to corrosion, its hardness and ductility. Wherever there is platinum in the earth, there is rhodium as well. In fact, most rhodium is extracted from a sludge that remains after platinum is removed from the ore. A high percentage of rhodium is also found in certain nickel deposits in Canada.

stope” is an underground excavation from which ore has been extracted.

tailings” is the material that remains after all metals considered economic have been removed from ore during milling.

tonne” refers to a metric tonne having a weight of 1,000 kilograms or 2,205 pounds.

troctolite” is a gabbro made up mainly of olivine and calcic plagioclase, often having a spotted appearance likened to a trout’s back.

UG2” refers to Upper Group 2 Chromitite Layer or Reef.

ultramafic” refers to types of rock containing relatively high proportions of the heavier elements such as magnesium, iron, calcium and sodium; these rocks are usually dark in colour and have relatively high specific gravities.

xenolith” is a rock fragment which becomes enveloped in a larger rock during the latter’s development and hardening.


SCHEDULE “B”

PLATINUM GROUP METALS LTD.
(the “Corporation”)

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

1.

General

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has established an Audit Committee (the “Committee”) to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. The Committee will review and oversee the financial reporting and accounting process of the Corporation, the system of internal control and management of financial risks, the external audit process, and the Corporation’s process for monitoring compliance with laws and regulations and its own code of business conduct. In performing its duties, the Committee will maintain effective working relationships with the Board, management, and the external auditors and monitor the independence of those auditors. To perform his or her role effectively, each Committee member will obtain an understanding of the responsibilities of Committee membership as well as the Corporation’s business, operations and risks.

The Corporation’s independent auditor is ultimately accountable to the Board and to the Committee. The Board and Committee, as representatives of the Corporation’s shareholders, have the ultimate authority and responsibility to evaluate the independent auditor, to nominate annually the independent auditor to be proposed for shareholder approval, to determine appropriate compensation for the independent auditor, and where appropriate, to replace the outside auditor. In the course of fulfilling its specific responsibilities hereunder, the Committee must maintain free and open communication between the Corporation’s independent auditors, Board and Corporation management. The responsibilities of a member of the Committee are in addition to such member’s duties as a member of the Board.

2.

Members

The Board will in each year appoint a minimum of three (3) directors as members of the Committee. All members of the Committee shall be non-management directors and shall be independent within the meaning of all applicable U.S. and Canadian securities laws and the rules of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NYSE MKT LLC (collectively, the “Applicable Regulations”), unless otherwise exempt under the Applicable Regulations.

None of the members of the Committee may have participated in the preparation of the financial statements of the Corporation or any current subsidiary of the Corporation at any time during the past three years.

All members of the Committee shall be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements and must be able to read and understand fundamental financial standards and satisfy all applicable financial literacy requirements of the Applicable Regulations. Additionally, at least one member of the Committee shall: (a) be financially sophisticated, in that he or she shall have past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication, which may include being or having been a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities; and (b) be an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of U.S. federal securities laws.


- 2 –

3.

Duties

The Committee will have the following duties:

 

Gain an understanding of whether internal control recommendations made by external auditors have been implemented by management.

   

 

Gain an understanding of the current areas of greatest financial risk and whether management is managing these effectively.

   

 

Review significant accounting and reporting issues, including recent professional and regulatory pronouncements, and understand their impact on the financial statements.

   

 

Review any legal matters which could significantly impact the financial statements as reported on by the Corporation’s counsel and engage outside independent counsel and other advisors whenever as deemed necessary by the Committee to carry out its duties.

   

 

Review the Corporation’s annual and quarterly financial statements, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis with respect thereto, and all annual and interim earnings press releases, prior to public dissemination, including any certification, report, opinion or review rendered by the external auditors and determine whether they are complete and consistent with the information known to Committee members; determine that the auditors are satisfied that the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

   

 

Pay particular attention to complex and/or unusual transactions such as those involving derivative instruments and consider the adequacy of disclosure thereof.

   

 

Focus on judgmental areas, for example those involving valuation of assets and liabilities and other commitments and contingencies.

   

 

Review audit issues related to the Corporation’s material associated and affiliated companies that may have a significant impact on the Corporation’s equity investment.

   

 

Meet with management and the external auditors to review the annual financial statements and the results of the audit.

   

 

Evaluate the fairness of the interim financial statements and related disclosures including the associated Management’s Discussion and Analysis, and obtain explanations from management on whether:


 

actual financial results for the interim period varied significantly from budgeted or projected results;

   

 

generally accepted accounting principles have been consistently applied;

   

 

 

there are any actual or proposed changes in accounting or financial reporting practices; or

   

 

there are any significant or unusual events or transactions which require disclosure and, if so, consider the adequacy of that disclosure.


 

Review the external auditors’ proposed audit scope and approach and ensure no unjustifiable restriction or limitations have been placed on the scope.

   

 

Recommend to the Board an external auditor to be nominated for appointment by the Corporation’s shareholders. Subject to the appointment of the Corporation’s external auditor by the Corporation’s shareholders, the Committee will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of external auditor engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an auditor’s report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Corporation, including the resolution of disagreements between management and the external auditor regarding financial reporting. The Corporation’s external auditor shall report directly to the Committee.



- 3 –

 

Review with the Corporation’s management, on a regular basis, the performance of the external auditors, the terms of the external auditor’s engagement, accountability and experience.

   

 

Pre-approve all non-audit services and tax services to be provided to the Corporation or its subsidiary entities by the external auditor, or other registered accounting firm.

   

 

Consider at least annually the independence of the external auditors, including reviewing the range of services provided in the context of all consulting services obtained by the Corporation, including:


 

insuring receipt from the independent auditor of a formal written statement delineating all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company, consistent with the Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1 and related Canadian regulatory body standards;

   

 

considering and discussing with the independent auditor any relationships or services, including non-audit services, that may impact the objectivity and independence of the independent auditor; and

   

 

as necessary, taking, or recommending that the Board take, appropriate action to oversee the independence of the independent auditor.


 

Ensure that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Corporation’s financial statements, other than the public disclosure contained in the Corporation’s financial statements, Management’s Discussion and Analysis and annual and interim earnings press releases; and must periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures.

   

 

Review any significant disagreement among management and the external auditors in connection with the preparation of the financial statements.

   

 

Review and approve the Corporation’s hiring policies regarding partners, employees and former partners and employees of the present and former external auditors of the Corporation.

   

 

Establish a procedure for:


 

the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Corporation of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

   

 

the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.


 

Meet separately with the external auditors to discuss any matters that the committee or auditors believe should be discussed privately in the absence of management.

   

 

Endeavour to cause the receipt and discussion on a timely basis of any significant findings and recommendations made by the external auditors.

   

 

Ensure that the Board is aware of matters which may significantly impact the financial condition or affairs of the business.

   

 

Review and oversee all related party transactions within the meaning of the Applicable Regulations.

   

 

Perform other functions as requested by the Board.



- 4 –

 

If necessary, institute special investigations and, if appropriate, hire special counsel or experts to assist, and set the compensation to be paid to such special counsel or other experts.

   

 

Review and re-assess annually the adequacy of this Charter and recommend updates to this charter; receive approval of changes from the Board.

   

 

With regard to the Corporation’s internal control procedures, the Committee is responsible to:


 

review the appropriateness and effectiveness of the Corporation’s policies and business practices which impact on the financial integrity of the Corporation, including those related to internal auditing, insurance, accounting, information services and systems and financial controls, management reporting and risk management; and

   

 

review compliance under the Corporation’s business conduct and ethics policies and to periodically review these policies and recommend to the Board changes which the Committee may deem appropriate; and

   

 

review any unresolved issues between management and the external auditors that could affect the financial reporting or internal controls of the Corporation; and

   

 

periodically review the Corporation’s financial and auditing procedures and the extent to which recommendations made by the internal audit staff or by the external auditors have been implemented.


4.

Chair

The Committee will in each year appoint the Chair of the Committee from among the members of the Committee. In the Chair’s absence, or if the position is vacant, the Committee may select another member as Chair. The Chair will not have a casting vote.

5.

Meetings

The Committee will meet at least once every calendar quarter. Special meetings shall be convened as required. Notices calling meetings shall be sent to all members of the Committee, all Board members and the external auditor. The external auditor of the Corporation must be given reasonable notice of, and has the right to appear before and to be heard at, each meeting of the Committee. At the request of the external auditor, the Committee must convene a meeting of the Committee to consider any matter that the external auditor believes should be brought to the attention of the Board or shareholders of the Corporation.

The Committee may invite such other persons (e.g. without limitation, the President or Chief Financial Officer) to its meetings, as it deems appropriate.

6.

Quorum

A majority of members of the Committee, present in person, by teleconferencing, or by videoconferencing, or by any combination of the foregoing, will constitute a quorum.

7.

Removal and Vacancy

A member may resign from the Committee, and may also be removed and replaced at any time by the Board, and will automatically cease to be a member as soon as the member ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The Board will fill vacancies in the Committee by appointment from among the directors in accordance with Section 2 of this Charter. Subject to quorum requirements, if a vacancy exists on the Committee, the remaining members will exercise all of the Committee’s powers.


- 5 –

8.

Authority

The Committee may:

 

engage independent counsel and other advisors as it determines necessary to carry out its duties.

   

 

 

set and pay the compensation for any advisors employed by the Committee; and

   

 

 

communicate directly with the internal and external auditors.

The Committee may also, within the scope of its responsibilities, seek any information it requires from any employee and from external parties, to obtain outside legal or professional advice, and to ensure the attendance of Corporation officers at meetings as appropriate.

9.

Secretary and Minutes

The Chair of the Committee will appoint a member of the Committee or other person to act as Secretary of the Committee for purposes of a meeting of the Committee. The minutes of the Committee meetings shall be in writing and duly entered into the books of the Corporation, and will be circulated to all members of the Board.

10.

Funding

The Corporation shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of (a) compensation to any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purposes of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Corporation; (b) compensation to any advisers employed by the Committee; and (c) ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carry out its duties.




  Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
  (An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
   
  Consolidated Financial Statements
  (all amounts in thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)
  For the year ended August 31, 2016
   
   
  Filed: November 29, 2016


November 29, 2016

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Shareholders of Platinum Group Metals Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Platinum Group Metals Ltd. and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at August 31, 2016, August 31, 2015 and September 1, 2014 and the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, and the related notes, which comprise a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s responsibility for the consolidated financial statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.


Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Platinum Metals Group and its subsidiaries as at August 31, 2016, August 31, 2015 and September 1, 2014 and their financial performance and their cash flows for the years ended August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

signed “PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP”

Chartered Professional Accountants
Vancouver, British Columbia

2



PLATINUM GROUP METALS LTD.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(in thousands of United States Dollars)
 

          Restated (see Note 2b )
    August 31,     August 31,     September 1,  
    2016     2015     2014  
ASSETS                  
                   
Current                  
         Cash and cash equivalents $  16,450   $  39,082   $  99,465  
         Amounts receivable (Note 4)   6,087     10,056     12,736  
         Prepaid expenses   367     346     657  
Total current assets   22,904     49,484     112,858  
                   
Deferred financing fees (Note 7)   -     2,663     3,868  
Performance bonds   4,912     4,389     4,692  
Exploration and evaluation assets (Note 6)   22,346     24,629     28,154  
Property, plant and equipment (Note 5)   469,696     417,177     356,483  
Total assets $  519,858   $  498,342   $  506,055  
                   
LIABILITIES                  
                   
Current                  
         Accounts payable and other liabilities $  16,920   $  16,370   $  26,279  
         Loan payable (Note 7)   26,667     -     -  
Total current liabilities   43,587     16,370     26,279  
                   
Loans payable (Note 7)   54,586     -     -  
Deferred income taxes (Note 18)   -     6,317     10,654  
Asset retirement obligation (Note 8)   2,237     2,309     1,505  
Total liabilities   100,410     24,996     38,438  
                   
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                  
Share capital (Note 9)   714,190     681,762     573,800  
Contributed surplus   24,003     23,646     21,506  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (232,179 )   (185,872 )   (93,055 )
Deficit   (125,245 )   (104,570 )   (109,791 )
Total shareholders’ equity attributable to
shareholders of Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
  380,769     414,966     392,460  
                   
Non-controlling interest (Note 10)   38,679     58,380     75,157  
Total shareholders’ equity   419,448     473,346     467,617  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $  519,858   $  498,342   $  506,055  
                   

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS (NOTE 12)
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (NOTE 17)

Approved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on November 29, 2016

“Iain McLean”    “Eric Carlson”  
Iain McLean, Director   Eric Carlson, Director  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 2



PLATINUM GROUP METALS LTD.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands of United States Dollars)
 

    Year Ended     Year ended  
    August 31,     August 31,  
    2016     2015  
          (restated see  
          Note 2j )
             
Expenses            
       General and administrative (Note 15) $  5,421   $  6,888  
       Foreign exchange gain   (1,664 )   (8,876 )
       Stock compensation expense   150     1,155  
       Impairment charge (Note 5)   41,371     -  
       Termination and finance fees (Note 7)   -     1,653  
       Write-down of deferred financing fees (Note 7)   -     3,515  
       Write-down of exploration and evaluation assets (Note 6)   -     2,331  
    45,278     6,666  
             
Other loss (income)            
       Net Finance income   (1,133 )   (3,781 )
Loss for the year before income taxes   44,145     2,885  
             
Deferred income tax (recovery) expense (Note 18)   (7,494 )   1,087  
             
Loss for the year   36,651     3,972  
             
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to net loss:            
       Currency translation adjustment   50,030     100,401  
             
Comprehensive loss for the year   86,681     104,373  
             
Loss attributable to:            
       Shareholders of Platinum Group Metals Ltd.   20,675     3,139  
       Non-controlling interests   15,976     833  
  $  36,651   $  3,972  
             
Comprehensive loss attributable to:            
       Shareholders of Platinum Group Metals Ltd   66,984     93,875  
       Non-controlling interests   19,697     10,496  
  $  86,681   $  104,371  
             
Basic and diluted loss per common share $  0.26   $  0.05  
             
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding            
       Basic and diluted   80,438,434     69,583,645  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 3



PLATINUM GROUP METALS LTD.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(in thousands of United States Dollars, except # of Common Shares)
 

    # of     Share     Contributed     Accumulated     Deficit     Attributable to     Non-     Total  
    Common     Capital     Surplus     Other           Shareholders     Controlling        
    Shares                 Comprehensive           of the Parent     Interest        
                      Income (loss)           Company              
Balance, August 31, 2014   55,131,283   $  573,800   $  21,506   $  (93,055 ) $  (109,791 ) $  392,460   $  75,157   $  467,617  
         Stock based compensation   -     -     2,140     -     -     2,140     -     2,140  
         Share issuance – financing   21,480,000     113,844     -     -     -     113,844     -     113,844  
         Share issuance costs   -     (7,384 )   -     -     -     (7,384 )   -     (7,384 )
         Shares issued for loan facility (Note 7)   283,019     1,502     -     -     -     1,502     -     1,502  
         Transactions with non-controlling interest (Note 5)   -     -     -     (2,079 )   8,360     6,281     (6,281 )   -  
         Foreign currency translation   -     -     -     (90,738 )   -     (90,738 )   (9,663 )   (100,401 )
         Net (loss) income for the year   -     -     -     -     (3,139 )   (3,139 )   (833 )   (3,972 )
Balance, August 31, 2015   76,894,302   $  681,762   $  23,646   $  (185,872 ) $  (104,570 ) $  414,966   $  58,380   $  473,346  
         Stock based compensation   -     -     357     -     -     357     -     357  
         Share issuance – financing   11,000,000     33,000     -     -     -     33,000     -     33,000  
         Share issuance costs   -     (2,959 )   -     -     -     (2,959 )   -     (2,959 )
         Shares issued for loan facility (Note 7)   960,476     2,384     -     -     -     2,384     -     2,384  
         Shares issued upon the exercise of options   2,250     3     -     -     -     3     -     3  
         Foreign currency translation adjustment   -     -     -     (46,307 )   -     (46,307 )   (3,725 )   (50,030 )
         Net loss for the year   -     -     -     -     (20,675 )   (20,675 )   (15,976 )   (36,651 )
Balance, August 31, 2016   88,857,028   $  714,190   $  24,003   $  (232,179 ) $  (125,245 ) $  380,769   $  38,679   $  419,448  
                                                 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 4



PLATINUM GROUP METALS LTD.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands of United States Dollars)
 

    For the year ended  
          Restated See  
          Note 2b  
    August 31,     August 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
OPERATING ACTIVITIES            
           Loss for the year $  (36,651 ) $  (3,972 )
             
           Add items not affecting cash:            
               Depreciation   446     518  
               Unrealized foreign exchange gain   (46 )   (2,673 )
               Write-down of deferred finance fees   -     3,868  
               Write-down of exploration properties   -     2,380  
               Impairment Charge   41,371     -  
               Deferred income tax (recovery) expense   (7,494 )   895  
               Stock compensation expense   150     1,178  
               Net change in non-cash working capital (Note 13)   (574 )   (1,977 )
    (2,798 )   217  
             
FINANCING ACTIVITIES            
           Share issuance   33,000     113,844  
           Share issuance costs   (2,958 )   (7,384 )
           Share issuance – stock options   3     -  
           Interest paid on debt (Note 7)   (3,049 )   (1,161 )
           Interest capitalized on debt proceeds   927     -  
           Cash proceeds from debt (Note 7)   80,000     -  
           Costs associated with the debt (Note 7)   (1,240 )   -  
    106,683     105,299  
             
INVESTING ACTIVITIES            
           Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   (133,350 )   (143,793 )
           Proceeds from the sale of concentrate   6,645     -  
           Exploration expenditures, net of recoveries   -     (8,120 )
           South African VAT   4,443     3,008  
           Performance bonds   (974 )   (591 )
    (123,236 )   (149,496 )
             
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   (19,351 )   (43,979 )
Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents   (3,281 )   (16,404 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year   39,082     99,465  
             
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $  16,450   $  51,417  
             

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 5



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

1.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) is a British Columbia, Canada, company formed by amalgamation on February 18, 2002. The Company’s shares are publicly listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange in Canada and the NYSE MKT LLC in the United States. The Company’s address is Suite 788-550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6C 2B5.

The Company is an exploration and development company conducting work on mineral properties it has staked or acquired by way of option agreements in the Republic of South Africa. The Company is currently developing and operating the Maseve platinum and palladium mine (the “Maseve Mine”), formerly Project 1 of Western Bushveld Joint Venture (“WBJV”), located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Complex in South Africa. The Maseve Mine is owned through the operating company Maseve Investments 11 (Pty.) Ltd. (“Maseve”), in which the Company held an 82.9% working interest as of August 31, 2016 and the Company’s Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) partner, Africa Wide Mineral Prospecting and Exploration (Pty) Ltd. (“Africa Wide”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wesizwe Platinum Ltd., owned 17.1% . A formal mining right was granted for the Maseve Mine on April 4, 2012 by the Government of South Africa (the “Mining Right”).

The Maseve Mine surface infrastructure is fully constructed and the mill was commissioned in February and March of 2016. Maseve is now in the ramp up phase of production. First concentrate was produced in February 2016 with commercial production levels expected in calendar 2017. Any revenues from concentrate sales realized before commercial production is achieved are expected to be treated as a reduction in project capital cost.

On May 26, 2015, the Company announced an agreement whereby the Waterberg JV property and Waterberg Extension property, both located on the Northern Limb of the Bushveld Complex in South Africa, are to be combined. See details at Note 6 below. The Company published a pre-feasibility study for the combined Waterberg Project in October, 2016.

These financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company’s subsidiaries are as follows:

          Place of     Proportion of ownership interest  
          incorporation     and voting power held  
          and     August 31,     August 31,  
Name of subsidiary   Principal activity     operation     2016     2015  
                         
Platinum Group Metals (RSA) (Pty) Ltd.1   Exploration     South Africa     100%     100%  
Maseve Investments 11 (Pty) Ltd2   Mining     South Africa     82.9%     82.9%  
Mnombo Wethu Consultants (Pty) Limited.3   Exploration     South Africa     49.9%     49.9%  
                         

1Holds the Waterberg Project until approval to transfer rights to JV Company is received (see Note 6 below)
2See Note 5 “Ownership of Maseve Mine”.
3The Company controls Mnombo Wethu Consultants (Pty) Limited (“Mnombo”) for accounting purposes.

2.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Liquidity

The Company reported a net loss of $36.6 million ($2.7 million excluding non-cash write-downs of $41.4 million and deferred tax recoveries of $7.5 million) for the year ended August 31, 2016 (year ended August 31, 2015 – net loss of $4.0 million) and as at August 31, 2016 had working capital of $6.0 million (August 31, 2015 - $33.1) excluding short-term debt that was reclassified to long-term debt after year end. At August 31, 2016, the Company was indebted for a principal amount of $80 million pursuant to the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility (both as defined below) to fund the development, construction and start-up working capital needs of the Maseve Mine. See subsequent events (Note 19) for further details on financing transactions which took place after year end.

6



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

The Company currently has limited financial resources. The Company’s ability to continue operations in the normal course of business in the foreseeable future is dependent upon, among other things, the Company establishing positive cash flow from production at the Maseve Mine. The Company has experienced delays in the rate of underground development and stoping into key mining areas at the Maseve Mine due to delayed infrastructure and poor contractor performance. Subsequent to August 31, 2016 year end the Company’s engineers and mining personnel are working to mitigate and correct these issues. Under performing contractors are being replaced. Focus is being applied to achieve planned production and reduce costs. In addition, current global market prices for the metals to be produced at the Maseve Mine have been highly volatile. Unexpected costs, problems, lower metal prices or further delays could severely impact the Company’s production revenue and its ability to produce the tonnage at the Maseve Mine required to maintain positive working capital and meet its production covenants under the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility (both as defined below). The Maseve Mine is behind on its planned ounce ramp-up profile at this time.

There is uncertainty related to the Company’s ability to secure additional funding. The Company’s ability to continue operations in the normal course of business may depend upon its ability to secure additional funding by methods which could include, debt refinancing, equity financing, forward sale agreements, sale of assets and strategic partnerships. However, management believes the Company will be able to secure further financing if deemed necessary.

Significant Accounting Policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below.

a.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include those of Platinum Group Metals Ltd., its subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and structured entities that it controls, using uniform accounting policies. Control exists when the Company has (i) power over the investee, (ii) exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and (iii) the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Non-controlling interest in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Company’s equity.

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Company has control. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

A joint arrangement is an arrangement of which two or more parties have joint control. Investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each of the investors.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Both Waterberg exploration properties are fully consolidated with third party contributions treated as recoveries.

b.

Translation of foreign currencies

7



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Functional currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company and each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency) as follows:

Platinum Group Metals Ltd. Canadian Dollars
Platinum Group Metals (RSA) (Pty) Ltd. South African Rand
Maseve Investments 11 (Pty) Ltd. South African Rand
Mnombo Wethu Consultants (Pty) Limited South African Rand

Presentation Currency

On September 1, 2015, the Company changed its presentation currency from the Canadian Dollar to the United States Dollar (“$”). The change in presentation currency is to better reflect the Company’s business activities and to improve investors’ ability to compare the Company’s financial results with other publicly traded businesses in the mining industry. In making this change to the United States Dollar presentation currency, the Company followed the guidance in IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ and has applied the change retrospectively as if the new presentation currency had always been the Company’s presentation currency.

In accordance with IAS 21, the financial statements for all periods presented have been translated to the new US Dollar presentation currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date. The statements of comprehensive loss were translated at the average exchange rates for the reporting period, or at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of transactions. Exchange differences arising on translation have been recognized in other comprehensive loss and accumulated as a separate component of equity.

Foreign Exchange Rates Used

The following exchange rates were used when preparing these consolidated financial statements:

Rand/USD  
Year-end rate: R14.6958 (2015 R13.1846)
Year average rate: R14.6911 (2015 R11.7930)
   
CAD/USD  
Year-end rate: C$1.3116 (2015 C$1.3157)
Year average rate: C$1.3261 (2015 C$1.2097)

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the relevant entity’s functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at period-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement.

Subsidiaries

The results and financial position of subsidiaries that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date;

 

Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period; and

 

All resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income as cumulative translation adjustments.

8



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognized in the income statement to the extent of the portion sold as part of the gain or loss on sale.

c.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term deposits, which are readily convertible to cash and have original maturities of 90 days or less.

d.

Exploration and evaluation assets

Exploration and evaluation activity involves the search for mineral resources, the determination of technical feasibility and the assessment of commercial viability of an identified resource.

Exploration and evaluation activity includes:

 

- acquiring the rights to explore;

 

- researching and analyzing historical exploration data;

 

- gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies;

 

- exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling;

 

- determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource;

 

- surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements; and

 

- compiling pre-feasibility and feasibility studies.

Exploration and evaluation expenditures on identifiable properties are capitalized. Exploration and evaluation assets are shown separately until technical feasibility and commercial viability is achieved at which point the relevant asset is transferred to development assets under property, plant and equipment. Capitalized costs are all considered to be tangible assets as they form part of the underlying mineral property.

Capitalized exploration and evaluation assets are reviewed for impairment when facts or circumstances suggest an asset’s carrying amount may exceed its recoverable amount. If impairment is considered to exist, the related asset is written down to the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell.

e.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment includes the purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use, an initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located, and for qualifying assets, the associated borrowing costs.

Where an item of property, plant and equipment is comprised of major components with different useful lives, the components are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment.

Costs incurred for new construction, mine development, and major overhauls of existing equipment are capitalized as property, plant and equipment and are subject to depreciation once they are put into use. The costs of routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Once a mining project has been established as technically feasible and commercially viable, expenditure other than on land, buildings, plant and equipment is capitalised as part of “development assets” together with any related amount transferred from “exploration and evaluation assets”. Capitalization of costs incurred and revenue received during commissioning ceases when the property is capable of operating at levels intended by management.

9



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

The present value of the decommissioning cost, which is the dismantling and removal of the asset included in the environmental rehabilitation obligation, is included in the cost of the related preproduction assets. These assets are depreciated over their useful lives.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be reliably measured. All repairs and maintenance are expensed to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal, retirement or scrapping of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

Where an item of property, plant and equipment is comprised of major components with different useful lives, the components are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment. Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the following periods:

  Buildings 20 years
  Mining equipment 2 – 22 years
  Vehicles 3 – 5 years
  Computer equipment and software 3 – 5 years
  Furniture and fixtures 5 years

Development costs are depreciated on a unit of production basis.

f.

Impairment

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The Company conducts internal reviews of asset values which are used to assess for any indications of impairment. External factors such as changes in expected future prices, costs and other market factors including market capitalization are also monitored to assess for indications of impairment.

If any such indication exists an estimate of the recoverable amount is undertaken, being the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. If the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, then an impairment loss is recognized.

Fair value is determined as the amount that would be obtained from the sale of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties. Fair value of mineral assets is generally determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the use of the asset, including any expansion prospects.

Value in use is determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset in its present form and from its ultimate disposal.

Impairment is assessed at the level of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), which are identified as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets. The Company’s CGUs are based on geographic location. The Company’s two CGU’s at present are the Maseve Mine and the Waterberg Project.

Long-lived assets that have been impaired are tested for possible reversal of the impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the impairment may have reversed. When a reversal of a previous impairment is recorded, the reversal amount is adjusted for depreciation that would have been recorded had the impairment not taken place.

10



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

g.

Trade payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

h.

Asset retirement obligations

Provisions for asset retirement obligations are made in respect of the estimated future costs of closure and restoration and for environmental rehabilitation costs (which include the dismantling and demolition of infrastructure, removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas) in the accounting period when the related disturbance occurs. The provision is discounted using a risk-free pre-tax rate, and the unwinding of the discount is included in finance costs. At the time of establishing the provision, a corresponding asset is recognized and is depreciated over the future life of the asset to which it relates. The provision is adjusted on an annual basis for changes in cost estimates, discount rates and inflation.

i.

Share Capital

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of common shares and share options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.

j.

Stock-based compensation

The fair values for stock-based awards have been estimated using the Black-Scholes model and recorded as compensation cost over the period of vesting. The compensation cost related to stock options granted is expensed or capitalized to mineral properties, as applicable. Cash received on exercise of stock options is credited to share capital and the related amount previously recognized in contributed surplus is reclassified to share capital.

k.

Income taxes

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax

Current tax expense is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from 'profit before tax' as reported in the consolidated statement of loss and other comprehensive loss because of items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company's current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

11



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

l.

Loss per common share

Basic loss per common share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The Company uses the treasury stock method for the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Diluted per share amounts reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised or converted to common shares. In periods when a loss in incurred, the effect of the potential issuances of shares is anti-dilutive, and accordingly basic and diluted loss per share are the same.

m.

Financial instruments

IFRS establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels:

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for the same instrument.

 

Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which significant inputs are based on observable market data.

 

Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which any significant input is not based on observable market data.

(i) Financial assets and liabilities

Loans and receivables – Loans and receivables comprise cash and cash equivalents, amounts receivable and performance bonds. Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are classified as current assets or non-current assets based on their maturity date. Loans and receivables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently carried at amortized cost less any impairment.

Other financial liabilities - Other financial liabilities comprise accounts payable, accrued liabilities and the Liberty Production Payment. They are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred and are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the initial cost and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period to maturity using the effective interest method.

(ii) Impairment of financial assets

The Company assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. Impairment losses on financial assets carried at amortized cost are reversed in subsequent periods if the amount of the loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized.

n.

Future accounting changes

The following new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, that have not been early adopted in these consolidated financial statements, will or may have an effect on the Company’s future results and financial position:

 

12



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

(i)IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which will replace IAS 18, Revenue, is effective for fiscal years ending on or after January 1, 2018 and is available for early adoption. The standard contains a single model that applies to contracts with customers. Revenue is recognized as control is passed to the customer, either at a point in time or over time. New estimates and judgmental thresholds have been introduced, which may affect the amount and/or timing of revenue recognized. The Company is still in the process of assessing the impact, if any, on the financial statements of this new standard.

(ii)IFRS 9, Financial Instruments

In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, which addresses classification and measurement of financial assets and replaces the multiple category and measurement models for debt instruments in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. Debt instruments will be measured with a new mixed measurement model having only two categories: amortized cost and fair value through profit and loss. The new standard also addresses financial liabilities which largely carries forward existing requirements in IAS 39, with the exception of fair value changes to credit risk for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss which are generally to be recorded in other comprehensive income. In addition, the new standard introduces a new hedge accounting model more closely aligned with risk management activities undertaken by entities. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with an early adoption permitted. The Company is still in the process of assessing the impact, if any, on the financial statements of the new standard.

(iii)IFRS 16, Leases

The IASB has replaced IAS 17, Leases in its entirety with IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), which will require lessees to recognize nearly all leases on the balance sheet to reflect their right to use an asset for a period of time and the associated liability to pay rentals. IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2019. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact the standard is expected to have on our consolidated financial statements.

3.

Significant accounting judgments and estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of judgments and estimates that affect the amount reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and related notes. These judgments and estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the relevant facts and circumstances, having regard to previous experience, but actual results may differ materially from the amounts included in the financial statements. Information about such judgments and estimation is contained in the accounting policies and notes to the financial statements, and the key areas are summarized below.

Areas of judgment and key sources of estimation uncertainty that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in these consolidated financial statements are:

  Review of asset carrying values and impairment assessment (see Note 5)
  Asset retirement obligations (see Note 8)
  Determination of ore reserves and mineral resource estimates
  Deferred tax assets and liabilities and resource taxes; and
  Achievement of commercial production
  Classification of the Production Payment
  Fair value of the Production Payment

13



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Each of these judgments and estimates is considered in their respective notes or in more detail below.

Determination of ore reserve and mineral resource estimates

The Company estimates its ore reserves and mineral resources based on information compiled by Qualified Persons as defined by NI 43-101. Reserves determined in this way are used in the calculation of depreciation, amortization and impairment charges, and for forecasting the timing of the payment of close down and restoration costs. In assessing the life of a mine for accounting purposes, mineral resources are only taken into account where there is a high degree of confidence of economic extraction. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating ore reserves, and assumptions that are valid at the time of estimation and they may change significantly when new information becomes available. Changes in the forecast prices of commodities, exchange rates, production costs or recovery rates may change the economic status of reserves and may, ultimately, result in reserves being restated. Such changes in reserves could impact depreciation and amortization rates, asset carrying values and provisions for close down and restoration costs.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities and resource taxes

The determination of our future tax liabilities and assets involves significant management estimation and judgment involving a number of assumptions. In determining these amounts the Company interprets tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions and makes estimates of the expected timing of the reversal of future tax assets and liabilities. We also make estimates of our future earnings which affect the extent to which potential future tax benefits may be used. We are subject to assessment by various taxation authorities, which may interpret tax legislation in a manner different from our view. These differences may affect the final amount or the timing of the payment of taxes. When such differences arise, we make provision for such items based on our best estimate of the final outcome of these matters.

Achievement of commercial production

Once a mine reaches the operating levels intended by management, the recognition of mining revenues as well as depreciation of capitalized costs begins. Significant judgement is required to determine when the Company’s mine assets reach this level; management considers several factors including:

 

completion of a reasonable period of commissioning;

 

consistent operating results are being achieved at a pre-determined level of design capacity and indications exist that this level will continue;

 

mineral recoveries are at or near expected production level, and;

 

the transfer of operations from development personnel to operational personnel has been completed.

Commercial production will commence on the first day of the calendar month following achievement of the above milestones. Once in commercial production, the capitalization of certain mine development and construction costs cease. Subsequent costs are either regarded as forming part of the costs of inventory or expensed. Any costs relating to mining asset additions or improvements or mineable reserve development are assessed to determine whether capitalization is appropriate.

Classification of Liberty Production Payment

Significant judgement is required in determining the appropriate accounting for the Liberty Production Payment. Based on the specific facts and circumstances, judgement is required to assess whether the arrangement is a commodity agreement, a financial liability or a sale of a mineral interest. Management has determined that based on covenants that connect the LPP to the Liberty Loan management has not transferred the risk of ownership of the ounces to Liberty and the LPP will be treated as part of the loan.

14



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Valuation of the Production Payment

Management has assessed the fair value of the Production Payment on day one and the subsequent carrying value as the net present value of future Production Payments over the life of the Maseve mine. The Company will continue to evaluate on an ongoing basis whether there are material changes to the inputs in the valuation and adjust the future estimated cash flows as part of the Production Payment accordingly.

4.

AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE


    August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
Receivable from concentrate sales $  2,854   $  -  
South African value added tax   1,776     6,218  
Due from JOGMEC1   15     816  
Tax receivable2   981     1,154  
Other receivables   412     1,679  
Due from related parties (Note 11)   49     189  
  $  6,087   $  10,056  

1An amount of $15 is owed from JOGMEC against expenditures made on the Waterberg Projects post March 31, 2015. See Note 6.
2$107 (August 31, 2015 - $180) due from Canada Revenue Agency, $874 ($974 August 31, 2015) due from the South African Revenue Service.

15



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

5.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT


    Development     Construction                 Office     Mining        
    Assets     work-in-progress     Land     Buildings     Equipment     Equipment     Total  
COST                                          
Balance, August 31, 2014 $  231,692   $  79,796   $  11,771   $  4,621   $  1,866   $  35,686   $  365,432  
         Additions   77,179     39,278     -     6,912     530     10,667     134,566  
         Foreign exchange movement   (44,072 )   (15,213 )   (2,244 )   (881 )   (261 )   (6,748 )   (69,419 )
Balance, August 31, 2015 $  264,799   $  103,861   $  9,527   $  10,652   $  2,135   $  39,605   $  430,579  
         Additions   100,4151     31,478     -     943     418     9,701     142,955  
         Transfer to Development Assets   135,339     (135,339 )   -     -     -     -     -  
         Impairment Charge   (41,371 )   -     -     -     -     -     (41,371 )
         Foreign exchange movement   (36,524 )   -     (980 )   (1,095 )   (142 )   (4,072 )   (42,813 )
Balance, August 31, 2016 $  422,658   $  -   $  8,547   $  10,500   $  2,411   $  45,234   $  489,350  
                                           
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION                                          
Balance, August 31, 2014 $  -   $  -   $  -   $  555   $  973   $  7,421   $  8,949  
         Additions   -     -     -     340     268     5,542     6,150  
         Foreign exchange movement   -     -     -     (106 )   (176 )   (1,415 )   (1,697 )
Balance, August 31, 2015   -     -     -     789     1,065     11,548     13,402  
         Additions   -     -     -     879     397     6,299     7,575  
         Foreign exchange movement   -     -     -     (81 )   (55 )   (1,187 )   (1,323 )
Balance, August 31, 2016 $  -   $  -   $  -   $  1,587   $  1,407   $  16,660   $  19,654  
                                           
Net book value, August 31, 2015 $  264,799   $  103,861   $  9,527   $  9,863   $  1,070   $  28,057   $  417,177  
                                           
Net book value, August 31, 2016 $  422,658   $  -   $  8,547   $  8,913   $  1,004   $  28,574   $  469,696  

Note: Items previously classified as ‘Construction work-in-progress’ have now been reclassified to ‘Development Assets’ as commissioning of surface infrastructure is complete. The development asset is not yet depreciated as it’s not yet considered ready for intended use.
1Includes pre-production revenue credited of $9.3 million (see below) and $8.7 million of interest expense capitalized (see Note 7).

16



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Maseve Mine

The Maseve Mine is located in the Western Bushveld region of South Africa. Costs for the Maseve Mine are capitalized and classified as development assets in Property, Plant and Equipment. The local name for what was formerly the Project 1 of the WBJV is the Maseve Mine based on the holding company named Maseve Investments 11 (Pty) Ltd. that holds the legal right to the mine.

Maseve is now in the production ramp up phase with first concentrate having been produced in February 2016. Initial proceeds from concentrate sales before commercial production is treated as a reduction in project capital cost with $9.3 million being recognized to development costs in the year ended August 31, 2016.

i.

Ownership of the Maseve Mine

Under the terms of a consolidation transaction completed on April 22, 2010, the Company acquired a 74% interest in Projects 1 and 3 of the former Western Bushveld Joint Venture through its holdings in Maseve, while the remaining 26% was acquired by Africa Wide.

The Company has consolidated the results of Maseve from the effective date of the reorganization. The portion of Maseve not owned by the Company, calculated at $34,124 at August 31, 2016 ($53,825 – August 31, 2015), is accounted for as a non-controlling interest, (see Note 10 for further details).

On October 18, 2013, Africa Wide elected not to fund its $21.8 million share of a project budget and cash call unanimously approved by the board of directors of Maseve. On March 3, 2014, Africa Wide elected not to fund its $21.52 million share of a second cash call. As a result of the missed cash calls, Africa Wide’s interest in Maseve was diluted to a 17.1% holding.

Legislation and regulations in South Africa specify a 26% equity interest by a BEE entity as a prerequisite to the grant of a Mining Right. A past sale by Platinum Group Metals (RSA) (Pty) Ltd. (“PTM RSA”) of an 18.5% interest in the project that has become Wesizwe’s platinum mine is a component of the Company’s BEE profile. Because Africa Wide is the Company’s BEE partner for the Maseve Mine, the Company advised the Department of Mineral Resources (the “DMR”) on October 19, 2013 of Africa Wide’s decision to not fund an approved cash call and the associated dilution implications.

In June 2016, the DMR requested an update regarding the Company’s efforts to increase the BEE equity ownership percentage in Maseve following the dilution of Africa Wide’s interest in Maseve. The Company met with the DMR in early June 2016 and the DMR requested a further update by August 7, 2016. The Company made several attempts to schedule a meeting with the DMR as requested. The Company has been advised by the DMR that the matter will be discussed at a later date. The DMR has not issued a notice of non-compliance.

All funding provided by PTM RSA to Maseve for development and construction of the Maseve Mine since the March 3, 2014 second cash call has been, and is planned to be, provided by way of an intercompany loan. At August 31, 2016 Maseve owed PTM RSA approximately R3.537 billion ($241 million). All amounts due to PTM RSA are planned to be repaid by Maseve before any distribution of dividends to shareholders.

ii.

Valuation

Management is required to make significant judgements concerning the identification of potential impairment indicators. In considering whether any potential impairment indicators occurred in respect of the Company's long lived assets as at August 31, 2016, management took into account a number of factors such as changes in the pricing of platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold prices (the four elements being produced together as a basket “4E Ounce”), foreign exchange rates, capital expenditures, operating costs, increased costs of capital, market capitalization and required ownership by historically disadvantaged South Africans and other factors that may indicate impairment. The decline in platinum prices and the decrease in the Company’s market capitalization in fiscal 2016 were considered to be indicators of potential impairment and the Company assessed the recoverable amount of the Maseve Mine which has been identified as a CGU.

17



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

The recoverable amount of the Maseve assets is based on estimates of future discounted cash flows (DCFs) of the latest business forecasts regarding production volumes, costs of production, capital expenditure, metal prices and market forecasts for foreign exchange rates. The discount rate is a risk adjusted discount rate, taking into account specific risks where the cash flows have not been adjusted for the risk. After the DCF performed as of year end the Company determined an impairment of $41 million was necessary. This impairment was recognized as an impairment charge against Development Assets in the Maseve Mine.

The assumptions used by the Company in the DCF are subject to risk and uncertainty relating to among other factors, metal prices and exchange rates. It is therefore possible that changes such as those indicated in the sensitivity analysis below can occur which may affect the recoverability of the of the Maseve asset.

The key financial assumptions used in the recoverable amount calculations are:

 

The future price per 4E Ounce was a market consensus based on price projections of international banks and brokerages. A long term price of US$1,195 per 4E Ounce was used in the valuation model.

 

A long-term real Rand/$USD exchange rate of 13.65:1 was used

 

A long-term real discount rate of 10.70% for the project was used.

The recoverable amount was derived from the Company’s financial model which is categorised as a level 3 valuation of the fair value hierarchy. The recoverable amount for Maseve is most sensitive to exchange rates, metal prices, discount rates and to a lesser extent operating costs. Sensitivity has been conducted for Maseve for metal prices, exchange rates and discount rates. Lower metal prices and/or lower head grades both negatively affect the recoverable amount for Maseve. Maseve is not significantly sensitive to capital cost increases as the majority of life of mine capital is sunken as at the date of these financial statements. If the US Dollar strengthens in real terms by 5% against the Rand the recoverable amount for Maseve increases by $51 million. If there is a 5% reduction in the life of mine 4E ounce basket price the estimated recoverable amount for Maseve is reduced by $48 million. If an 11.7% discount rate is used the estimated recoverable amount for Maseve is reduced by $25 million.

6.

EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS

Since mid-2015 the Company’s only active exploration project is the Waterberg Project located on the North Limb of the Western Bushveld Complex. The Company continues to hold other immaterial mineral or prospecting rights in South Africa and Canada. Total capitalized exploration and evaluation expenditures for all exploration properties held by the Company are as follows:

       
Balance, August 31, 2014 $  28,154  
Additions   10,245  
Recoveries   (6,123 )
Write-downs1   (2,331 )
Foreign exchange movement   (5,316 )
Balance, August 31, 2015 $  24,629  
Additions   7,630  
Recoveries   (7,321 )
Foreign exchange movement   (2,592 )
       
Balance, August 31, 2016 $  22,346  

1The Company wrote off its Canadian exploration properties in 2015

18



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

          August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
Project 3 – see Note 5                                                                                             $  2,111   $  2,353  
                   
Waterberg JV   Acquisition costs     19     21  
    Exploration and evaluation costs     29,462     27,659  
    Recoveries     (20,518 )   (14,725 )
          8,963     12,955  
Waterberg Extension   Acquisition costs     17     19  
    Exploration and evaluation costs     11,221     9,297  
          11,238     9,316  
Other   Acquisition costs     23     25  
    Exploration and evaluation costs     691     720  
    Recoveries     (680 )   (740 )
          34     5  
                   
Total                                                                                             $  22,346     24,629  

Waterberg Project

The Waterberg Project is comprised of the Waterberg JV property, a contiguous granted prospecting right area of approximately 255 km2, and the Waterberg Extension property, an area of granted and applied-for prospecting rights with a combined area of approximately 864 km2, located adjacent and to the north of the Waterberg JV property and both located on the Northern Limb of the Bushveld Complex, approximately 85 km north of the town of Mokopane (formerly Potgietersrus).

PTM RSA holds legal title to the prospecting rights underlying the Waterberg Project with Mnombo identified as the Company’s 26% BEE partner for all the Company’s Waterberg properties. The Company holds the Waterberg Project prospecting permits in trust for the joint venture and subject to the ownership terms and conditions of the JOGMEC Agreement and the 2nd Amendment thereto, as defined below.

In October 2009, PTM RSA, the Japan Oil, Gas and Metals National Corporation (“JOGMEC”) and Mnombo entered into a joint venture agreement with regard to the Waterberg Project (the “JOGMEC Agreement”). Under the terms of the JOGMEC Agreement, in April 2012, JOGMEC completed a $3.2 million work requirement to earn a 37% interest in the Waterberg JV property, leaving the Company with a 37% interest and Mnombo with a 26% interest. Following JOGMEC’s earn-in, the Company funded Mnombo’s 26% share of costs, totalling $1.12 million, until the earn-in phase of the joint venture ended in May 2012.

On November 7, 2011, the Company entered an agreement with Mnombo to acquire 49.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of Mnombo in exchange for cash payments totalling R1.2 million and the Company’s agreement to pay for Mnombo's 26% share of costs on the Waterberg JV property until the completion of a feasibility study.

For accounting purposes, the Company consolidates Mnombo. The portion of Mnombo not owned by the Company, calculated at $4,555 at August 31, 2016 ($4,555 – August 31, 2015), is accounted for as a non-controlling interest.

On May 26, 2015, the Company announced a second amendment (the “2nd Amendment”) to the existing JOGMEC Agreement. Under the terms of the 2nd Amendment the Waterberg JV and Waterberg Extension properties, as described below, are to be combined and contributed into a newly created operating company named Waterberg JV Resources (Pty) Ltd. (“Waterberg JV Co.”). The Company is to hold 45.65% of Waterberg JV Co. while JOGMEC is to own 28.35% . Mnombo will hold 26%. Through its 49.9% share of Mnombo, the Company will hold an effective 58.62% of Waterberg JV Co., post-closing. Under the 2nd Amendment, JOGMEC has committed to fund $20 million in expenditures over a three-year period ending March 31, 2018. An amount of $8 million was funded by JOGMEC to March 31, 2016, which is being followed by two $6 million tranches to be spent in each of the following two 12 month periods. Any amount in excess of $6 million to be spent in either of years two or three is to be funded by the JV partners pro-rata to their holdings. Closing of this transaction is subject to Section 11 approval by the DMR for the transfer of title to the Waterberg prospecting rights and other project assets into the new Waterberg JV Co. The Company will continue its current accounting treatment for the Waterberg JV and Waterberg Extension properties until closing. If Section 11 approval for the transfer is not obtained the parties will default to the pre 2nd amendment JV arrangement, with any advances received from JOGMEC to be used to offset its spending commitments on the Waterberg JV property.

19



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Since the JOGMEC earn-in period ended in May 2012, up to March 2015 (when the 2nd Amendment became effective) $39.9 million was spent on the combined Waterberg JV and Waterberg Extension properties. JOGMEC contributed $11.4 million while the Company contributed the remaining $28.5 million which included Mnombo’s share of expenditures on the Waterberg Extension ($2.4 million) which are still owed to the Company.

Post March 2015, $12.0 million has been spent on the Waterberg JV and Waterberg Extension properties all of which has been funded by JOGMEC per the 2nd Amendment agreement outlined above. In fiscal 2016 $7.2 million was spent on the combined Waterberg JV and Waterberg Extension.

7.

LOANS PAYABLE

On February 16, 2015 the Company announced it had entered a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders (the “Lenders”) led by Sprott Resource Lending Partnership (“Sprott”) for a senior secured loan facility (the “Sprott Facility”) of $40 million. The Sprott Facility was drawn on November 20, 2015.

On November 20, 2015, the Company also drew down a $40 million from a loan facility (the “LMM Facility”) pursuant to a credit agreement (the “LMM Credit Agreement”) entered into on November 2, 2015 with its largest shareholder, Liberty Metals & Mining Holdings, LLC (“LMM”), a subsidiary of Boston based Liberty Mutual Insurance. Pursuant to the LMM Credit Agreement the Company also entered into a life of mine Production Payment Agreement (“PPA”) with LMM.

The Company announced that effective May 3, 2016 that both the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility had been amended. Under the amendments, the provision whereby Maseve must reach and maintain a three-month rolling average of at least 60% of planned production for a three-month period was extended from commencing three months post construction completion to commencing six months post construction completion. (These amendments were modified again after year end – see subsequent events (Note 19) for further details). In consideration for the May amendments, the Company issued 131,654 common shares to each of Sprott and LMM which, using a 5-day volume weighted average share price less a 7.5% discount, resulted in $400,000 in consideration to each of Sprott and LMM, (or one percent of the initial principal balance of each loan).

In total the Company borrowed $80 million by way of the Sprott Facility and the LMM facility, which are reconciled to the August 31, 2016 balance sheet as follows:

20



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Sprott Facility drawn down   $  40,000  
Value of shares issued at drawdown     (2,300 )
Standby, Structuring, Legal and other fees     (1,752 )
Value of shares issued for amendment     (400 )
Interest paid on loan balance     (3,049 )
Interest finance cost at effective interest rate     5,064  
Carrying value - Sprott Facility   $  37,563  
         
LMM Facility drawn down   $  40,000  
Value of shares issued at drawdown     (800 )
Legal and Other Fees     (583 )
Value of shares issued for amendment     (400 )
Interest finance cost at effective interest rate     4,806  
Adjustment to amortized cost of royalty obligation     523  
LMM Production Payment Payable     144  
Carrying value - LMM Facility   $  43,690  
         
LMM Production Payment Liability   $  11,795  
LMM Production Payment Payable     144  
LMM Loan Facility     31,751  
Total LMM Facility   $  43,690  
         
         
Carrying value - Loans Payable   $  81,253  
         
         
Current portion of loan payable   $  26,667  
Non-current portion loans payable     54,586  
Carrying value - Loans Payable   $  81,253  

At August 31, 2016 the principal payable in the next twelve months on the Sprott Facility of $26,667 has been classified as a current. The Sprott loan was amended post year end and principal repayments have been deferred to commence in January 2018. See subsequent events for further details (Note 19).

Both loans are carried at amortized cost with the Sprott Facility having an effective interest rate of 19% and the LMM Facility having an effective interest rate of 25%. The LMM Facility has a higher effective interest rate due to the existence of the related Production Payment liability and its subordination to the Sprott Facility. Net interest expense of $8.7 million from both loans has been capitalized against development assets in the Maseve mine until the asset is ready for its intended use which is expected to be aligned with the date commercial production is achieved. Adjustments to the Production Payment liability are also capitalized against the development assets in the Maseve mine until commercial production is achieved.

Sprott Facility

Pursuant to the terms of the Sprott facility, the Company has made certain payments to the Lenders, including (a) a bonus payment made in February 2015 concurrently with execution and delivery of the credit agreement in the amount of $1,500, being 3.75% of the principal amount of the Sprott Facility, paid by issuance of 283,019 common shares of the Company; (b) a draw down payment to the Lenders equal to 2% of the amount being drawn down under the Sprott Facility, or $800 which was paid by issuance of 348,584 common shares of the Company on November 20, 2015; (c) a structuring fee comprised of a cash payment in the amount of $100, paid concurrently with the execution and delivery of the term sheet for the Sprott Facility; and (d) a standby fee paid in cash equal to 4% per annum of the un-advanced principal amount of the Sprott Facility paid in monthly instalments until draw down on November 20, 2015 totalling $1,244. The Sprott Facility originally matured on December 31, 2017 with the repayment of principal due in monthly instalments during calendar 2017, however subsequent to year end these terms have been amended. Please see subsequent events for further details (Note 19).

21



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Upon drawdown, all deferred fees of $4.0 million ($1.8 million in cash) were netted against gross proceeds and will be recognized over the term of the agreement on an effective interest rate basis. Total interest of $5.1 million was recognized during the year with $3.049 million in cash interest paid. The Company classified $26,667 as the current portion representing principal payments due to Sprott over the next 12 months although these terms were modified after year end. Please see subsequent events for further details. The Company will be required to comply with certain covenants now that production ramp-up has commenced.

The Sprott Facility is in the first lien position on (i) the shares of PTM (RSA) held by PTM and (ii) all current and future assets of PTM. Interest on the Sprott Facility is compounded and payable monthly at a nominal interest rate of LIBOR plus 8.50% .

LMM Facility

Loan

Pursuant to the terms of the LMM Credit Agreement, the Company paid a draw down fee of $800 to LMM, being 2% of the amount being drawn down under the LMM Facility, paid in 348,584 common shares of the Company.

The nominal interest rate on the LMM Facility is 9.5% over LIBOR. At year end, interest payments on the LMM Facility were accrued and added to the loan balance until December 31, 2016 and then paid to LMM quarterly thereafter. Also, the first 20% of principal was to be repaid on December 31, 2018 and then in tranches of 10% of the principal at the end of each calendar quarter beginning on March 31, 2019 and for each of the next 7 quarters of the LMM Facility. These payment schedules have been modified subsequent to year end. Please see subsequent events for further details (Note 19).

Production Payment

Under the PPA, the Company agreed to pay to LMM a Production Payment of 1.5% of net proceeds received on concentrate sales or other minerals from the Maseve Mine (the “Production Payment”). The terms of the PPA were modified post year end. Please see subsequent events for further details.

The initial fair value of the Production Payment liability was valued at $11.3 million using Level 3 valuation assumptions and bifurcated from the LMM Facility’s loan payable and will be amortized over the expected life of mine as production payments are made. The carrying value was updated at year end to $11.8 million with the difference recognized as interest expense. The key valuation assumptions for the Production Payment valuation are production profile, discount rate and timing of cash flows.

LMM holds the second lien position on (i) the shares of PTM (RSA) held by PTM and (ii) all current and future assets of PTM. The PPA is secured with the second lien position of the LMM Facility until it is repaid. The PPA will be acknowledged in any subsequent debt arrangement of the Company. The Company has a right to refinance the Sprott Facility or the LMM Facility, subject to certain rights granted to LMM under the PPA. The Company will be required to comply with certain covenants once first production commences (see above and subsequent events for details of the amended covenants).

A reconciliation of the $40 million drawdown to the amount outstanding on the balance sheet is provided above.

8.

ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION

The amounts recorded for asset retirement costs are based on estimates included in mine closure, demobilization, rehabilitation and remediation plans. These estimates are based on engineering studies of the work that is required by environmental laws. These estimates include an assumption on the rate at which costs may inflate in future periods. Actual costs and the timing of expenditures could differ from these estimates.

22



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

At August 31, 2016, the ARO is estimated based on a total future liability of approximately R 52.0 million (August 31, 2015 – R 33.4 million). A discount rate of 8.96% and an inflation rate of 6.3%, which represents South Africa’s expected inflation rate, were used to calculate the ARO.

Balance August 31, 2014 $  1,505  
Additional obligation incurred   955  
Accretion expense   136  
Foreign exchange gain   (287 )
Balance August 31, 2015 $  2,309  
Accretion expense   165  
Foreign exchange gain   (237 )
Balance August 31, 2016 $  2,237  

9.

SHARE CAPITAL


(a)

Authorized

Unlimited common shares without par value.

(b)

Issued and outstanding

On January 26, 2016, the Company announced that effective January 28, 2016 its common shares would be consolidated on the basis of one new share for ten old shares (1:10). All information regarding the issued and outstanding common shares, options and weighted average number and per share information has been retrospectively restated to reflect the ten to one consolidation.

At August, 2016, the Company had 88,857,028 shares outstanding.

On May 26, 2016 the Company announced the closing of an offering of 11,000,000 common shares at a price of US$3.00 per share resulting in gross proceeds of $33.0 million. Net proceeds to the Company after fees, commissions and costs were approximately $30.1 million.

On May 3, 2016, both Sprott and Liberty were each granted 131,654 shares for total consideration of US$400,000 each based on the five-day volume weighted average price on the TSX of C$4.18 per share (less a seven and one half percent discount), converted to US dollars in consideration for the amendment to the outstanding working capital facilities.

On November 20, 2015 upon drawdown of both the Sprott and Liberty Facilities, each party was issued 348,584 shares as a drawdown fee.

(c)

Incentive stock options

The Company has entered into Incentive Stock Option Agreements (“Agreements”) under the terms of its stock option plan with directors, officers, consultants and employees. Under the terms of the Agreements, the exercise price of each option is set, at a minimum, at the fair value of the common shares at the date of grant. Stock options granted to certain employees, directors and officers of the Company are subject to vesting provisions, while others vest immediately. All exercise prices are denominated in Canadian Dollars (“C$”).

The following tables summarize the Company’s outstanding stock options:

23



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

            Average  
      Number of Shares     Exercise Price  
  Options outstanding at August 31, 2014   1,974,450     C$ 14.80  
                   Granted   943,000     6.50  
                   Cancelled   (85,000 )   13.30  
  Options outstanding at August 31, 2015   2,832,450     12.10  
                 Granted   1,014,675     2.00  
                 Exercised   (2,250 )   2.00  
                 Cancelled   (867,600 )   16.67  
  Options outstanding at August 31, 2016   2,977,275     C$ 7.31  

  Number   Number           Average Remaining  
  Outstanding at   Exercisable at           Contractual Life  
  August 31, 2016   August 31, 2016     Exercise Price       (Years)  
  951,675   235,669     C$ 2.00     4.31  
  839,000   839,000     6.50     3.46  
  292,200   292,200     9.60     1.02  
  10,000   10,000     10.50     1.75  
  2,500   2,500     12.00     3.04  
  870,900   870,900     13.00     2.41  
  7,500   7,500     13.80     0.46  
  3,500   3,500     14.00     1.55  
  2,977,275   2,261,269           2.81  

During the year ended August 31, 2016 the Company granted 1,014,675 stock options (August 31, 2015 – 943,000). The stock options granted in the current year vest in four equal annual stages commencing on the date of the grant on December 22, 2015. The Company recorded $356 ($150 expensed and $206 capitalized to property, plant and equipment and mineral properties) of compensation expense for the year ended August 31, 2016 (August 31, 2015 - $2,140 ($1,178 expensed and $962 capitalized to property plant and equipment and mineral properties)).

The Company used the Black-Scholes model to determine the grant date fair value of stock options granted. The following assumptions were used in valuing stock options granted during the years ended August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015:

Year ended   August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
Risk-free interest rate   0.65%     0.60%  
Expected life of options   3.9 years     3.8 years  
Annualized volatility   64%     60%  
Forfeiture rate   2.1% per year     0%  
Dividend rate   0.00%     0.00%  

10.

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

The table below shows details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group that have material non-controlling interests:

24



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Company   Proportion of     Loss allocated to     Accumulated  
    ownership and     non-controlling     non-controlling  
    voting rights     interests     interests  
    held              
    by non-              
    controlling              
    interests              
    2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  
Maseve Investments 11 (Pty) Ltd   17.1%     17.1%   $ 15,976   $ 833   $ 34,124   $ 53,825  
                                     
Mnombo Wethu Consultants (Pty) Limited   50.1%     50.1%     -     -     4,555     4,555  
                                     
                      Total   $ 38,679   $ 58,380  

The following table presents the financial information of the Company’s 82.9% owned subsidiary Maseve:

    2016     2015  
Maseve Assets $  586,062   $  548,265  
Maseve Liabilities   (260,835 )   (129,584 )
Maseve net assets $  325,227   $  418,681  
Net assets attributable to non-controlling interest (17.1%)   55,614     71,594  
Cumulative translation adjustment attributable to the NCI   (21,490 )   (17,769 )
Non-controlling interest attributable to Maseve $  34,124   $  53,825  

11.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with related parties are as follows:

(a)

During the year ended August 31, 2016, $235 ($245 – August 31, 2015) was paid to independent directors for directors’ fees and services.

   
(b)

During the year ended August 31, 2016, the Company accrued or received payments of $62 ($84 – August 31, 2015) from West Kirkland Mining Inc. (“West Kirkland”), a company with two directors in common, for administrative services. Amounts receivable at the end of the year include an amount of $21 ($20 – August 31, 2015) due from West Kirkland.

   
(c)

Nextraction Energy Corp. (“Nextraction”), has three directors in common with the Company. Amounts receivable at August 31, 2016 include an amount of $16 ($157 – August 31, 2015) due from Nextraction, which is currently going through a credit restructuring. Non-conflicted directors of the Company have accepted a proposed settlement of $16 offered by Nextraction and a write down to amounts receivable of $141 was recognized in the current year. Nextraction has not incurred further indebtedness to the Company for services since fiscal 2014.

   
(d)

During the year the Company entered into a loan facility agreement with a significant shareholder LMM. The loan was negotiated and entered into at commercial terms. For full details on this transaction please refer to Note 7 above.

Except for amounts due to LMM, all amounts receivable and accounts payable owing to or from related parties are non-interest bearing with no specific terms of repayment. These transactions are in the normal course of business and are recorded at consideration established and agreed to by the parties.

25



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

Key Management Compensation

The remuneration of directors, the CFO, CEO, COO and other key management personnel during the years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

Year ended   August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
Salaries $  1,510   $  2,060  
Share-based payments   133     1,119  
Total $  1,643   $  3,179  

12.

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

The Company’s remaining minimum payments under its office and equipment lease agreements in Canada and South Africa total approximately $1,866 to August 31, 2020.

Maseve is party to a long term 40MVA electricity supply agreement with South African power utility, Eskom. In consideration Maseve is to pay connection fees and guarantees totaling R147 million ($10.0 million at August 31, 2016) of which R100 million ($6.80 million at August 31, 2016), has been paid, leaving R47 million ($3.20 million) of the commitment outstanding. These fees are subject to possible change based on Eskom’s cost to install. Eskom’s schedule to deliver power is also subject to potential for change.

In November 2012, Maseve entered a water supply agreement with Magalies Water, a body corporate constituted in terms of the provisions of the Water Services Act, 1997 (Act 108 of 1997). In terms of the agreement Maseve is required to contribute to the Pilanesberg Water Scheme to the amount of R142 million ($9.66 million). Contributions to the scheme can be in the form of cash contributions or via infrastructural builds jointly managed by Maseve and Magalies. As at August 31, 2016, Maseve has contributed R103 million ($7.01 million) to the scheme, leaving R39 million ($2.65 million at August 31, 2016) of the commitment outstanding.

From year end the Company’s aggregate commitments are as follows:

    < 1     1 – 3     4 – 5     > 5     Total  
    Year     Years     Years     Years        
                               
Lease obligations $  362   $  1,504   $  -   $  -   $  1,866  
ESKOM – power   3,212     -     -     -     3,212  
Magalies water   2,676     -     -     -     2,676  
Mining Development   7,647     -     -     -     7,647  
Mining Indirect and Other   2,589     -     -     -     2,589  
Sprott Loan Facility1   29,707     13,595     -     -     43,302  
Liberty Loan Facility1   3,670     31,271     24,407     -     59,348  
Totals $  49,863   $  46,370   $  24,407   $  -   $  120,640  

1Both the Sprott and Liberty loan facilities were amended and extended subsequent to year end. (See subsequent events for further details)

As at August 31, 2016, the above contracts were subject to total estimated break fees of $16,123 in the event of cancellation. Break fees are estimated by means of contractual notice periods, work progress costs and normal costs associated with the unwinding and disestablishment of certain contractors.

26



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

13.

SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Net change in non-cash working capital:

Years ended   August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
Amounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets $  2,124   $  2,550  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   (1,550 )   (573 )
  $  574   $  1,977  

14.

SEGMENTED REPORTING

The Company operates in one operating segment, that being exploration and development of mineral properties. Information presented on a geographic basis are as follows:

Assets

    August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
Canada $  10,572   $  35,091  
South Africa   509,286     463,251  
  $  519,858   $  498,342  
             

Substantially all of the Company’s capital expenditures are made in South Africa.

Income (Loss) attributable to the shareholders of Platinum Group Metals Ltd.

Year ended   August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
             
Canada $  6,787   $  967  
South Africa   (27,462 )   (4,106 )
  $  (20,675 ) $  (3,139 )

15.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES   Year Ending     Year Ending  
    August 31,     August 31,  
    2016     2015  
Salaries and benefits $  1,979   $  2,949  
Professional/consulting fees   1,040     1,537  
Depreciation   441     518  
Travel   399     490  
Regulatory Fees   325     338  
Rent   244     244  
Accretion   165     148  
Insurance   163     298  
Write-down of receivable from related party (Note 11)   141     -  
Other   524     366  
Total   $  5,421   $  6,888  

27



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)


16.

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company’s objectives in managing its liquidity and capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and provide financial capacity to meet its strategic objectives. The capital structure of the Company consists of share capital, contributed surplus, accumulated other comprehensive loss and accumulated deficit.

The Company manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue new shares, issue new debt, acquire or dispose of assets.

In order to facilitate the management of its capital requirements, the Company regularly updates the Board of Directors with regard to budgets, forecasts, results of capital deployment and general industry conditions. The Company does not currently declare or pay out dividends.

As at August 31, 2016, the Company is subject to externally imposed capital requirements under the Sprott and LMM facilities. Please see Note 7 for further details.

17.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company examines the various financial risks to which it is exposed and assesses the impact and likelihood of occurrence. These risks may include credit risk, liquidity risk, currency risk, interest rate risk and other price risks.

(a)

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the risk that the financial asset counterparty, may default or not meet its obligations timeously. The Company minimizes credit risk by monitoring the reliability of counterparties to settle assets. The maximum exposure to the credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of all the financial assets. There is no material concentration of credit risk in cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and loans.

(i)

Amounts receivable

Total credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of amounts receivable.

  (ii)

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

In order to manage credit and liquidity risk the Company invests only in term deposits with Canadian Chartered and South African banks that have maturities of three months or less. A South African Bank Rand account held in the United Kingdom is used for holding Rand denominations only, and is not restricted. Deposit limits are also established based on the type of investment, the counterparty and the credit rating.

  (iii)

Performance Bonds

In order to explore and develop its properties in South Africa, the Company was required to post performance bonds as financial guarantees against future reclamation work. These funds are held with Standard Bank of South Africa Limited with the Department of Mineral Resources in South Africa as beneficiary in accordance with the MPRDA and the Company’s environmental management programme.

(b)

Liquidity risk

The Company has in place a planning and budgeting process to help determine the funds required to support the Company's normal operating requirements and its exploration and development plans. The Company regularly updates the Board of Directors with regard to budgets, forecasts, results of capital deployment and general industry conditions.

28



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

The Company may be required to source additional financing by way of private or public offerings of equity or debt or the sale of project or property interests in order to have sufficient working capital for continued exploration on the Waterberg Projects, as well as for general working capital purposes.

Any failure by the Company to obtain additional required financing on acceptable terms could cause the Company to delay development of its material projects or could result in the Company being forced to sell some of its assets on an untimely or unfavourable basis. Any such delay or sale could have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

(c)

Currency risk

PTM Canada’s functional currency is the Canadian dollar, while the consolidated presentation currency is the United States Dollar. The functional currency of all South African subsidiaries is the Rand. The Company’s operations are in both Canada and South Africa; therefore the Company's results are impacted by fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies in relation to the Canadian and United States dollar. The Company also held material USD denominated cash balances. The Company's significant foreign currency exposures on financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, loans payable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The Company has not entered into any agreements or purchased any instruments to hedge possible currency risks at this time.

The Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk through the following financial instruments denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars:

             
Year ended   August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
             
Cash (Rand) $  6,334   $  7,196  
Cash (USD)   9,941     20,638  
Accounts payable (Rand)   16,297     15,980  
Loan Payable (USD)   81,253     -  
Accounts receivable (Rand)   2,955     8,826  

The Company's comprehensive loss is affected by changes in the exchange rate between its operating currencies and the United States dollar. At August 31, 2016, based on this exposure a 10% strengthening/weakening in the United States dollar versus Rand foreign exchange rate and Canadian dollar would give rise to a decrease/increase in net loss for the year presented of approximately $3.66 million.

(d)

Interest rate risk

The Company’s interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents and on short term investments is exposed to interest rate risk. At August 31, 2016, based on this exposure a 1% change in the average interest rate would give rise to an increase/decrease in the net loss for the year of approximately $460.

At August 31, 2016, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, amounts receivable, performance bonds and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are considered to be reasonable approximations of their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

29



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

18.

INCOME TAXES

The income taxes shown in the consolidated earnings differ from the amounts obtained by applying statutory rates to the earnings before provision for income taxes due to the following:

    2016     2015  
             
Loss before income taxes $  44,145   $  2,885  
             
Income tax recovery at statutory rates   (11,478 )   (749 )
Difference of foreign tax rates   (766 )   (44 )
Non-deductible expenses   44     (472 )
Changes in unrecognized deferred tax assets and other   4,706     4,421  
Income tax expense (recovery)   (7,494 )   3,156  
             
Income tax expense (recovery) consists of:            
           Current income taxes $  -   $  192  
           Deferred income taxes   (7,494 )   895  
  $  (7,494 ) $  1,087  

The gross movement on the net deferred income tax account is as follows:

    2016     2015  
Deferred tax liability at the beginning of the year $  (6,317 ) $  (10,654 )
Tax recovery relating to the loss from continuing   7,494     895  
operations            
Tax (expense) recovery relating to components of other comprehensive income   (1,177 )   3,442  
Deferred tax liability at the end of the year $  -   $  (6,317 )

The significant components of the Company’s net deferred income tax liabilities are as follows:

  2016 2015
Mineral properties $  (19,692 ) $  (17,729 )
Loss carry forwards   19,692     11,413  
  $  - $  (6,316 )

Unrecognized deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits are attributed to the following:

    2016     2015  
Tax Losses:            
Operating loss carry forwards – Canada $  60,950   $  58,335  
Operating loss carry forwards – South Africa   77,069     -  
Net capital loss carry forwards   1,559     1,484  
  $  139,578   $  59,819  
             
Temporary Differences:            
Mineral properties   7,628     7,647  
Financing Costs   13,930     11,955  
Property, plant and equipment   594     531  
Other   329     471  
  $  22,481   $  20,604  
             
             
Investment Tax Credits: $  317   $  285  

The Company’s Canadian operating loss carry-forwards expire between 2026 and 2036. The Company’s South African operating loss carry-forwards do not expire. The Company’s Canadian unused investment tax credit carry-forwards expire between 2029 and 2035. The Company’s Canadian net capital loss carry-forwards do not expire.

30



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An exploration and development stage company)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended August 31, 2016
(In thousands of United States Dollars unless otherwise noted)

19.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


 

On September 19, 2016, the Company announced that Sprott and LMM had agreed to amend certain terms to their existing loan facilities with the Company. Sprott agreed to defer 12 planned monthly repayments of the original US $40 million Sprott Facility from commencing on January 31, 2017 to commencing on January 31, 2018. LMM agreed to defer 9 planned quarterly repayments of the original US $40 million LMM Facility plus capitalized interest from commencing December 31, 2018 until June 30, 2019. LMM agreed to defer the quarterly payment of interest due to LMM from commencing December 31, 2016 until December 31, 2017. Sprott and LMM both agreed to reset agreed monthly production covenants so that month one of production will be October, 2016. Pursuant to the LMM Credit Agreement the Company entered a life of mine PPA with LMM whereby LMM was granted a Production Payment right to 1.5% of net proceeds received on concentrate sales from the Maseve Mine. LMM and the Company agreed to extinguish the Company’s right to buy back 1% of LMM’s 1.5% Production Payment right for US$17.5 million until January 1, 2019 or for US$20 million until December 31, 2021. In consideration of the amendments, the Company issued 801,314 common shares to Sprott and 801,314 common shares to LMM. The consideration was based on the value of five percent of the initial principal balance of the LMM loan facility and the Sprott facility, in each case, such amount being US $2.0 million. The shares were priced at the five-day volume weighted average price on the TSX of $3.66 per share, less a ten percent discount, converted to US dollars using the Bank of Canada noon spot rate.

   

 

On October 5, 2016 the Company filed a preliminary base shelf prospectus. The base shelf prospectus will enable the Company to make offerings of up to $250 million of common shares, debt securities, warrants, units subscription receipts or a combination thereof of the Company from time to time for a period of 25 months.

   

 

On October 12, 2016, the Company announced that Sprott had provided a $5.0 million second advance (the “Second Advance”) to the Company. The original $40.0 million Sprott Facility was amended and restated effective October 11, 2016 to reflect the Second Advance and an increase to US$45.0 million (the “Amended and Restated Sprott Facility”). Interest will accrue and become payable to Sprott monthly on any outstanding principal related to the Second Advance at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.5%, the same rate as for the original Sprott Facility. Other terms, conditions and covenants related to the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility are substantially the same as for the original Sprott Facility. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Sprott Facility, Sprott had a right to elect for earlier repayment of the Second Advance the from the proceeds of an equity or debt financing by the Company prior to December 31, 2017. On November 2, 2016 Sprott elected for early repayment of $2.5 million of the Second Advance from the proceeds of an offering completed on November 1, 2016 (see below). The remaining $2.5 million principal balance of the Second Advance is to be repaid in six equal, monthly instalments commencing on July 31, 2017. In consideration of the Second Advance, as a fee, the Company issued 113,963 common shares of the Company at a price of $3.2428 per share, less a ten percent discount.

   

 

On October 19, 2016, the Company released the results of the Waterberg prefeasibility study (“PFS”). Highlights included updated reserves and resources, an after-tax net present value (“NPV”) of $320 million using a 3-year trailing average price deck and an after-tax IRR of 13.5%.

   

 

On October 24, 2016, the Company announced a $40 million bought deal equity financing. This offering closed November 1, 2016 with the Company issuing 22.230 million shares at price of US$1.80 per share resulting in gross proceeds of $40.014 million.

31





  Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
  (An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
  Supplementary Information and MD&A
  For the Year ended August 31, 2016
   
  This Management’s Discussion and Analysis is prepared as of November 29, 2016
   
   
   
  A copy of this report will be provided to any shareholder who requests it.



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (“Platinum Group”, the “Company” or “PTM”) is dated as of November 29, 2016 and focuses on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations for the year ended August 31, 2016. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period ended August 31, 2016 together with the notes thereto (the “Financial Statements”).

The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. All dollar figures included therein and in the following MD&A are quoted in United States Dollars (“USD”) unless otherwise noted. All references to “U.S. Dollars” or to “US$” are to United States Dollars. All references to “C$” are to Canadian Dollars. All references to “R” or to “Rand” are to South African Rand. This is the first year the Company has used United States Dollars as a presentation currency and details on the transition may be found in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2016.

PRELIMINARY NOTES

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS:

This MD&A and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities legislation (collectively, “Forward-Looking Statements”). All statements, other than statements of historical fact, that address activities, events or developments that the Company believes, expects or anticipates will, may, could or might occur in the future are Forward-Looking Statements. The words “expect”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “may”, “could”, “might”, “will”, “would”, “should”, “intend”, “believe”, “target”, “budget”, “plan”, “strategy”, “goals”, “objectives”, “projection” or the negative of any of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify Forward-Looking Statements, although these words may not be present in all Forward-Looking Statements. Forward-Looking Statements included or incorporated by reference in this MD&A include, without limitation, statements with respect to:

•  

production estimates and assumptions, including production rate, grade per tonne and smelter recovery;

•  

production timing;

•  

capital-raising activities, compliance with terms of indebtedness and the adequacy of capital;

•  

revenue, cash flow and cost estimates and assumptions;

•  

statements with respect to future events or future performance;

anticipated exploration, development, construction, production, permitting and other activities on the Company’s properties;

•  

the adequacy of capital, financing needs and the availability of and potential for receiving further commitments;

•  

project economics;

•  

future metal prices and exchange rates;

•  

mineral reserve and mineral resource estimates; and

•  

potential changes in the ownership structures of the Company’s projects.

Forward-Looking Statements reflect the current expectations or beliefs of the Company based on information currently available to the Company. Forward-Looking Statements in respect of capital costs, operating costs, production rate, grade per tonne and concentrator and smelter recovery are based upon the estimates in the technical reports referred to in this MD&A and in the documents incorporated by reference herein and ongoing cost estimation work, and the Forward-Looking Statements in respect of metal prices and exchange rates are based upon the three year trailing average prices and the assumptions contained in such technical reports and ongoing estimates.

Forward-Looking Statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that may cause the actual events or results to differ materially from those discussed in the Forward-Looking Statements, and even if events or results discussed in the Forward-Looking Statements are realized or substantially realized, there can be no assurance that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, the Company. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things:

2



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

uncertainty of production, development plans and cost estimates for the Maseve platinum and palladium mine (“Maseve Mine”), formerly known as Project 1 (“Project 1”) and Project 3 (“Project 3”) of what was formerly the Western Bushveld Joint Venture (the “WBJV”);
•   additional financing requirements;
•   the Company’s history of losses;
the inability of the Company to generate sufficient cash flow to make payment on its indebtedness under the Sprott Facility (as defined herein) and the LMM Facility (as defined herein) and the restrictions imposed by such indebtedness;
the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility are secured and the Company has pledged its shares of Platinum Group Metals (RSA) Proprietary Limited (‘‘PTM RSA’’) to the Lenders (as defined herein) under the Project 1 Working Capital Facilities which potentially could result in the loss of the Company’s interest in Project 1, Project 3, the Waterberg Project and in PTM RSA (as defined herein) in the event of a default under either Facility;
•   the Company’s negative cash flow;
•   the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern;
delays in the production ramp-up of Project 1 which could result in a default under the LMM Facility or the Sprott Facility;
there can be no assurance that underground development and production ramp-up at Project 1 will meet its production ramp-up timeline or that production at Project 1 will meet the Company’s expectations;
•   delays in, or inability to achieve, planned commercial production;
completion of a feasibility study for the Waterberg Project (defined below), which is subject to resource upgrade and economic analysis requirements;
discrepancies between actual and estimated mineral reserves and mineral resources, between actual and estimated development and operating costs, between actual and estimated metallurgical recoveries and between estimated and actual production;
•   fluctuations in the relative values of the U.S. Dollar, the Rand and the Canadian Dollar;
•   volatility in metals prices;
the failure of the Company or its joint venture partners to fund their pro-rata share of funding obligations for Project 1 or the Waterberg Project;
the inability of the Company to find an additional and suitable joint venture partner for Project 1 and Project 3 within such time frame as may be determined by the South African Department of Mineral Resources (“DMR”);
•   any disputes or disagreements with the Company’s joint venture partners;
•   other than at Project 1 and the Waterberg Project, the lack of known mineral reserves on the Company’s properties;
•   the ability of the Company to retain its key management employees and skilled and experienced personnel;
contractor performance and delivery of services, changes in contractors or their scope of work or any disputes with contractors;
•   conflicts of interest;
any designation of the Company as a “passive foreign investment company” and potential adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for U.S. shareholders;
•   litigation or other legal or administrative proceedings brought against the Company;
•   actual or alleged breaches of governance processes or instances of fraud, bribery or corruption;
exploration, development and mining risks and the inherently dangerous nature of the mining industry, including environmental hazards, industrial accidents, unusual or unexpected formations, safety stoppages (whether voluntary or regulatory), pressures, mine collapses, cave ins or flooding and the risk of inadequate insurance or inability to obtain insurance to cover these risks and other risks and uncertainties;

3



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

•  

property and mineral title risks including defective title to mineral claims or property;

changes in national and local government legislation, taxation, controls, regulations and political or economic developments in Canada, South Africa or other countries in which the Company does or may carry out business in the future;

equipment shortages and the ability of the Company to acquire the necessary access rights and infrastructure for its mineral properties;

environmental regulations and the ability to obtain and maintain necessary permits, including environmental authorizations and water use licences;

•  

extreme competition in the mineral exploration industry;

delays in obtaining, or a failure to obtain, permits necessary for current or future operations or failures to comply with the terms of such permits;

the failure to maintain or increase equity participation by historically disadvantaged South Africans in the Company’s prospecting and mining operations and to otherwise comply with the Amended Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining Industry; and

certain potential adverse Canadian tax consequences for foreign-controlled Canadian companies that acquire common shares of the Company;

risks of doing business in South Africa, including but not limited to, labour, economic and political instability and potential changes to and failures to comply with legislation; and

the other risks disclosed under the heading “Risk Factors” in the Company’s 2016 Annual Information Form dated November 29, 2016 (the “AIF”).

These factors should be considered carefully, and investors should not place undue reliance on the Company’s Forward-Looking Statements. In addition, although the Company has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual actions or results to differ materially from those described in Forward-Looking Statements, there may be other factors that cause actions or results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended.

The mineral resource and mineral reserve figures referred to in this MD&A and the documents incorporated herein by reference are estimates and no assurances can be given that the indicated levels of platinum (“Pt”), palladium (“Pd”), rhodium (“Rh”) and gold (“Au”) (collectively referred to as “4E”) will be produced. Such estimates are expressions of judgment based on knowledge, mining experience, analysis of drilling results and industry practices. Valid estimates made at a given time may significantly change when new information becomes available. By their nature, mineral resource and mineral reserve estimates are imprecise and depend, to a certain extent, upon statistical inferences which may ultimately prove unreliable. Any inaccuracy or future reduction in such estimates could have a material adverse impact on the Company.

Any Forward-Looking Statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made and, except as may be required by applicable securities laws, the Company disclaims any intent or obligation to update any Forward-Looking Statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or results or otherwise.

NOTE TO U.S. INVESTORS REGARDING RESOURCE ESTIMATES:

Estimates of mineralization and other technical information included or incorporated by reference herein have been prepared in accordance with National Instrument 43-101 – Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (“NI 43-101”). The definitions of proven and probable reserves used in NI 43-101 differ from the definitions in SEC Industry Guide 7 of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Under SEC Industry Guide 7 standards, a “final” or “bankable” feasibility study is required to report reserves, the three-year historical average price is used in any reserve or cash flow analysis to designate reserves and the primary environmental analysis or report must be filed with the appropriate governmental authority. As a result, the reserves reported by the Company in accordance with NI 43-101 may not qualify as “reserves” under SEC standards. In addition, the terms “mineral resource,” “measured mineral resource,” “indicated mineral resource” and “inferred mineral resource” are defined in and required to be disclosed by NI 43-101; however, these terms are not defined terms under SEC Industry Guide 7 and normally are not permitted to be used in reports and registration statements filed with the SEC. Mineral resources that are not mineral reserves do not have demonstrated economic viability. Investors are cautioned not to assume that any part or all of the mineral deposits in these categories will ever be converted into reserves. “Inferred mineral resources” have a great amount of uncertainty as to their existence, and great uncertainty as to their economic and legal feasibility. It cannot be assumed that all or any part of an inferred mineral resource will ever be upgraded to a higher category. Under Canadian securities laws, estimates of inferred mineral resources may not form the basis of feasibility or prefeasibility studies, except in rare cases. Additionally, disclosure of “contained ounces” in a resource is permitted disclosure under Canadian securities laws; however, the SEC normally only permits issuers to report mineralization that does not constitute “reserves” by SEC standards as in place tonnage and grade without reference to unit measurements. Accordingly, information contained in this MD&A and the documents incorporated by reference herein containing descriptions of the Company’s mineral deposits may not be comparable to similar information made public by U.S. companies subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of United States federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

4



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

TECHNICAL AND SCIENTIFIC INFORMATION:

The technical and scientific information contained in this MD&A has been reviewed and approved by R. Michael Jones, P.Eng, President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company. Mr. Jones is a non-independent “qualified person” as defined in NI 43-101 (a “Qualified Person”).

NON-GAAP MEASURES:

This MD&A may include certain terms or performance measures commonly used in the mining industry that are not defined under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which is incorporated in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants. We believe that, in addition to conventional measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, certain investors use this information to evaluate our performance. The data presented is intended to provide additional information and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. These non-GAAP measures should be read in conjunction with our financial statements.

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Platinum Group Metals Ltd. is a British Columbia, Canada, company formed by amalgamation on February 18, 2002 pursuant to an order of the Supreme Court of British Columbia approving an amalgamation between Platinum Group Metals Ltd. and New Millennium Metals Corporation. The Company is a platinum-focused exploration and development company conducting work primarily on mineral properties it has staked or acquired by way of option agreements or applications in the Republic of South Africa.

The Company’s business is currently focused on production ramp up at the Maseve Mine, also known as Project 1, and exploration and engineering on the Waterberg Project, a platinum and palladium property comprised of the 255 km2 Waterberg Joint Venture Project (the “Waterberg JV Project”) and the adjoining 864 km2 Waterberg Extension Project (the “Waterberg Extension Project”) and, both together referred to as the “Waterberg Project”.

The Maseve Mine milling facility is fully constructed and was commissioned in February and March of 2016. The Maseve Mine is now in the ramp up phase of production. First concentrate was produced in February 2016. The Company expects commercial production to be achieved in the first half of calendar 2017, which is later than originally planned. Initial proceeds from concentrate sales before commercial production are treated as a reduction in project capital cost with $9.3 million being recognized to development costs in the year ended August 31, 2016.

PERSONNEL

The Company’s current complement of managers, staff and consultants in Canada consists of approximately 9 individuals and the Company’s complement of managers, staff, consultants, security and casual workers in South Africa consists of approximately 311 individuals, inclusive of approximately 18 individuals active at the Waterberg Project.

The Waterberg Project is operated by the Company utilizing its own staff and personnel as described above. Contract drilling, geotechnical and support services are utilized as required.

5



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Maseve is operated by the Company on an “owner managed-contractor” basis. The Company has hired full time local mining specialists in South Africa as part of an operational readiness plan while the Company drives to ramp up production at Maseve. The Company’s management team has taken over many duties and responsibilities previously assigned to contractors, resulting in improved planning and execution capabilities at Maseve. The safety record at Maseve has been maintained at levels better than industry average levels through a focus on safety. The Maseve management team has frequent interaction and dialogue with the inspectorate branch of the DMR and follows their guidance carefully.

As at October 31, 2016, the total labour force at the Maseve Mine totalled approximately 2,145 people. The Company had 116 permanent and temporary employees and directly managed 1,012 contractor employees assigned to engineering (343 employees), security (101 employees), mining sub-contractors (427 employees) and support services (141 employees). Underground mining contractor JIC Mining Services (“JIC”) had approximately 834 people, including mining sub-contractors, assigned to working on both the north and south mine areas at the Maseve Mine. As Maseve ramps up production Company management is working to streamline and refine contractor engagement for underground mining and development at Maseve to improve operational efficiencies and rates of production.

In December 2012, DRA Mineral Projects (Pty) Ltd. (“DRA”) was formally engaged as the EPCM contractor for commencement of surface infrastructure, including mill and flotation circuit construction. At October 31, 2016 DRA and all its subcontractors had demobilised from site post the completion of the EPCM works.

During December 2015 Tailing Technology (Pty) Limited (“TTL”) was engaged to provide concentrator management, operating and maintenance services for the Maseve mill. TTL personnel were inducted to site and completed training and the establishment of operating procedures and protocols in December 2015 and January 2016. During February 2016 TTL commissioned the Maseve mill with assistance of the DRA commissioning team. At October 31, 2016 TTL had approximately 114 employees on site plus approximately 69 sub-contractor personnel.

The Company has worked closely for several years with local communities and a human resource specialist company to create a database of local persons interested in work at Maseve, including their skill and experience details. The Company has set a target of 30% local employment for the mine, including persons under the employ of contractors. As at October 31, 2016, approximately 13% of the onsite Maseve workforce was comprised of local persons from surrounding communities. Management will, as production build up and increased labour requirement allow, address the shortfall in this target.

2.

PROPERTIES

Under IFRS, the Company defers all acquisition, exploration and development costs related to mineral properties. The recoverability of these amounts is dependent upon the existence of economically recoverable mineral reserves, the ability of the Company to obtain the necessary financing to complete the development of the property, and any future profitable production, or alternatively upon the Company’s ability to dispose of its interests on an advantageous basis. The Company evaluates the carrying value of its property interests on a regular basis. Management is required to make significant judgements to identify potential impairment indicators. Any properties management deems to be impaired are written down to their estimated net recoverable amount.

Management believes that indicators of impairment existed for the Maseve Mine as of August 31, 2016, consisting of lower platinum and palladium prices, the reduced market capitalization of the Company and increased carrying costs due to capitalized expenditures made during the year. A formal impairment analysis was performed for the Maseve Mine as of August 31, 2016 resulting in an after-tax non-cash impairment charge of $41.4 million. The key assumptions used in determining the recoverable amount (fair value less costs to sell) for the Maseve Mine CGU are estimated long-term commodity prices, discount rates, cash costs of production, capital expenditures, foreign exchange rates, and net asset value multiples.

For more information on mineral properties, see below and Notes 5 and 6 of the Company’s August 31, 2016 consolidated financial statements.

6



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

SOUTH AFRICAN PROPERTIES

The Company conducts its South African exploration and development work through its wholly-owned direct subsidiary Platinum Group Metals RSA (Pty.) Ltd. (“PTM RSA”). Development of the Maseve Mine is conducted through Maseve Investments 11 (Pty) Ltd. (“Maseve”), a company which at year-end was held 82.9% by PTM RSA and 17.1% by Africa Wide Mineral Prospecting and Exploration (Pty) Limited (“Africa Wide”), which is in turn owned 100% by Johannesburg Stock Exchange listed Wesizwe Platinum Limited (“Wesizwe”). See “Maseve Mine – Africa Wide Dilution” below for details regarding the dilution of Africa Wide’s shareholding in Maseve.

The Company is the operator of the Waterberg Project, with JOGMEC and Mnombo Wethu Consultants (Pty) Ltd. (“Mnombo”) being joint venture partners. During 2015 the parties amended the existing agreements between them and agreed to consolidate the Waterberg JV and Waterberg Extension properties into one unitized project area. See further details below at “Waterberg Projects – History of Acquisition”.

Maseve Mine

Maseve – Operations

Maseve Phase 1 underground development at the north mine declines (the “North Declines”) and surface preparation for mill and concentrator construction commenced in late 2010 and finished in late 2012. Phase 1 site construction and underground development transitioned into Phase 2 in late 2012 and early 2013, consisting of an additional twin decline access and development into the south mine portion of the deposit (the “South Declines”), milling and concentrating facilities, a tailings storage facility (“TSF”) and continued underground development at the north mine.

Ground work for the TSF commenced in late 2013 on surface rights owned by Maseve. Work was postponed in mid-2014 due to concerns regarding the legal responsibility for safety raised by Royal Bafokeng Platinum Ltd. (“RBPlat”), who own the prospecting rights below the TSF site. In June 2015, the DMR approved a Section 79 application under the Mine Health and Safety Act, 29 of 1996, whereby legal responsibility was clearly demarcated over the TSF area. Construction has since proceeded in a sequential fashion and sufficient TSF capacity is now complete to allow for production.

Phase 2 construction at the Maseve Mine was substantially complete in late 2015 in terms of surface plant and equipment and the cost budget estimate scope of work, which was within revised guidance. Cold commissioning was carried out in December 2015 and January 2016. Hot commissioning and first production occurred in February and March of 2016.

No major mechanical or design failures have been experienced since hot commissioning. The plant was shut down for the first week of March 2016 for final tests, adjustments and assessments, after which the milling of low grade stock pile material recommenced. There have been minor, occasional mechanical breakdowns as per normal operating expectations since March of 2016. Recoveries on low grade commissioning material and development muck since commissioning have been met or exceeded design criteria.

Commissioning feed to the plant in February and March was primarily sourced from the low-grade development stockpiles. During April and May tonnes from underground development and mined tonnes from stoping were introduced along with the feed from the low-grade development stockpile. From May to August 31, 2016 mill feed was still primarily development material, being muck from primary access headings developed on reef. Looking forward, tonnes from underground development and tonnes from mining are planned to make up an increasing percentage of mill feed, thereby increasing the average grade and recovery of material milled.

Period in 2016 Tonnes Milled Average Grade
in gms/tonne
Recovery % 4E Ozs in
Concentrate
Commissioning 138,889 0.69 65.2 2,013
April 83,866 0.79 72.7 1,682
May 97,542 0.73 67.0 1,612
June 55,945 1.13 74.6 1,488
July 54,420 0.93 76.8 1,362
August 50,306 1.43 79.1 1,893

7



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Maseve – Underground Development

From the north box cut underground mining has now developed the North Declines on a southwest heading for 1,423 meters of primary advance to where they reach the first infrastructure level at a vertical depth of 220 meters from surface. At the first infrastructure level passageways and storage bins for conveyor transfers from various mining blocks at depth are under construction. Construction of a conveyor and chairlift to surface from the first infrastructure level is complete and this equipment was inspected and commissioned for use in March 2016.

From the first infrastructure level the North Declines split into two pairs of twin break-away declines, one of which is developed southeast toward planned mining blocks 9 and 12, and the other which is developed east towards planned mining blocks 10 and 11. Block 11 is the most important block in the early mining profile due to its size, high grade/thickness and stable geometry, which allows for the application of low cost mining methods. See more on block 11 below. From the break-away the declines to blocks 9 and 12 are developed for a further 1,163 meters of primary advance to a vertical depth of 337 meters. From the break-away the declines to blocks 10 and 11 are now developed for a further 2,066 meters of primary system advance to a vertical depth of 518 meters (at October 25, 2016) and have reached their initial targeted mining area.

In addition to the primary decline development described above, as at October 25, 2016 approximately the following development has been completed and surveyed in the north mine area:

  i)

4,038 meters of lateral access development, including access from primary declines to mining blocks, ventilation passages, return airways, ramps, waste raises and haulages.

   

 

  ii)

4,232 meters of progressive reef development consisting of raise and diagonal development into mining blocks, reef drives, reef cubby’s and reef muck bays.

   

 

  iii)

7,931 square meters board and pillar and long hole stoping.

   

 

  iv)

1,838 meters of progressive infrastructure development for cross cuts, station drives, substations, refuge bays, workshops and water management facilities.

Four ventilation raise bore shafts have been completed and commissioned at the north mine. The N4A Vent Raise is now operational, but was late being commissioned. The pilot hole for the fifth ventilation shaft N4C is complete, but work on this ventilation shaft is behind schedule. These ventilation shafts are important infrastructure and once both are commissioned will allow several additional planned mining areas to commence stoping. These vent raises are essential to blasting and mining cycles at the north mine and are important factors affecting underground development rates.

From the south box cut underground mining has advanced the South Declines for 1,783 meters of primary system advance to a vertical depth of 271 meters (as at October 25, 2016). Development of the South Declines has now accessed block 16. Mining development at the south mine is being currently scheduled to reduce so that crews may focus efforts at the north mine.

In addition to the primary decline development described above, as at October 25, 2016 the following development has approximately been completed and surveyed in the south mine area:

  i)

1,375 meters of lateral access development, including access from primary declines to mining blocks, ventilation passages, return airways and ramps.

     
  ii)

792 meters of progressive reef development consisting of diagonal development into mining blocks, reef drives, reef cubby’s and reef muck bays.

     
  iii)

39 meters of progressive infrastructure development for cross cuts, station drives, substations, refuge bays, workshops and water management facilities.

     
  iv)

706 square meters long hole stoping.

8



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

At the time of writing this MD&A development at Project 1 has established 20 ends where the Merensky Reef (“MR”) is exposed and of these 16 are currently working ends. Recent efforts have been focused on primary access development and raise lines. Stoping efforts are increasing as development and set up development on MR ends is completed. Stoping rates are planned to increase as targeted production blocks are reached.

As development opens areas of MR, evaluation of initial mining blocks is being completed by Company geologists. Shallow MR mine blocks are exhibiting rolling features where the critical zone of the Bushveld Igneous Complex is near the Transvaal Sediment floor rocks. This condition, referred to as an abutment facies of the MR, is common to the shallow portions of the adjacent operating mine. Mine geologists note that this condition is improving as declines are advanced deeper into areas of the deposit which are less ductile and more stable.

On September 19, 2016, the Company reported that primary development at the Maseve Mine had accessed mining block 11, hosting some of the best grade thickness ore at the Maseve Mine. Block 11 is an important part of the next several years of scheduled mining. Block 11 is a large, well-drilled and stable mining block estimated to host more than 545,000 4E MR ounces (3,066,512 tonnes at 5.53 grams per tonne 4E indicated resources). Mine planning details for block 11 are in progress with a focus on ramping up production from this block. Production at the Maseve Mine is behind schedule due to challenges related to the ramp up of stoping tonnes. Difficulties and delays were caused in part by poor contractor performance and incomplete underground infrastructure, causing bottlenecks in the movement of waste and ore out of the mine. Completion of the first underground silo top, the addition of a belt loader at this silo and future top and bottom completions at silos two and three are expected to improve production into 2017. Feed to the plant since commissioning has been substantially comprised of low grade development stockpiles and a combination of mined stoping tonnes and development tonnes from primary headings where the MR is present. Looking forward, MR tonnes mined are scheduled to increase as key mining blocks are accessed, developed and stoped. A conveyor from underground has been commissioned that feeds directly to the overland conveyor and into the primary crusher and mill. In the months ahead a final conveyor leg directly to Block 11 is planned to be installed, which will greatly improve the ability to move good grade tonnes out of the mine and directly into the mill.

Company management and supervisory personnel are working with mining crews to improve cycle times, utilization of drill Jumbos, tramming and the movement of personnel to and from underground working areas. Crews are also being retrained to take advantage of the newly commissioned underground conveyor and chairlift at the north mine. Third party independent mining specialists have been assigned to site in March 2016 and their observations and assessments are being used to modify underground development methodologies and routines to improve efficiency and output. Stoping volumes are expected to increase in the months ahead as mining areas are accessed, established and opened-up and the successful execution of this stoping will be critical to meeting planned production and ramp up.

Flexibility of mining using trackless equipment in certain blocks is part of the overall mine design. As the Company’s fleet of underground mining equipment ages machine maintenance and availability have been restraining factors in recent months. The Company has sourced additional supervisors, skilled artisans and contract mechanics to address this issue and improvements in machine availability are being noted.

The rate of underground development at Project 1 continues to be an important factor with respect to mine ramp up and production rates. Delays in underground development, stoping rates and planned tonnages have resulted in production delays which will have a negative impact on working capital requirements until sufficient mined material is produced to allow mine operations to generate positive cash flow.

Maseve Mine - Financial Overview

During the year ended August 31, 2016 the Company incurred $143 million (August 31, 2015 - $135 million) in development, construction, equipment and other costs for the Maseve Mine. As at August 31, 2016, the Company carried total deferred acquisition, development, construction, equipment and other costs related to the Maseve Mine of $470 million and another $2.0 million related to Project 3. An impairment charge of $41.4 million was recognized on the Maseve Mine. All revenue generated from the sale of concentrate is treated as a reduction in capital costs until such time as commercial production at Maseve is declared. Africa Wide’s non-controlling interest in Maseve as at August 31, 2016 was recorded at $34.1 million.

On July 15, 2015, the Company published an updated independent resource estimate for the Maseve Mine and an updated independent reserve estimate based on underground sampling and observations as well as recent infill drilling from surface. As a result, the new NI 43-101 technical report in support of the July 15, 2015 disclosure, which was filed on SEDAR on August 28, 2015, is now the current technical report about the Maseve Mine.

9



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

The escalation of costs, wage increases, metal price volatility, production ramp-up timing, grade variations and Rand volatility are all material risk factors for the commercial viability of the Maseve Mine. To date cost escalation in Rand terms has been substantially offset by a weaker Rand, but there is no guarantee that this outcome will continue. Lower metal prices, delays in production ramp up or a stronger South African Rand could all result in requirements for further financing being required.

The updated resources and reserves announced on July 15, 2015 may have a material effect on working capital requirements. However, the approximate 17% decrease in MR reserve grade from earlier estimates may be offset in whole or in part by lower costs resulting from less development work off reef in the footwall compared to the approach in earlier reserve estimates. The updated resource cut at 1.0 meters, versus 0.8 meters previously, and a more mechanized approach to mining in the current mining method, are significant changes from past estimates. Ongoing development work on blocks 16, 12, 11, 10 and 9 according to the Company’s mine plan are critical to underground mining plans and the ramp up profile of production. Delays in production ramp up would have a material impact on working capital. The reserves were assessed with spot and three year trailing average prices as recommended in SEC guidelines.

The updated reserve statement incorporates new mining methods that vary from conventional (footwall development and hand stope drilling) to hybrid development driven in ore for rapid access and ledge cuts off the development for selective fully mechanized mining (bord and pillar). Increased detailed knowledge of the ore based on recent work was used to select the mining method that would provide ramp up tonnes and cut development costs and time on a block by block basis. Priority is given to MR over lower grade UG2 and development to access to deeper levels of more stable versus shallow rolling reef is emphasized, as previously reported. The use of mechanized equipment to open the orebody is a key element of the revised mine plan and the development experience on site was incorporated into the design.

Since 2012 operating costs in South Africa have continued to escalate in Rand terms. The escalation of costs, metal price volatility, completion of surface infrastructure, advancement of underground mining, production ramp-up timing, grade variations and Rand volatility are all material risk factors for the Maseve Mine which could result in the Company breaching one or more covenants regarding the Sprott Facility, or LMM Facility. See Section 3, item G) “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

Maseve Mine - Social Development and Responsibilities

Feedback from the public consultation processes for the environmental assessment and social and labour plan developed for Maseve has been constructive and positive. The mine capital development and operations plan includes a significant investment in training through the life of mine, and in conjunction with the social and labour plan, aims to achieve maximum value from the project for all stakeholders, including local residents. Based on interaction with the community, the completion of a skill and needs assessment, and the Company’s training plans, the project has set a target for 30% of more than 2,000 jobs to be sourced with persons from the local communities. To assist the Company in achieving these goals, the Company has contracted the services of an experienced and professional South African human resources company.

Maseve Mine - Africa Wide Dilution

On October 18, 2013, Africa Wide informed the Company that it would not be funding its approximate $21.8 million share of a unanimously approved project budget and cash call for the Maseve Mine. On March 3, 2014, Africa Wide informed the Company that it would not be funding its $21.52 million share of a second unanimously approved cash call. As a result, the Company entered into arbitration proceedings against Africa Wide in accordance with the terms of the Maseve shareholders’ agreement (the “Maseve Shareholders Agreement”) to determine Africa Wide’s diluted interest in Maseve, and therefore the Maseve Mine and Project 3. On August 20, 2014, an arbitrator ruled in the Company’s favour on all matters and Africa Wide’s shareholding in Maseve was reduced to 21.2766% based on the first missed cash call. As a result of missing the second cash call, Africa Wide’s ownership was further diluted to approximately 17.1% and the Company’s ownership was increased to approximately 82.9% .

All funding provided by PTM RSA to Maseve for development and construction of the Maseve Mine since the second cash call missed by Africa Wide has been, and is planned to be, provided by way of intercompany loans. At August 31, 2016 Maseve owed PTM RSA approximately Rand 3.54 billion ($241 million). All amounts due to PTM RSA are planned to be repaid by Maseve before any distribution of dividends to shareholders.

10



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Legislation and regulation in South Africa require a 26% equity interest by a Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) entity in for the grant of a Mining Right. Because Africa Wide is the Company’s BEE partner for the Maseve Mine, the Company advised the DMR on October 19, 2013 of Africa Wide’s decision to not fund the first cash call and the resulting dilution implications. On October 24, 2013, the DMR provided the Company with a letter stating that it will apply the provisions of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 28 of 2002 (the “MPRDA”) to any administrative processes or decisions to be conducted or taken within a reasonable time and in accordance with the principles of lawfulness, reasonableness and procedural fairness in giving the Company the opportunity to remedy the effect of Africa Wide’s dilution. In addition to Africa Wide’s direct equity interest in Maseve, a past sale by PTM RSA of an 18.5% interest in the project that has become Wesizwe’s platinum mine is a component of the Maseve’s BEE profile. Under the terms of the Maseve Shareholders Agreement, if Maseve is instructed by the DMR to increase its BEE ownership, any agreed costs or dilution of interests shall be borne equally by the Company and Africa Wide. The Company may consider Mnombo as a BEE partner for the Maseve Mine.

Subsequent to the end of the Company’s third fiscal quarter of 2016, the DMR requested an update regarding the Company’s efforts to increase the BEE equity ownership percentage in Maseve from 17.1% to 26%. The Company met with the DMR in early June 2016 and the DMR requested a further update by August 7, 2016, while reminding the Company of the risk of potential action under Sections 47 and 93 of the MPRDA if the Company were not to increase the historically disadvantaged South African (“HDSA”) ownership percentage. The Company believes that any action in this regard is premature given that the court proceedings between the Chamber of Mines and the DMR in regard to the ‘‘once empowered, always empowered’’ principle and the introduction of the Reviewed Broad Based Black-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry both remain pending. The Company has made several attempts to schedule a meeting with the DMR to further discuss this issue. To date, while the Company has been advised by the DMR that the matter will be discussed at a later date, no such meeting has taken place and the DMR has not issued a notice of non-compliance with the MPRDA. See the risk factors in the AIF captioned ‘‘The dilution of Africa Wide may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations’’ and ‘‘The failure to maintain or increase equity participation by HDSAs in the Company’s prospecting and mining operations could adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain its prospecting and mining rights.’’

Maseve Mine - Labour Relations

In recent years, the gold and platinum mining industries in South Africa have witnessed significant labour unrest and demands for higher wages by certain labour groups. To date, the Company has seen no adverse labour action on its site at the Maseve Mine.

The Company has worked closely for several years with local communities and a human resource specialist company to create a database of local persons interested in work at Maseve, including their skill and experience details. The Company has set a target of 30% local employment for the mine, including persons under the employ of contractors. As at October 31, 2016, approximately 13% of the onsite Maseve workforce was comprised of local persons from surrounding communities. Management will, as production build up and increased labour requirement allow, address the shortfall in this target.

The primary union at the Maseve Mine, representing the workers of the project’s underground mining contractor, is the National Union of Mineworkers (“NUM”). The Company maintains an active dialogue with contractors and NUM, as well as with its own employees. In October, 2015 NUM agreed to a labour contract with the underground mining contractor at the Maseve Mine for a two-year period ending September 2017. In the future, should higher salaries and wages occur across the industry, the Company will likely see increased costs for labour.

Maseve Mine (Project 1) and Project 3 - Mineral Resources and Reserves

On July 15, 2015, the Company published an updated independent resource estimate for the Maseve Mine and an updated independent reserve estimate based on underground sampling and observations as well as recent infill drilling from surface. The NI 43-101 report is titled “An Independent Technical Report on the Maseve Project (WBJV Project areas 1 and 1A) located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa” (the “Project 1 Report”) dated August 28, 2015 with an effective date of July 15, 2015 for the estimate of mineral resources and reserves, and was prepared by Charles J Muller (B. Sc. (Hons) Geology) Pri. Sci. Nat., of CJM Consulting (Pty) Ltd.; Gert Roets (B. Eng. Mining), Pr. Eng. (ECSA), of DRA Projects; and Gordon Cunningham, B. Eng. (Chemical), Pr. Eng. (ECSA) of Turnberry Projects (Pty) Ltd.

11



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

The updated reserve estimate in the Project 1 Report also considers changes in mining widths, methods and costs. The Project 1 Report is now the current technical report for the Maseve Mine. Total Maseve Mine measured and indicated mineral resources are 3.9 million ounces 4E on the MR (21.82 M tonnes grading 5.51 g/t 4E) and 2.8 million ounces on the UG2 Reef (22.68 M tonnes grading 3.8 g/t 4E) (100% project basis). These mineral resources have been calculated based on a resource cut of 146cm (versus 109cm in earlier estimates) and they incorporate recent detailed drilling and underground work to date. The prill splits are as previously announced at 64% Pt, 27% Pd, 4% Rh, 5% Au on the MR and 63% Pt, 26% Pd, 10% Rh, 1% Au on the UG2 Reef. The Company believes the thicker resource cut has better potential for the use of mechanized mining.

Mineral reserves are a sub-set of measured and indicated mineral resources and take into account mining factors and are not in addition to the mineral resources. The total Maseve Mine MR and UG2 Reserves are 4.1 million ounces as detailed above (500,000 ounces 4E less than at the 2009 updated feasibility study) and in the current mine plan are sufficient for an updated annual production target of 250,000 ounces 4E at steady state (modified from the 2009 updated feasibility of 275,000 ounces 4E per year at steady state) and an overall mine life of approximately 20 years.

Mineral reserves and mineral resources reported for the Maseve Mine are from combined MR and UG2 reef tonnes. Information regarding grades, prill splits, sampling, reserve and resource calculations and risk factors may be found in the Project 1 Report, which was filed on August 28, 2015 on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

An NI 43-101 technical report dated August 31, 2010 entitled “Technical Report on Project 3 Resource Cut Estimation of the Western Bushveld Joint Venture (WBJV) Located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa” (the “Project 3 Report”) remains the current technical report with respect to Project 3. Project 3 hosts an estimated 1.939 million indicated 4E ounces (11.104 million tonnes @ 5.43 g/t) and 0.076 million inferred 4E ounces (0.443 million tonnes @ 1.47 g/t).

Maseve Mine (Project 1) and Project 3 - History of Acquisition

On October 26, 2004, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement (the “WBJV Agreement”) forming the WBJV among the Company (37% interest held through PTM RSA), Anglo American Platinum Limited (“Amplats”) (37% interest held through its wholly owned subsidiary, Rustenburg Platinum Mines Ltd. (“RPM”), and Africa Wide (26% interest held directly) in relation to a platinum exploration and development project on combined mineral rights covering approximately 67 km2 on the Western Bushveld Complex of South Africa. The WBJV was divided into three distinct project areas, namely Projects 1, 2 and 3. In April 2007, Amplats contributed an additional 5 km2 area of prospecting rights into the WBJV. This additional area was adjacent to the east of Projects 1 and 3 and became a part of Project 2 once contributed into the WBJV. Africa Wide was subsequently 100% acquired by Wesizwe, a Johannesburg Stock Exchange-listed company, in September 2007. PTM RSA was the operator of the joint venture.

On December 8, 2008, the Company entered into certain agreements to consolidate and rationalize the ownership of the WBJV (the ‘‘Consolidation Transaction’’). On April 22, 2010, the Consolidation Transaction was completed and the WBJV dissolved. As a result, Projects 1 and 3 were transferred into Maseve and Project 2 was transferred into Africa Wide. On April 22, 2010, the Company also paid the equalization amount due under the WBJV Agreement to Amplats of Rand 186.28 million (approximately $24.83 million at the time).

Following the Consolidation Transaction, the Company held a 54.75% interest in Maseve and Wesizwe held a 45.25% initial interest in Maseve. Under the terms of the Consolidation Transaction, the Company subscribed for a further 19.25% interest in Maseve, from treasury, in exchange for Rand 408.81 million (approximately $59 million at the time), thereby increasing its effective shareholding in Maseve to 74%. The subscription funds were placed in escrow for application towards Africa Wide’s 26% share of expenditures for Projects 1 and 3. By mid-November 2013, the escrowed Maseve funds were fully depleted.

12



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Waterberg Project

Waterberg Project – Activities in the year ended August 31, 2016

During the year ended August 31, 2016 approximately $4.6 million was spent conducting drilling at the Waterberg Project. At times, up to twelve drill rigs were active on site. In addition to drilling approximately $2.6 million was spent during the period for prefeasibility engineering, resource modelling, metallurgy, infrastructure design, etc. Since March 31, 2015 all Waterberg Project funding has been covered by JOGMEC in accordance with the 2nd Amendment to the JOGMEC Agreement (both as defined below).

At period end $20.2 million in net costs are capitalized to the project. The apparent drop from the USD capitalized balance at the previous year end is due entirely to the devaluation of the Rand and the translation of Rand denominated balances at year end. The budget for work at Waterberg is fully funded by joint venture partner the Japan Oil, Gas and Metals National Corporation ("JOGMEC"). To March 31, 2015, the Company funded the Company and Mnombo’s combined 63% share of the work on the Waterberg Project with the remaining 37% funded by JOGMEC. To March 31, 2015, the Company funded the Company and Mnombo’s combined 100% share of the work on the Waterberg Extension Project. Exploration work on the Waterberg Extension Project began in a material way in late 2013.

On April19, 2016 the Company reported an updated independent 4E resource estimate for the Waterberg Project. Later, on October 19, 2016 the Company reported the results of positive results from an Independent Pre-Feasibility Study (“PFS”) on the Waterberg Project and a further updated independent 4E resource estimate for the Waterberg Project. Mineral resources in the “T” and “F” zones (100% project basis) increased to an estimated 24.886 million ounces 4E in the indicated category plus 10.802 million ounces 4E in the inferred category:

•  

Indicated 218.265 million tonnes grading 3.55 g/t 4E (1.06 g/t Pt, 2.18 g/t Pd, 0.26 g/t Au, 0.04 g/t Rh, 2.5 g/t cut-off), plus 0.08% Cu and 0.15% Ni.

 

 

•  

Inferred 97.212 million tonnes grading 3.46 g/t 4E (1.03 g/t Pt, 2.10 g/t Pd, 0.30 g/t Au, 0.03 g/t Rh, 2.5 g/t cut-off), plus 0.06% Cu and 0.11% Ni.

The PFS also estimated Probable Mineral Reserves in the “T” and “F” zones (100% project basis) estimated at 12.32 million ounces 4E plus 191.18 million pounds of copper and 333.04 million pounds of nickel:

•   102.7 million tonnes grading 3.73 g/t 4E (1.11 g/t Pt, 2.29 g/t Pd, 0.29 g/t Au, 0.04 g/t Rh, 2.5 g/t cut-off), plus 0.08% Cu and 0.15% Ni.

Only Indicated resources have been incorporated into the mine plan and financial model. The mineable Reserve represents the portion of the Indicated resource that can be economically mined as delivered to the mill, and as demonstrated in the PFS. The reader is cautioned to note that the mineral Reserves are included within the Indicated Mineral Resources, and are not in addition to them. As compared to earlier resource estimates, the increased F zone grade in the latest updated resource estimate combined with improved deposit definition allowed for the targeting of best grade thickness in early mine scheduling for the PFS. See “Waterberg Project – Pre-Feasibility Study and Mineral Resource Details” below.

The Waterberg deposit is 13 km long so far, open along strike and begins from 140 meters deep. The deposit is known to continue down dip below the arbitrary 1,250 meter cut off depth applied to the deposit for resource estimation purposes. Minimum mineralized thickness is 3 meters and the maximum is 70 meters. Drilling will continue at Waterberg and the deposit is still open for expansion.

Based on a reinterpretation of airborne gravity surveys and taking the latest drill hole results into consideration, additional drilling northward along strike is planned for the future.

Platinum Group plans to advance the project to completion of a feasibility study and a construction decision. Drilling to increase the confidence in certain areas of the known mineral resource to the measured category is underway. Engagement with utilities for the delivery of bulk services is in process. Engineering work on the Waterberg Project includes resource modelling, metallurgical work, optimization of the metallurgical flow sheet using South African and Japanese expertise, bulk services design and mechanized mine planning. Optimization of the mine plan and working on reducing underground sustaining development capital will be part of the upcoming feasibility study. The Company also plans to file a mining right application, with Joint Venture approval, based substantially on the results of the PFS.

13



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Waterberg Project – Activities in the year ended August 31, 2015

During the year ended August 31, 2015 the Company incurred approximately $9.2 million in exploration and engineering costs on the Waterberg Projects, of which $5.9 million was funded by JOGMEC for a net cost to the Company of $3.3 million. At August 31, 2015, the Company carried total deferred acquisition and exploration and other costs related to the Waterberg Projects of $22.3 million.

Subsequent to the boreholes drilled up until April 2014 for the June 12, 2014 mineral resource estimate, an additional 85,364 meters in 80 exploration boreholes and 151 deflections were drilled on the Waterberg JV Project and the Waterberg Extension Project for inclusion in a resource estimate dated effective July 20, 2015. The primary objective of this drilling was to convert resource ounces from the inferred to the indicated confidence category.

On July 22, 2015, the Company reported an updated independent platinum, palladium and gold (collectively referred to as “3E”) resource estimate for the Waterberg Projects effective as of July 20, 2015.

Drilling conducted in calendar 2015 primarily targeted near surface areas of thicker “Super F” mineralization with the objective of delineating new resources while also upgrading both T zone and F zone resources into the indicated category.

Waterberg Project – Pre-Feasibility Study and Mineral Resource Details

On October 19, 2016, the Company announced positive results from a PFS on the Waterberg Project completed by international and South African engineering firm WorleyParsons RSA (Pty) Ltd. trading as Advisian. Technical information in this MD&A regarding the Waterberg Project is derived from the NI 43-101 technical report filed entitled “Independent Technical Report on the Waterberg Project Including Mineral Resource Update and Pre-Feasibility Study” dated October 19, 2016 with an effective date of October 17, 2016 for the estimate of mineral resources and resources (the “October 2016 Waterberg Report”), prepared by (i) Independent Engineering Qualified Person Mr. Robert L Goosen (B.Eng. (Mining, Engineering)) Pr. Eng. (ECSA), Advisian/WorleyParsons Group, (ii) Independent Geological Qualified Person Mr. Charles J Muller (B.Sc. (Hons) Geology) Pri. Sci. Nat., CJM Consulting (Pty) Ltd., and (iii) Independent Engineering Qualified Person Mr. Gordon I. Cunningham, B. Eng. (Chemical), Pr. Eng. (ECSA), Professional association to FSAIMM, Turnberry Projects (Pty) Ltd.

Readers are directed to review the full text of the October 2016 Waterberg Report, available for review under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov for additional information.

Highlights of the PFS

Validation of the 2014 Waterberg Preliminary Economic Assessment (“PEA”) results for a large scale, shallow, decline accessible, mechanized platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold (“4E”) mine.

•  

Annual steady state production rate of 744,000 4E ounces in concentrate.

•  

A 3.5-year construction period.

On site life-of-mine average cash cost of US$248 per 4E ounce including by-product credits and exclusive of smelter discounts.

After-tax Net Present Value (“NPV”) of US$320 million, at an 8% discount rate, using three-year trailing average metal prices.

•  

After-tax NPV of US$507 million, at an 8% discount rate, using investment bank consensus average metal prices.

Estimated capital to full production of approximately US$1.06 billion including US$67 million in contingencies. Peak project funding estimated at US$914 million. Capital costs to full production and peak funding of the project are estimated in Rand 2016 terms at 15R/1USD with a flat exchange rate. Escalation of costs in Rand terms are estimated to be mostly offset over time by future Rand devaluation.

•  

After-tax Internal Rate of Return (“IRR”) of 13.5% using three-year trailing average price deck.

•  

After-tax IRR of 16.3% at investment bank consensus average metal prices.

•  

Probable reserves of 12.3 million 4E ounces (2.5 g/t 4E cut-off).

Indicated resources updated to 24.9 million 4E ounces (2.5 g/t 4E cut-off) and deposit remains open on strike to the north and below a 1,250 meter arbitrary depth cut-off.

14



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

As a result of the shallow depth, good grades and a fully mechanized mining approach, the Waterberg Project has the opportunity to be a safe mine within the lowest quartile of the industry cost curve. The project resources consist of 60% palladium and the PFS estimates that Waterberg will produce 472,000 ounces of palladium annually; more palladium than the Stillwater Mine produced in 2015, or about 6% of the world’s palladium production in 2015. Producing approximately 744,000 4E ounces per year, Waterberg would be one of the largest platinum group metals mine complexes in South Africa based on 2015 production numbers.

It is estimated that Waterberg will create approximately 3,361 new primary highly trained jobs with transferable skills. The increased safety, improved working conditions, low costs and decline access for rapid development all provide attractive features compared to traditional platinum and palladium mines in South Africa. The project is in an area prioritized for economic development. Relations with the small rural community in the area have been business like and positive.

The estimates for the scope of work, within the given battery limits, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and exclusions contained in the PFS, are considered to be within the accuracy range required for a PFS of +25%. Monte Carlo simulation was used to provide a 12% contingency that was used in the estimates. A minimum mining width has been set at three meters so that all mining can be fully mechanized, safe and efficient

Resource Update

The Waterberg total mineral resource is summarized below:

T-Zone 2.5 g/t Cut-off
Resource
Category
Cut-off Tonnage Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 31.540 1.13 1.90 0.81 0.04 3.88 0.16 0.08 122,375 3.934
Inferred 2.5 19.917 1.10 1.86 0.80 0.03 3.79 0.16 0.08 75,485 2.427
F-Zone 2.5 g/t Cut-off
Resource
Category
Cut-off Tonnage Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 186.725 1.05 2.23 0.17 0.04 3.49 0.07 0.16 651,670 20.952
Inferred 2.5 77.295 1.01 2.16 0.17 0.03 3.37 0.04 0.12 260,484 8.375

15



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Waterberg Total 2.5 g/t Cut-off
Resource
Category
Cut-off
Tonnage
Grade Metal
4E Pt Pd Au Rh 4E Cu Ni 4E
g/t Mt g/t g/t g/t g/t g/t % % Kg Moz
Indicated 2.5 218.265 1.06 2.18 0.26 0.04 3.55 0.08 0.15 774,045 24.886
Inferred 2.5 97.212 1.03 2.10 0.30 0.03 3.46 0.06 0.11 335,969 10.802

4E = Platinum Group Elements (Pt+Pd+Rh+Au). The cut-offs for mineral resources have been established by a qualified person after a review of potential operating costs and other factors. The mineral resources stated above are shown on a 100% basis, that is, for the Waterberg Project as a whole entity. Conversion Factor used – kg to oz = 32.15076. Numbers may not add due to rounding. Resources do not have demonstrated economic viability. A 5% and 7% geological loss has been applied to the Indicated and Inferred categories respectively. Effective Date Oct 17, 2016. Metal prices used in the reserve estimate are as follows based on a 3-year trailing average (as at July 31/2016) in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") guidance for the assessment of resources; US$1,212/oz Pt, US$710/oz Pd, US$1229/oz Au, US$984/oz Rh, US$6.10/lb Ni, US$2.56/lb Cu, US$/ZAR15.

The mineral resources are classified in accordance with the SAMREC standards. There are certain differences with the "CIM Standards on Mineral Resources and Reserves"; however, in this case the QP believes the differences are not material and the standards may be considered the same. Mineral resources that are not mineral reserves do not have demonstrated economic viability and Inferred resources have a high degree of uncertainty. The mineral resources are provided on a 100% project basis and Inferred and Indicated categories are separate and the estimates have an effective date of 17 October 2016.

Mineral resources were estimated using kriging methods for geological domains created in Datamine from 303 original holes and 483 deflections. A process of geological modelling and creation of grade shells using indicating kriging was completed in the estimation process. The estimation of mineral resources has taken into account environmental, permitting and legal, title, and taxation, socio-economic, marketing and political factors. The mineral resources may be materially affected by metals prices, exchange rates, labor costs, electricity supply issues or many other factors detailed in the Company's AIF. The data that formed the basis of the estimate are the drill holes drilled by Platinum Group, which consist of geological logs, the drill hole collars surveys, the downhole surveys and the assay data. The area where each layer was present was delineated after examination of the intersections in the various drill holes. There is no guarantee that all or any part of the mineral resource not included in the current reserves will be upgraded and converted to a mineral reserve.

Reserves

Reserves are stated on a 100% Project Basis. Reserves are a subset of the Indicated resources and the mine plan was developed from the October 2016 resource model above and includes mine modifying factors such as geological losses, dilution, development overbreak, mine design factors, in stope losses and the extraction ratio from the mining methods applied to the T and F-Zones.

The independent Qualified Person for the Statement of Reserves is Mr. RL Goosen (WorleyParsons RSA (Pty) Ltd Trading as Advisian). The table below shows the prill splits, which are calculated using the individual metal grades reported as a percentage of the total 4E grade. There are no Inferred mineral resources included in the reserves.

16



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Prill Splits

Prill Split Grade
Zone Pt Pd Au Rh Cu Ni
% % % % % %
T-Zone 29 49 21 1 0.16 0.08
F-Zone 30 64 5 1 0.07 0.16

Probable Mineral Reserve at 2.5 g/t 4E Cut-off– Tonnage and Grades

Waterberg Probable Mineral Reserve – Tonnage and Grades
Zone Mt Cut-off
grade
(g/t)
Pt
(g/t)
Pd (g/t) Au (g/t) Rh (g/t) 4E (g/t) Cu (%) Ni (%)
T-Zone 16.5 2.5 1.14 1.93 0.83 0.04 3.94 0.16 0.08
F-Zone 86.2 2.5 1.11 2.36 0.18 0.04 3.69 0.07 0.16
Total 102.7 2.5 1.11 2.29 0.29 0.04 3.73 0.08 0.15

Probable Mineral Reserve at 2.5 g/t 4E Cut-off– Contained Metal

Waterberg Probable Mineral Reserve – Contained Metal
Zone Mt Pt
(Moz)
Pd
(Moz)
Au
(Moz)
Rh
(Moz)
4E
(Moz)
4E
content
(kg)
Cu
(Mlb)
Ni
(Mlb)
T-Zone 16.5 0.61 1.03 0.44 0.02 2.09 65,097 58.21 29.10
F-Zone 86.2 3.07 6.54 0.51 0.10 10.22 318,007 132.97 303.94
Total 102.7 3.67 7.57 0.95 0.12 12.32 383,103 191.18 333.04

Reasonable prospects of economic extraction were determined with the following assumptions: Metal prices used in the reserve estimate are as follows based on a 3-year trailing average (as at July 31/2016) in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") guidance for the assessment of resources and reserves; US$1,212/oz Pt, US$710/oz Pd, US$1229/oz Au, US$984/oz Rh, US$6.10/lb Ni, US$2.56/lb Cu, US$/ZAR15. Smelter payability of 85% was estimated for 4E and 73% for Cu and 68% for Ni. The effective date is October 17, 2016. A 2.5 g/t Cut-off was used and checked against a pay-limit calculation. Independent Qualified Person for the Statement of Reserves is Mr. RL Goosen (WorleyParsons RSA (Pty) Ltd Trading as Advisian). The mineral reserves may be materially affected by changes in metals prices, exchange rates, labor costs, electricity supply issues or many other factors. See risks described in the 43-101 report on www.sedar.com and the Company’s Annual Information Form. The reserves are estimated under SAMREC with no material difference to the CIM 2014 definitions in this case.

The estimation of mineral reserves has taken into account environmental, permitting and legal, title, taxation, socioeconomic, marketing and political factors. Based on the cut-off grade and a maximum depth cut-off of 1,250 meters the Probable reserve will support an 18-year mine life.

Waterberg Projects – History of Acquisition

The Waterberg JV Project is comprised of a contiguous granted prospecting right area of approximately 255 km2 located on the Northern Limb of the Bushveld Complex, approximately 70 km north of the town of Mokopane (formerly Potgietersrus). The adjacent Waterberg Extension property includes contiguous granted and applied-for prospecting rights with a combined area of approximately 864 km2. The Company has the exclusive right to apply for renewals of the prospecting rights for periods not exceeding three years each and the exclusive right to apply for a mining right over these prospecting right areas.

On September 28, 2009, PTM RSA, JOGMEC and Mnombo entered into a joint venture agreement, as later amended on May 20, 2013 (the “JOGMEC Agreement”) whereby JOGMEC could earn up to a 37% participating interest in the Waterberg JV Project for an optional work commitment of $3.2 million over four years, while at the same time Mnombo could earn a 26% participating interest in exchange for matching JOGMEC’s expenditures on a 26/74 basis ($1.12 million).

17



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

On November 7, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with Mnombo whereby the Company acquired 49.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of Mnombo in exchange for cash payments totaling R1.2 million and an agreement that the Company would pay for Mnombo's 26% share of costs on the Waterberg JV Project until the completion of a feasibility study.

On May 26, 2015, the Company announced a second amendment (the “2nd Amendment”) to the JOGMEC Agreement. Under the terms of the 2nd Amendment the Waterberg JV Project and Waterberg Extension Project are to be consolidated and contributed into a newly created operating company named Waterberg JV Resources (Pty) Ltd. (“Waterberg JV Co.”). The Company is to hold 45.65% of Waterberg JV Co. while JOGMEC is to own 28.35% and Mnombo will hold 26%. Through its 49.9% share of Mnombo, the Company will hold an effective 58.62% of Waterberg JV Co., post-closing. Under the 2nd Amendment JOGMEC has committed to fund $20 million in expenditures over a three-year period ending March 31, 2018, of which approximately $11 million was funded to August 31, 2016. The Company remains the Project operator under the 2nd Amendment. Closing of this transaction is subject to MPRDA Section 11 approval by the DMR to transfer title of the prospecting rights. If Section 11 transfer approval is not obtained the parties will default to the pre-amendment JV arrangement, with any advances received from JOGMEC to be used to offset its spending commitments on the Waterberg JV Project.

The Company carried Mnombo’s 26% share of expenses in the Waterberg project until March 31, 2015, after which time JOGMEC has been funding expenses to date under the terms of the 2nd Amendment.

NON-MATERIAL MINERAL PROPERTY INTERESTS

The non-material mineral property interests of the Company include the War Springs and Tweespalk projects located in South Africa and various Canadian mineral property interests in Ontario, the Northwest Territories and Newfoundland and Labrador. These non-material property interests are not, individually or collectively, material to the Company. All non-material properties have been written off and are also described in the Company’s Financial Statements and Annual Information Form for the year ended August 31, 2016, copies of which may be obtained online on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

3.

DISCUSSION OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION


A)

Results of Operations

Three Months August 31, 2016

For the quarter ended August 31, 2016, the Company had net loss of $35.0 million (August 31, 2015 – net loss of $0.2 million). This difference is predominantly due to the writedown of the Maseve mine of $41.4 million in the current quarter, (August 31, 2015 - $0). Comprehensive loss for the quarter was $4.9 million (August 31, 2015 – $9.7 million loss) with the difference being due to a larger decrease in the value of the Rand against the USD in the previous comparable quarter being offset by the writedown in the current quarter. Net finance income earned in the quarter ended August 31, 2016 totaled $0.3 million as compared to $0.8 million in the comparative period in the prior year due to the Company netting interest earned on debt proceeds against interest expenses from the Sprott and Liberty debt holdings.

Twelve Months August 31, 2016

For the year ended August 31, 2016 the Company had net loss of $36.7 million (August 31, 2015 – net loss of $4.0 million). This difference is largely due to the writedown of the Maseve mine during the current year. Also, in the previous year the Company recognized an $8.9 million foreign exchange gain as opposed to a $1.7 million foreign exchange gain in the current year. Also in the previous year termination and finance fees recognized of $5.2 million and a write down of deferred finance fees of $2.4 million were also recognized. Comprehensive loss for the period was $86.7 million (August 31, 2015 – $104 million) with the difference being due to a larger decrease in the value of the Rand against the USD in the previous year as compared to the current year which effects the translation of the Company’s South African Rand denominated subsidiaries. Finance income earned in the year ended August 31, 2016 totaled $1.1 million as compared to $3.8 million in the comparative period in the prior year due to the Company netting interest earned on debt proceeds against interest expenses from the Sprott and Liberty debt holdings.

18



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Annual Financial Information

The following tables set forth selected financial data from the Company’s annual audited financial statements and should be read in conjunction with those financial statements:

(In thousands of dollars, except for share data)

Year ended
Aug 31, 2016
Year ended
Aug 31, 2015
Year ended
Aug 31, 2014
Interest income $1,133(1) $3,781(1) $3,606(1)
Net loss $36,651(2) $3,972 $9,687
Basic loss per share $0.26(3) $0.05 (3) $0.17 (3)
Diluted loss per share $0.26(3) $0.05 (3) $0.17 (3)
Total assets $519,858 $498,342 $506,055
Long term debt $54,586 Nil Nil
Dividends Nil Nil Nil

Explanatory Notes:

(1)

The Company’s only significant source of income during the years ending August 31, 2014 to 2016 was interest income from interest bearing accounts held by the Company. In November 2015, the Company drew $80 million from the Sprott and Liberty Facilities. As commercial production had not been declared this interest was capitalized to the Maseve Mine. Accordingly, interest earned on these debt proceeds was also capitalized thus reducing interest recognized in income

(2)

Net loss is affected in 2016 by an impairment recognized on the Maseve Mine.

(3)

Basic loss per share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The Company uses the treasury stock method for the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Diluted per share amounts reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised or converted to common shares. In periods when a loss is incurred, the effect of potential issuances of shares under options and share purchase warrants would be anti-dilutive, and accordingly basic and diluted loss per share are the same. On January 26, 2016, the Company announced that effective January 28, 2016 its common shares would be consolidated on the basis of one new share for ten old shares (1:10). All information regarding the issued and outstanding common shares, options and weighted average number and per share information has been retrospectively restated to reflect the ten to one consolidation.

 

B)

Quarterly Financial Information

The following tables set forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last eight quarters:

(In thousands of dollars, except for share data)

Quarter ended   Aug, 31     May 31,     Feb. 29,     Nov. 30,  
($000’s, except per share data)   2016     2016     2016     2015  
Interest income(1) $  316   $  294   $  240    $ 283  
Net income (loss)(2)   (35,021 )   892     (1,810 )   (712 )
Basic earnings(loss) per share(3)   (0.21 )   0.01     (0.02 )   (0.01 )
Total assets(4)   519,858     517,799     482,264     525,864  

19



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Quarter ended   Aug. 31,     May 31,     Feb. 28,     Nov. 30,  
($000’s, except share data)   2015     2015     2015     2014  
Interest income(1) $  763   $  1,074   $  856   $  1,088  
Net income (loss)(2)   (191 )   (2,661 )   3,916     (5,036 )
Basic earnings(loss) per share(3)   (0.00 )   (0.03 )   0.05     (0.09 )
Total assets(4)   498,342     531,606     548,418     476,446  

Explanatory Notes:

(1)

The Company earns income from interest bearing accounts and deposits. Rand balances earn significantly higher rates of interest than can be earned at present in Canadian or U.S. Dollars. Interest income varies relative to cash on hand.

(2)

Net (loss) income by quarter is affected by the timing and recognition of large non-cash items. In the quarter ended August 31, 2016 an impairment charge of $41.4 million was recognized relating to the Maseve mine. In the quarter ended February 28, 2015 there was share-based compensation expenses and in the previous quarter there were mineral property write-downs. Net (loss) income can also be impacted by the movement of the Rand and the U.S. Dollar relative to the Canadian Dollar as the Company currently and in the past has held significant portions of its cash in each currency. At the end of each reporting period Rand and U.S. Dollar cash balances are translated to Canadian Dollars at period end exchange rates.

(3)

Basic loss per share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The Company uses the treasury stock method to calculate diluted earnings per share. Diluted per share amounts reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised or converted to common shares. In periods when a loss is incurred, the effect of share issuances under options would be anti-dilutive, resulting in basic and diluted loss per share being the same.

(4)

At May 31, 2016 and February 28, 2015 the Company’s assets increased compared to prior periods as a result of equity offerings.

 

C)

Dividends

The Company has never declared nor paid dividends on its common shares. The Company has no present intention of paying dividends on its common shares, as it anticipates that all available funds will be invested to finance its business.

D)

Trend Information

The success of the Company’s Maseve Mine and its other properties will be primarily dependent on the future price of platinum, palladium and gold. Metal prices have historically been subject to significant price fluctuation. Significant price fluctuations over short periods of time may be generated by numerous factors beyond the control of the Company, including domestic and international economic and political trends, expectations of inflation, currency exchange fluctuations, interest rates, global or regional consumption patterns, speculative activities and increases or decreases in production due to improved mining and production methods. Until recently PGM metal prices had been trending lower. This has been largely offset with a weakening Rand. If the Rand should strengthen while USD PGM metal prices remain low, this would create significant risk to the Company’s business and its ability to re-pay the Sprott Facility and LMM Facility.

Significant reductions or volatility in metal prices may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, including the economic attractiveness of the Company’s projects, the Company’s ability to obtain financing and the amount of the Company’s revenue or profit or loss. In addition, a prolonged period of lower platinum, palladium and gold prices could result in the Company breaching one or more covenants with regard to the Sprott Facility and LMM Facility, resulting in default. A period of prolonged lower platinum, palladium and gold prices may cause the Company to alter or delay its planned ramp up of the Maseve Mine in 2016 or 2017. See item G) “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

For a detailed description of Risks and Uncertainties refer to the Company’s Annual Information Form for the year ended August 31, 2016.

E)

Related Party Transactions

Transactions with related parties are as follows (in thousands of dollars):

i.

During the year ended August 31, 2016, the Company accrued or received payments of $62 ($84 – August 31, 2015) from West Kirkland Mining Inc. (“West Kirkland”), a company with two directors in common, for administrative services. Amounts receivable at the end of the period include an amount of $21 ($20 – August 31, 2015) due from West Kirkland.

20



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

ii.

Nextraction Energy Corp. (“Nextraction”), has three directors in common with the Company. Amounts receivable at August 31, 2016 include an amount of $16 ($157 – August 31, 2015) due from Nextraction, which is currently going through a credit restructuring. Non-conflicted directors of the Company have accepted a proposed settlement of $16 offered by Nextraction and a write down to amounts receivable of $141 was recognized in the current period. Nextraction has not incurred further indebtedness to the Company for services since fiscal 2014.

   
iii.

During the period the Company entered into a loan facility agreement with a significant shareholder, Liberty Metals and Mining Holdings, LLC (“LMM”). The loan was negotiated and entered into at commercial terms. For full details on this transaction please refer to G) Liquidity and Capital Resources below.

   
iv.

During the year ended August 31, 2016, $235 ($245 – August 31, 2015) was paid to independent directors for directors fees and services.

All amounts receivable and accounts payable owing to or from related parties (excluding the LMM Facility) are non-interest bearing with no specific terms of repayment. These transactions are in the normal course of business and are recorded at consideration established and agreed to by the parties.

Key Management Compensation

The remuneration of directors, the CFO, CEO, COO and other key management personnel during the years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

Year ended   August 31, 2016     August 31, 2015  
Salaries $  1,510   $  2,060  
Share-based payments   133     1,119  
Total $  1,643   $  3,179  

F)

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company does not have any special purpose entities nor is it party to any off-balance sheet arrangements.

G)

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Equity Financings

On November 1, 2016, the Company announced the closing of an offering of 22,230,000 common shares at a price of US$1.80 per share resulting in gross proceeds of US$40 million. Net proceeds to the Company after fees, commissions and costs were approximately US$37.4 million.

On May 26, 2016, the Company announced the closing of an offering 11,000,000 common shares at a price of US$3.00 per share resulting in gross proceeds of US$33.0 million (the "May 2016 Offering"). Net proceeds to the Company after fees, commissions and costs were US$30.3 million. The following is a comparison of previous disclosure made by the Company its Short Form Prospectus dated May 17, 2016 (the "May 2016 Prospectus") about how the Company was going to use proceeds (other than working capital) from the May 2016 Offering:

(In millions of dollars)

Use of Proceeds As disclosed in the May 2016
Prospectus (Estimated)
Actual
12 months Project 1 funding (100% basis) $30.0 $30.3
Company’s share of estimated 12 months of exploration and engineering expenditures at the Waterberg Project $0 $0
Principal repayments under the Sprott Facility $13.3 $0

21



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Sprott Facility

On February 16, 2015, the Company announced it had entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders (The “Lenders”) led by Sprott Resource Lending Partnership for a senior secured loan facility (the “Sprott Facility”) of up to $40 million. Interest is compounded and payable monthly at a nominal interest rate of LIBOR plus 8.50% . The Company has made certain payments to the Lenders, including (a) a bonus payment made concurrently with execution and delivery of the credit agreement in the amount of $1.5 million, being 3.75% of the principal amount of the Sprott Facility, paid by issuance of 283,019 common shares of the Company; (b) a draw down payment to the Lenders equal to 2% of the amount being drawn down under the Sprott Facility, payable in common shares issued at a deemed price equal to the volume weighted average trading price (the "VWAP") of the common shares on the TSX for the ten trading days immediately prior to the draw down request or such other VWAP as required by the TSX; (c) a structuring fee comprised of a cash payment in the amount of $0.10 million, paid concurrently with the execution and delivery of the term sheet for the Sprott Facility; and (d) a standby fee in cash equal to 4% per annum of the un-advanced principal amount of the Sprott Facility payable in monthly instalments until December 31, 2015.

The Sprott Facility had an original maturity of December 31, 2017 but on September 19, 2016 the Company announced the terms had been amended and the principal will now be repaid in 12 monthly instalments during calendar 2018. A further $5 million was drawn down October 12, 2016 with half of this amount repaid at the request of Sprott in November 2016.

LMM Facility

On November 20, 2015, the Company also drew down $40 million from its secured loan facility (the “LMM Facility”) pursuant to the second lien credit agreement entered into on November 2, 2015, as amended on May 3, 2016 and September 19, 2016 (the “LMM Credit Agreement”), with its largest shareholder, LMM. Pursuant to the terms of the LMM Credit Agreement, the Company paid a draw down fee of $800,000 to LMM, being 2% of the amount being drawn down under the LMM Facility, paid in 348,584 common shares of the Company.

The nominal interest rate on the LMM Facility is 9.5% over LIBOR. Interest payments on the LMM Facility were to be accrued and capitalized until December 31, 2016, and then paid to LMM quarterly thereafter. On September 19, 2016, the LMM Facility was amended so interest payments will now be due starting December 31, 2017, while the first 20% of principal is to now be repaid on June 30, 2019 and then in tranches of 10% of the principal at the end of each calendar quarter beginning on September 30, 2019 and for each of the next 7 quarters of the LMM Facility.

Pursuant to the LMM Credit Agreement the Company entered into a life of mine Production Payment Agreement (“PPA”) with LMM. Under the PPA, the Company agreed to pay to LMM a production payment of 1.5% of net proceeds received on concentrate sales or other minerals from the Maseve Mine (the “Liberty Production Payment”). Under the September 2016 amendment the Company no longer has the right to buy back 1% of the 1.5% Liberty Production Payment.

LMM holds the second lien position. The PPA is secured with the second lien position of the LMM Facility until it is repaid. The PPA will be acknowledged in any subsequent debt arrangement of the Company. The Company has a right to refinance the Sprott Facility or the LMM Facility, subject to certain rights granted to LMM under the PPA.

General Commentary

Under the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility the Company has agreed to covenants that are customary and usual for facilities and agreements of this nature, including:

-   The maintenance of working capital in excess of $5,000,000;
-   Maintaining a minimum of $5,000,000 in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, computed on a monthly basis;
-   Compliance in all material respects with all applicable securities legislation and continuous disclosure obligations;
-   Compliance in all material respects with all applicable law, including environmental laws;
-   Diligent pursuit of construction completion of the Maseve Mine and the achievement of production targets; and

22



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

-   Agreement to pay the Lenders cash sweep amounts equal to 50% of excess cash flow on a quarterly basis.

Based on delays to underground development experienced at the Maseve Mine the Company amended both the Sprott Facility and the LMM Facility. Under the amendments, the provision whereby Maseve must reach and maintain a three-month rolling average at least 60% of planned production for a three-month period has been extended to commence October 2016. In consideration for the amendments, the Company has issued 932,968 common shares to both Sprott and LMM which, using a 5-day volume weighted average price, resulted in $1.2 million in consideration to both Sprott and LMM, (or 2.5% of the initial principal balance of each loan).

First production at Maseve occurred in February 2016. Production to date is behind plan due to delays in underground development and other factors as discussed above at “Maseve – Operations Update”. The Company’s engineers and mining personnel are working to rectify these operational issues. The rate of underground development at the Maseve Mine continues to be an important factor with respect to mine ramp up and production rates. Further delays in underground development, stoping rates and planned tonnages may result in further production delays that will negatively impact on working capital requirements until mine operations generate positive cash flow. As development reaches planned mine blocks, increased stoping is scheduled and the successful execution of this stoping will be critical to meeting planned production rates and ramp up. If the Company is not able to achieve ramp up production targets in the months ahead, or metals prices deteriorate, or further delays are experienced in ramp up production the Company may not have sufficient working capital for operations and planned debt repayments. In this event the Company will likely need to source additional funding by way of refinancing its existing debt, the issuance of new debt, private or public offerings of equity or the sale of project or property interests. Metal prices and Rand exchange rates may have material effects on the Company and its requirements for further financing.

Any failure by the Company to obtain required financing on acceptable terms could cause the Company to delay development of its material projects or could result in the Company being forced to sell some or all of its assets on an untimely or unfavourable basis.

Accounts receivable at August 31, 2016 totaled $6.1 million (August 31, 2015 - $10.1 million) being comprised mainly of pre-production proceeds of $2.8 million in the current year and value added taxes refundable in South Africa of $6.2 million in the previous year. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at August 31, 2016 totaled $16.9 million (August 31, 2015 - $16.4 million).

The following table discloses the Company’s contractual obligations as at August 31, 2016:

(In thousands of dollars)

    < 1     1 – 3     4 – 5     > 5     Total  
    Year     Years     Years     Years        
                               
Lease obligations $  362   $  1,504   $  -   $  -   $  1,866  
ESKOM – power   3,212     -     -     -     3,212  
Magalies water   2,676     -     -     -     2,676  
Mining Development   7,647     -     -     -     7,647  
Mining Indirect and Other   2,589     -     -     -     2,589  
Sprott Facility1   29,707     13,595     -     -     43,302  
LMM Facility1   3,670     31,271     24,407     -     59,348  
Totals $  49,863   $  46,370   $  24,407   $  -   $  120,640  

1Both the Sprott and Liberty loan facilities were amended and extended subsequent to year end.

The above contracts are subject to estimated break fees of $16,123 in the event of cancellation at August 31, 2016. Break fees are estimated by means of contractual notice periods, work progress costs and normal costs associated with the unwinding and disestablishment of certain contractors.

23



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

H)

Outstanding Share Data

The Company has an unlimited number of common shares authorized for issuance without par value. On January 26, 2016, the Company announced that effective January 28, 2016 its common shares would be consolidated on the basis of one new share for ten existing shares. At August 31, 2016, there were 88,857,028 common shares outstanding, 3,071,525 incentive stock options outstanding at exercise prices of C$2.00 to C$20.50. At November 29, 2016, there were 112,803,619 common shares outstanding and 2,604,125 incentive stock options outstanding. During the year ended August 31, 2016, the Company made no changes to the exercise price of outstanding options through cancellation and re-grant. Outstanding options were however adjusted to conform with the Company’s announced consolidation of its common shares.

4.

RISK FACTORS

The Company is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, each of which could have an adverse effect on our results, business prospects or financial position.

For a comprehensive list of the risks and uncertainties affecting our business, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Information Form which is available at www.sedar.com, and our most recent Form 40-F, which is available on the EDGAR section of the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

5.

OUTLOOK

The Company’s key business objectives are to improve operational efficiency and advance underground development and production ramp up at the Maseve Mine with the objective of achieving positive cash flow in the first half of calendar 2017 and to advance the Waterberg Project. In the near term the Company’s liquidity will be constrained as development at the Maseve Mine will continue to utilize a majority of the Company’s cash on hand until production increases and positive cash flow is achieved. Lower metal prices, delays in production ramp up or a stronger South African Rand could all result in requirements for further financing. Development work in blocks 12, 11, 10 and 9 in the north mine and block 16 in the south mine are critical to the underground mining plans and ramp up profile of production for the Maseve Mine. The Company commenced production largely with low grade stockpile material to hot commission and balance the mill and flotation circuits. Milling has continued since then primarily with low grade stockpile material and muck from primary access headings developed on reef. The volume of stoping material at improved grades in accordance with the mine plan must increase as planned by operating management to meet the production ramp-up rates and production covenants per the Sprott Facility and LMM Facility. To meet production targets at the Maseve Mine a significant performance improvement is required in development and stoping rates. Changes are being made to operations, contracts and contractors to achieve these improvements. The execution of these changes may also create a risk of disruption to operations.

The Company plans to advance the Waterberg Project to completion of a feasibility study and a construction decision. Drilling to increase the confidence in certain areas of the known mineral resource to the measured category is underway. Engagement with utilities for the delivery of bulk services is in process. Engineering work on the Waterberg Project includes resource modelling, metallurgical work, optimization of the metallurgical flow sheet using South African and Japanese expertise, bulk services design and mechanized mine planning. Optimization of the mine plan and working on reducing underground sustaining development capital will be part of the upcoming feasibility study. The Company also plans to file a mining right application, with Joint Venture approval, based substantially on the results of the PFS. Funding for drilling and engineering at Waterberg is in place from JOGMEC pursuant to the 2nd Amendment, allowing the project to advance and grow without a significant draw on the Company’s working capital.

As well as the discussions within this MD&A, the reader is encouraged to also see the Company’s disclosure made under the heading “Risk Factors” in the AIF.

6.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to use estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as income and expenses. The Company’s accounting policies are described in Note 2 of the Company’s audited annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2016.

24



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Review of asset carrying values and impairment

In accordance with the Company’s accounting policy, each asset or cash generating unit is evaluated every reporting period to determine whether there are any indications of impairment. If any such indication exists, a formal estimate of recoverable amount is performed and an impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash generating group of assets is measured at the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

The determination of fair value less costs to sell and value in use requires management to make estimates and assumptions about expected production, commodity prices, reserves, operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs and future capital expenditures. The estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty; hence there is the possibility that changes in circumstances will alter these projections, which may impact the recoverable amount of the assets. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying value of the assets may be further impaired or the impairment charge reduced with the impact recorded in the income statement.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The amounts recorded for asset retirement costs are based on estimates included in closure and remediation plans. These estimates are based on engineering studies of the work that is required by environmental laws. These estimates include an assumption on the rate at which costs may inflate in future periods. Actual costs and the timing of expenditures could differ from these estimates.

Deferred tax assets, liabilities and resource taxes

The determination of the Company’s future tax liabilities and assets involves significant management estimation and judgment involving a number of assumptions. In determining these amounts the Company interprets tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions and make estimates of the expected timing of the reversal of future tax assets and liabilities. The Company also makes estimates of the Company’s future earnings which affect the extent to which potential future tax benefits may be used. The Company is subject to assessment by various taxation authorities, which may interpret tax legislation in a manner different from the Company’s view. These differences may affect the final amount or the timing of the payment of taxes. When such differences arise, the Company makes provision for such items based on the Company’s best estimate of the outcome of these matters.

Achievement of commercial production

Once a mine reaches the operating levels intended by management, the recognition of mining revenues as well as depreciation of capitalized costs begins. Significant judgement is required to determine when certain of the Company’s assets reach this level; management must consider several factors including:

•   completion of a reasonable period of commissioning;
consistent operating results are being achieved at a pre-determined level of design capacity and indications exist that this level will continue;
•   mineral recoveries are at or near expected production level, and;
•   the transfer of operations from development personnel to operational personnel has been completed.

Commercial production will be declared on the first day of the month following achievement of the above milestones. Once in commercial production, the capitalization of certain mine development and construction costs cease. Subsequent costs are either regarded as forming part of the costs of inventory or expensed. Any costs relating to mining asset additions or improvements or mineable reserve development will be assessed to determine whether capitalization is appropriate.

Classification of Liberty Production Payment

Significant judgement is required in determine the appropriate accounting for the Liberty Production Payment. Based on the specific facts and circumstances, judgement is required to assess whether the arrangement is a commodity agreement, a financial liability or a sale of a mineral interest. Management has determined that based on covenants that connect the LPP to the Liberty Loan management has not transferred the risk of ownership of the ounces to Liberty and the LPP will be treated as a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss. This treatment will be re-visited in the future if terms of the loan or production payment are changed or if the loan is extinguished.

25



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

Fair Value of the Liberty Production Payment

Management has assessed the value of the Liberty Production Payment the net present value of future production payments over the life of the Maseve Mine. The Company will continue to evaluate on an ongoing basis whether there are material changes to the inputs in the valuation and adjust the valuation of the Liberty Production Payment accordingly.

Determination of ore reserve and mineral resource estimates

The Company estimates its ore reserves and mineral resources based on information compiled by Qualified Persons as defined by NI 43-101. Reserves determined in this way are used in the calculation of depreciation, amortization and impairment charges, and for forecasting the timing of the payment of closing and restoration costs. In assessing the life of a mine for accounting purposes, mineral resources are only taken into account where there is a high degree of confidence of economic extraction. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating ore reserves. Assumptions that are valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes available. Changes in the forecast prices of commodities, exchange rates, production costs or recovery rates may change the economic status of reserves and may, ultimately, result in reserves being restated. Such changes in reserves could impact on depreciation and amortization rates, asset carrying values and provisions for closure and restoration costs.

7.

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in filings made pursuant to both SEC and Canadian Securities Administrators requirements are recorded, processed, summarized and reported in the manner specified by the relevant securities laws applicable to the Company. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the applicable securities legislation is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as at August 31, 2016 through inquiry, review and testing, as well as by drawing upon their own relevant experience. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as at August 31, 2016.

The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at each fiscal year end. Management has used the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at August 31, 2016. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting was effective as at August 31, 2016.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. Any system of internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended August 31, 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Exemption from Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

Under the Jumpstart Our Business & Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) emerging growth companies are exempt from Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which generally requires public companies to provide an independent auditor attestation of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of their internal control over financial reporting. The Company qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act and therefore has not included an independent auditor attestation of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting in this MD&A or in its audited annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2016.

26



Platinum Group Metals Ltd.
(An Exploration and Development Stage Company)
Supplementary Information and MD&A
For the year ended August 31, 2016

8.

OTHER INFORMATION

Additional information relating to the Company for the year ending August 31, 2016 may be found on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov. Readers are encouraged to review the Company’s audited annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2016 together with the notes thereto as well as the Company’s 2015 Annual Information Form.

NYSE MKT Option Disclosure

We have issued options under the terms of our stock option plan pursuant to agreements with certain of our directors, officers, consultants and employees. Under the terms of the agreements, the exercise price of each option is set, at a minimum, at the fair value of the common shares at the date of the grant. Stock options are granted to certain of our directors, officers and employees, are subject to vesting provisions, while others vest immediately. At September 1, 2015 and August 31, 2016, the Company had room to grant a further 4,856,980 and 5,908,428 options under our stock option plan.

9.

LIST OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


a) Directors:   b) Officers:
     
R. Michael Jones Barry W. Smee R. Michael Jones (CEO)
Frank R. Hallam Timothy Marlow Frank R. Hallam (CFO & Corporate Secretary)
Iain McLean Diana Walters Peter C. Busse (COO)
Eric Carlson   Kris Begic (VP, Corporate Development)

27



Rule 13a-14(a) Certification

I, R. Michael Jones, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of Platinum Group Metals Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 29, 2016

  /s/ R. Michael Jones
  R. Michael Jones
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director



Rule 13a-14(a) Certification

I, Frank R. Hallam, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of Platinum Group Metals Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 29, 2016

  /s/ Frank R. Hallam
  Frank R. Hallam
  Chief Financial Officer and Director



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 40-F for the period ended August 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Michael Jones, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

  1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     
  2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


  /s/ R. Michael Jones
  R. Michael Jones
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
  November 29, 2016



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 40-F for the period ended August 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Frank R. Hallam, Chief Financial Officer and Director of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

  1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     
  2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


  /s/ Frank R. Hallam
  Frank R. Hallam
  Chief Financial Officer and Director
  November 29, 2016



Consent of Independent Auditor

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended August 31, 2016 of Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) of our report dated November 29, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements which appear in the exhibit incorporated by reference in the Form 40-F.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-10 (No. 333-213985) of our report dated November 29, 2016 referred to above.

signed “PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP”

Chartered Professional Accountants
Vancouver, British Columbia
November 29, 2016



CONSENT OF EXPERT

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to, and the information derived from, the reports titled “Technical Report on Project 3 Resource Cut Estimation of the Western Bushveld Joint Venture (WBJV) Located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa”, dated August 31, 2010, “An Independent Technical Report on the Maseve Project (WBJV Project areas 1 and 1A) located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa”, dated effective July 15, 2015, and “Independent Technical Report on the Waterberg Project Including Mineral Resource Update and Pre-Feasibility Study”, dated effective October 17, 2016, and to the references to the undersigned’s name included in or incorporated by reference in the Form 40-F being filed by Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the Annual Information Form and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company for the year then ended, which are incorporated by reference therein, and the Company’s registration statement on Form F-10 (No. 333-213985).

/s/ Charles J. Muller  
Charles J. Muller  
Date: November 29, 2016  



CONSENT OF EXPERT

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to, and the information derived from, the report titled “An Independent Technical Report on the Maseve Project (WBJV Project areas 1 and 1A) located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa,” dated effective July 15, 2015, and to the references to the undersigned’s name included in or incorporated by reference in the Form 40-F being filed by Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the Annual Information Form and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company for the year then ended, which are incorporated by reference therein, and the Company’s registration statement on Form F-10 (No. 333-213985).

/s/ Gert Roets  
Gert Roets  
Date: November 29, 2016  



CONSENT OF EXPERT

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to, and the information derived from, the report titled “An Independent Technical Report on the Maseve Project (WBJV Project areas 1 and 1A) located on the Western Limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex, South Africa,” dated effective July 15, 2015, the report titled “Independent Technical Report on the Waterberg Project Including Mineral Resource Update and Pre-Feasibility Study”, dated effective October 17, 2016 and to the references, as applicable, to the undersigned’s name included in or incorporated by reference in the Form 40-F being filed by Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the Annual Information Form and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company for the year then ended, which are incorporated by reference therein, and the Company’s registration statement on Form F-10 (No. 333-213985).

/s/ Gordon I. Cunningham
Gordon I. Cunningham
Date: November 29, 2016



CONSENT OF EXPERT

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to, and the information derived from, the report titled “Independent Technical Report on the Waterberg Project Including Mineral Resource Update and Pre-Feasibility Study”, dated effective October 17, 2016, and to the references to the undersigned’s name included in or incorporated by reference in the Form 40-F being filed by Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the Annual Information Form and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company for the year then ended, which are incorporated by reference therein, and the Company’s registration statement on Form F-10 (No. 333-213985).

/s/ Robert L. Goosen  
Robert L. Goosen  
Date: November 29, 2016  



CONSENT OF EXPERT

The undersigned hereby consents to all references to him as a non-independent qualified person in or incorporated by reference in the Form 40-F being filed by Platinum Group Metals Ltd. (the “Company”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the Annual Information Form and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company for the year then ended, which are incorporated by reference therein, and the Company’s registration statement on Form F-10 (No. 333-213985).

/s/ R. Michael Jones  
R. Michael Jones  
Date: November 29, 2016  




Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!

You May Also Be Interested In





Related Categories

SEC Filings